Loading...
2025 City of Monticello Budget 2025 Adopted Budget City of MonƟcello, Minnesota | 505 Walnut Street • 763-295-2711 • MonƟcelloMN.gov Table of Contents Introduction and Overview Directory of Public Officials ...................................................................................................... 1 Distinguished Budget Presentation Award .............................................................................. 2 Strategic Goals & Strategies ..................................................................................................... 3 Priorities & Issues ...................................................................................................................12 Budget Overview .................................................................................................................... 16 Organization Chart ................................................................................................................. 31 Financial Structure, Policy & Process Fund Descriptions & Structure............................................................................................... 32 Departments & Funds Relationship ....................................................................................... 35 Basis of Budgeting .................................................................................................................. 36 Financial Policies .................................................................................................................... 37 Budget Development & Administration Practices ................................................................ 37 Revenue Collection Practices ................................................................................................ 39 Expenditures and Payments Practices .................................................................................. 39 Capital Assets Policy .............................................................................................................. 41 Debt Administration Practices ............................................................................................... 41 Reserves and Fund Balances Policy ....................................................................................... 42 Financial Reporting & Accounting Practices .......................................................................... 43 Cash Management & Investment Policy ............................................................................... 44 Balanced Budgets Practices ................................................................................................... 52 The Budget Process ................................................................................................................ 54 Financial Summaries Consolidated Financial Schedules All Funds Summary By Fund Type ......................................................................................... 57 Revenues By Category and Fund Type ................................................................................. 59 Appropriations By Category and Fund Type.......................................................................... 61 Interfund Transfers ................................................................................................................ 63 Three Year Consolidated and Fund Financial Schedules All Funds Summary By Year ................................................................................................... 64 Fund Balance/Working Capital .............................................................................................. 66 Changes in Fund Balance/Working Capital ........................................................................... 67 Ending Fund Balance/Working Capital History ..................................................................... 68 Revenue Sources By Fund Revenue Trends & Analysis ................................................................................................... 69 Tax Levy History ..................................................................................................................... 77 Tax Capacity History .............................................................................................................. 78 Largest Property Taxpayer ....................................................................................................79 Revenues Sources By Fund .................................................................................................... 80 Long Range Financial Plans .................................................................................................... 82 Long-Term Fiscal Objectives .................................................................................................. 89 Capital & Debt Capital Expenditures & Capital Improvement Plan ............................................................... 92 Funding Source Summary ...................................................................................................... 99 Projects By Funding Sources And Department ................................................................... 100 Debt ...................................................................................................................................... 105 Departmental Information Staffing Summary ................................................................................................................. 108 General Fund – Summary .................................................................................................... 109 General Government Mayor and City Council (101-41110) ................................................................................ 112 City Administration (101-41310) ...................................................................................... 113 City Clerk (101-41410) ...................................................................................................... 115 Finance (101-41520) ......................................................................................................... 117 Legal (101-41610) ............................................................................................................. 119 Human Resources (101-41800) ........................................................................................ 120 Planning, Zoning & Community Development (101-41910) ............................................ 122 City Hall (101-41940) ........................................................................................................ 125 Public Safety Law Enforcement (101-42100) ......................................................................................... 126 Fire & Rescue (101-42200) ............................................................................................... 128 Fire Relief (101-42202) ..................................................................................................... 130 Building Inspections (101-42400) ..................................................................................... 131 Emergency Management (101-42500) ............................................................................ 133 Animal Control (101-42700) ............................................................................................. 134 National Guard (101-42800) ............................................................................................ 135 Public Works Public Works Administration (101-43110) ....................................................................... 136 Engineering & Inspections (101-43115) ........................................................................... 137 Streets & Alleys (101-43120) ............................................................................................ 139 Ice & Snow Removal (101-43125) .................................................................................... 140 Shop & Garage (101-43127) ............................................................................................. 141 Street Lighting (101-43160) .............................................................................................. 143 Refuse Collection (101-43230) ......................................................................................... 144 Recreation and Culture Senior Center (101-45175) ............................................................................................... 145 Park Operations (101-45201) ........................................................................................... 146 Park Ballfields (101-45203) .............................................................................................. 147 Public Arts (101-45204) .................................................................................................... 148 Library (101-45501) .......................................................................................................... 149 Shade Tree (101-46102) ................................................................................................... 150 Special Revenue Funds – Summary ..................................................................................... 151 Cemetery Fund (215-49010) ............................................................................................... 152 Small Cities Development Program (SCDP) Fund (221-46500) ........................................... 154 Community Center Fund (226-4512x) ................................................................................. 155 Debt Service Funds – Summary ........................................................................................... 157 2015B G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (319-47000) ............................................................................ 158 2016A G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (320-47000) ............................................................................ 160 2017A G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (321-47000) ............................................................................ 162 2018A G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (322-47000) ............................................................................ 164 2019A G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (323-47000) ............................................................................ 166 2020A G.O. Bond Sub-Fund (324-47000) ............................................................................ 168 Closed Debt Service Funds .................................................................................................. 170 Capital Project Funds – Summary ........................................................................................ 171 Capital Project Fund (400-4xxxx) ......................................................................................... 172 Street Lighting Improvement Fund (403-43162) ................................................................. 174 Park & Pathway Improvement Fund (404-45202) .............................................................. 175 Park Dedication Fund (405-45202) ...................................................................................... 176 Bertram Chain of Lakes Sales Tax Fund (406-45202) .......................................................... 177 Enterprise Funds – Summary ............................................................................................... 179 Water Fund (601-4944x) ..................................................................................................... 180 Sewer Fund (602-49480 & 602-4949x)................................................................................ 182 Stormwater Fund (652-4948x) ............................................................................................ 186 Liquor Fund (609-4975x) ..................................................................................................... 188 Deputy Registrar Fund (653-41990) .................................................................................... 190 Fiber Optics Fund (656-4987x) ............................................................................................ 192 Internal Service Funds – Summary ...................................................................................... 195 Facilities Maintenance Fund (701-00000) ........................................................................... 196 IT Services Fund (702-00000) .............................................................................................. 198 Central Equipment Fund (703-00000) ................................................................................. 200 Benefit Accrual Fund (704-00000) ....................................................................................... 202 Discretely Presented Component Unit Fund – Summary .................................................... 205 Economic Development Authority Fund (213-46301) ........................................................ 206 Appendix Community, Demographic, and Statistical Information ...................................................... 209 Property Tax Basics .............................................................................................................. 212 Truth-in-Taxation (TNT) ....................................................................................................... 215 Debt Guide ........................................................................................................................... 216 Minnesota Statutes .............................................................................................................. 225 Utility Rates for 2025 ........................................................................................................... 229 Capitalization Thresholds & Useful Lives ............................................................................. 230 Tax Capacity, Tax Levy, & Tax Rate History.......................................................................... 231 Useful Terms (Glossary) ....................................................................................................... 232 Acronyms ............................................................................................................................. 241 DIRECTORY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS MAYOR & CITY COUNCIL Position Name Term Expires Contact Information Mayor Lloyd Hilgart 12/31/2026 Lloyd.Hilgart@MonticelloMN.gov Council Charlotte Gabler 12/31/2026 Charlotte.Gabler@MonticelloMN.gov Council Tracy Hinz 12/31/2026 Tracy.Hinz@MonticelloMN.gov Council Kip Christianson 12/31/2028 Kip.Christianson@MonticelloMN.gov Council Lee Martie 12/31/2028 Lee.Martie@MonticelloMN.gov CITY STAFF City Administrator ............................................................ Rachel Leonard Public Works Director/City Engineer ................................... Matt Leonard Finance Director ......................................................... Sarah Rathlisberger Community Development Director .............................. Angela Schumann Parks, Arts & Recreation Director .......................................... Tom Pawelk City Clerk ...................................................................... Jennifer Schreiber Human Resources Manager ................................................... Tracy Ergen Communications Specialist .......................................... Stephanie Trottier Street Superintendent ........................................................ Mike Haaland Parks Superintendent .................................................... Josh Berthiaume Utilities Superintendent ............................................................ Mat Stang Finance Manager ..................................................................... Liz Lindrud Deputy Registrar Manager .............................................. Carolyn Granger Liquor Store Manager ..................................................... Randall Johnsen Community Center Program & Operations Manager .............. Sara Cahill Economic Development Manager ............................................ Jim Thares Chief Building Official .......................................................... Bob Ferguson Fire Chief ............................................................................... Jake Olinger EXTERNAL CONSULTANTS Wright County Sheriff ........................................................ Sean Deringer Grittman Consulting .......................................................... Steve Grittman Northland Securities Financial Advisor ............................... Tammy Omdal Veolia Environmental Services ............................................. Ross Stevens Fibernet Management Services ............................ Arvig Communications 1Table of Contents DISTINGUISHED BUDGET PRESENTATION AWARD The Government Finance Officers Association of the United States and Canada (GFOA) presented an award of Distinguished Budget Presentation to the City of Monticello for its annual budget for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024. The city has submitted its budget for consideration since 2009 and has received this award each year. To receive this award, a governmental unit must publish a budget document that meets program criteria as a policy document, an operations guide, a financial plan, and a communications device. This award is valid for a period of one year only. We believe our current budget continues to conform to program requirements, and we are submitting it to GFOA to determine its eligibility for another award. GOVERNMENT FINANCE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION Distinguished Budget Presentation Award PRESENTED TO City of Monticello Minnesota For the Fiscal Year Beginning January 01, 2024 Executive Director 2Table of Contents STRATEGIC GOALS & STRATEGIES The City of Monticello continues to use strategic planning as an important mechanism for balancing the needs and wants of the community with sound fiscal management. Strategic planning is also the first step in the annual budget process. Annually, the City Council meets to reaffirm or adjust priorities and policy positions and to align these overarching goals with direction for city staff. Leadership staff developed the city’s Mission Statement, Strategic Goals, and Core Values, which were affirmed by the Council at the strategic planning worksession in 2021. The goals were formed from feedback received from residents related to two major characteristics of Monticello: just over one-third of the tax base is reliant on an electric- generating plant and the city originated from a river settlement with a strong community connection to history. The city is tasked with balancing the need to replace tax base that will eventually go away in the future when the power plant closes with the desire to maintain its community character. •The City of Monticello responsibly manages our resources to provide quality services and programs, creating a dynamic community by building on our strengths and investing in our future. Mission Statement 1.Maintain a Balanced & Thriving Community 2.Harness Incremental Growth 3.Facilitate a Stable, Expanding Tax Base 4.Support a Connected Community, Investing in People and Partnerships 5.Reinvest in Existing Assets to Protect their Value Strategic Goals •Leadership •Stewardship •Responsiveness •Integrity •Community Core Values 3Table of Contents The worksession in 2021 also brought about the idea of the “Big 6” (in no particular order): •Investment in the city’s downtown with a focus on Blocks 52 and 34 •A new operations, maintenance, and storage facility for the Public Works department •The Pointes at Cedar (formerly known as Chelsea Commons) 100-acre development & recreation area •Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park, a joint venture with Wright County of which the city is responsible for the athletic park area •A Water Treatment Facility to treat the city’s water supply •Fallon Avenue Improvements, including trunk lines that are necessary for future development to the South and for increased pedestrian safety Through the 2025 budget process, the Council and staff considered the impact these projects would have on the next 5-10 years. While these are long-term projects, the city’s 2025 budget supports continuation of four of these projects, while others are on hold until triggered by development or external funding. A desire for sustainable growth, as highlighted in the city’s Monticello 2040 Comprehensive Plan, continues to drive decision making along with a funding approach that will avoid large impacts to the property tax levy each year without delaying vital projects. The city has completed numerous plans to help guide future growth and spending priorities. A chance to develop additional planning for the future decommissioning of the Xcel Energy Nuclear Generating Plant, which makes up just under half of the city’s tax base, became a reality in 2021 when the city was awarded a grant from the MN Department of Employment and Economic Development as part of its Community Energy Transitions (CET) grant program. The city was able to engage in studies to help determine the most advantageous growth areas along with recommendations on the best ways to execute the plans. Downtown Revitalization New Public Works Facility The Pointes at Cedar Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park Development Fallon Avenue Improvements Water Treatment Facility 4Table of Contents Plans for service provision and growth & development: 1.Monticello 2040 Vision + Plan (Comprehensive Plan) – Adopted 2020. The Comprehensive Plan is a tool for guiding the growth, redevelopment, and improvement of Monticello over the next 20 years. As the City’s blueprint for growth and guide to decision making, the comprehensive plan is the foundation upon which decisions about community growth and development are based. Development of the Monticello 2040 Vision + Plan began in 2019 with significant community engagement in the visioning phase, which resulted in the adoption of the 2040 Community Vision Statement: “In 2040 the City of Monticello is an inclusive community focused around sustainable growth while maintaining its small-town character. Monticello is a Mississippi River town known for its schools, parks, biking and walking trails and vibrant downtown. Monticello is an evolving, friendly, and safe community that respects the quality of its environment, fosters a sense of belonging and connection, encourages a healthy and active lifestyle and supports innovation to promote a prosperous economy.” The vision, value statements and preferred development scenario were fundamental to the establishment of the Comprehensive Plan during the second phase of the planning process. The Comprehensive Plan provides a set of goals, policies, and strategies for achieving Monticello’s vision for the future. The Plan includes chapters focusing on land use, transportation, parks and open space, economic development, community character, community Infrastructure and implementation. 2.Mobility & Connectivity The city’s Transportation Plan is encompassed within Chapter 4 of the Monticello 2040 Plan, and is a guide that outlines the goals, policies, and transportation strategies to improve mobility and connectivity in Monticello by continuing to build a safe and efficient multimodal transportation system that strengthens the economy and enhances quality of life. Ongoing major transportation efforts include: •Continued evaluation of collector street network improvements for safety, intersection, and congestion improvements. •Work with regional and state partners on alternatives and projects related to Highway 25 congestion relief and I-94 capacity expansion. •Extension of School Boulevard west from current terminus. •Installation of new roundabout locations throughout the city. •Street improvements from rural to urban standards for certain streets including Fallon Avenue, and Edmonson Avenue, among others. 3.Parks & Pathways Plan – Adopted 2011, Update in Progress. The Monticello Parks and Pathways Plan identifies the city’s objectives for park, pathway, and recreation planning and development. The Plan also identifies strategies for building on and maintaining the existing parks infrastructure. The city completed a Pathway Connections map, a planning document related to pathway connections within the larger system in direct response to the objectives identified within the plan. The 2040 Plan provides updates but does not 5Table of Contents duplicate the detailed analysis in this plan. A Parks Master Plan is recommended by the Monticello 2040 Plan to update the detailed portion of this plan, which will conclude in 2025 with adoption by the city council after planning began using consultant Bolton & Menk in late 2022. 4.Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park Master Plan – Adopted 2016. The Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park Master Plan was adopted in 2016, highlighting its importance in the Monticello 2040 Comprehensive Plan and the 2011 Park & Pathway Plan as a vital aspect of community quality of life. The initial concept for the regional park and athletic complex was established in 2011, leading to the approval of a Master Plan for the athletic complex in 2016. Phase I, completed in 2019, focused on essential park infrastructure, including a water reuse pond, grading, wells, parking, and access roads. Phase II, finalized in 2024, introduced ADA-compliant gravel trails and parking, along with various recreational support facilities and transportation improvements. The athletic park features adaptable open fields suitable for multi-sport, attracting numerous local teams to establish their home fields following the 2019 upgrades. Phase II enhancements included a new gravel entrance, parking lot, water fountains, temporary restrooms, and extended irrigation lines. Future developments will aim to further enhance infrastructure for both players and spectators. A Local Option Sales Tax, approved by city residents in November 2024, will be implemented on April 1, 2025, to fund improvements at the Bertram athletic park. The tax will last the shorter of 20 years or until $15 million has been raised. Future park improvements can be completed by issuing bonds or using a pay-as-you-go approach. 5.Downtown Small Area Plan – Adopted 2017. The Downtown Small Area Plan is an implementation plan which integrates market, transportation, and land use considerations for the purpose of creating a vibrant downtown district. The Plan states that “The purpose…is to attract and direct investments on the core blocks of Downtown Monticello, MN over the next 10 years. The Plan advocates for solidifying Downtown as the heart of the community with a series of coordinated public and private investments. Together, these investments will create a human-scaled environment that encourages gathering, socializing, visiting and enjoying on a daily basis - throughout the year. The improvements outlined in this Plan aim to build on the unique qualities of Monticello to make the Downtown more attractive to those who have chosen to live and do business in the community.” The city and Economic Development Authority utilize the Downtown Small Area plan to implement strategies to realize plan goals. The Small Area Plan has led to further planning in the Downtown Area, including adoption of Walnut Street Corridor Plan, which guides investment and improvement for Walnut Street between the river and I-94. The Downtown Small Area Plan is incorporated in the Monticello 2040 Vision +Plan (Comprehensive Plan). 6Table of Contents 6.The Pointes at Cedar Small Area Plan – Adopted 2022. Following the update to the City’s Comprehensive Plan in 2020, which highlights the desire to grow from within, The Pointes at Cedar Master Plan was developed to guide the preparation of plans and specifications for construction of the public park and open space improvements in the area between Cedar Street, Edmonson Avenue, Chelsea Road, and School Boulevard. A Small Area Plan for The Pointes at Cedar was adopted in September 2021. The Pointes at Cedar Small Area Plan focuses on the potential development of a prominent land area in the core of Monticello as an exceptional mixed-use neighborhood in which to live, work and play. The Pointes at Cedar is centered on a recreational water feature and surrounded by a series of interconnected public spaces. The Plan is designed to encourage private development that builds on the distinctive public areas within The Pointes. The Small Area Plan provides a guide for both public and private investments in the development area. Following adoption of the Small Area Plan, the city completed a planning process for the public areas of the development project area, which led to the adoption of The Pointes at Cedar Master Plan. The Master Plan is intended to provide greater detail on the public spaces anchoring the project, including the identification and location of amenities and recreational features. The Master Plan then serves as the foundation for the development of plans and specifications for the public improvements at The Pointes. The Pointes is intended to be a long-term development and growth opportunity. 7.Strategic Transition Plan – Adopted 2022. The Strategic Transition Plan (STP) is the culmination of the numerous studies and plans completed by the city in 2021 and 2022 using the aforementioned CET grant dollars. Because the City’s largest taxpayer is an electric-generating facility, the STP connects these plans and previously adopted policy documents by evaluating their content for specific strategies that will support a successful transition away from an energy-based economy. The STP is a document identifying implementation measures from each plan which supports a sustained and successful transition effort. The desired document would also draw relationships between the new and previously adopted studies as they relate to community transition. 8.Comprehensive Water System Plan – Updated 2022. A water distribution system model was created to evaluate the existing water system. The water system plan was then developed using this model to identify water system capital improvements necessary to serve future land use designations in accordance with the city’s Comprehensive Plan. In 2022, the city conducted an analysis of its water system to determine improvements necessary for future expansion of the city. These improvements include necessary water main improvements, trunk lines, additional storage, and other water distribution assets. 9.Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer System Plan – Updated 2022. The sanitary sewer comprehensive plan identifies the existing sanitary sewer system and projected future wastewater flows and service areas based on future land use designations in accordance with the city’s Comprehensive Plan. Several individual sanitary sewer studies were developed after the adoption of this plan in response to development. The Sanitary Sewer Plan was updated in 2022 as a concentrated effort to provide the City of Monticello with working knowledge of the flow characteristics of the sanitary sewer system, identify issues, concerns, or 7Table of Contents deficiencies with the collection system, and recommend changes or improvements that would address issues and benefit system operation for the long term. 10.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Program – Adopted 2007. In 2005 the City of Monticello was designated as a regulated small municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) under Minnesota Rules, Chapter 7090. This required the city to obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) storm water permit, and to develop and implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to reduce the discharge of pollutants, including sediments, from our storm sewer system to the maximum extent practicable. The city is continuing to implement the required six minimum control measures (MCM’s) as follows: A.Public Education and Outreach, B.Public Participation and Involvement, C.Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination, D.Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control, E.Post-Construction Stormwater Management Measures; and, F.Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Measures. Zoning, subdivision, and illicit discharge ordinances were adopted related to grading, drainage, erosion control, and storm water management to meet current MPCA requirements per the city’s new MS4 permit issued on October 29, 2021. 11.Comprehensive Water Resource Management Plan – Updated 2019. The Comprehensive Water Resource Management Plan was developed to meet local watershed management planning requirements of the Metropolitan Surface Water Management Act and Board of Water and Soil Resources Rules 8410. It was formed in conformance with the requirements of the Metropolitan Council, and applicable State and Federal laws. The plan and its referenced literature are intended to provide a comprehensive inventory of pertinent water resource related information that affects the city and management of those resources. 12.Wellhead Protection Plan (Part 1 and 2) – Completed 2016. The goal of the Wellhead Protection Plan is to prevent human-caused contaminants from entering the water supply wells and to protect all who use the water supply from adverse health effects associated with groundwater contamination. The preparation of the city’s plan was required by Minnesota Rules 4720.5100 to 5720.5590. Part 1 was completed in 2015, and Part 2 was completed in 2016. The plan is anticipated to be updated by 2026 as determined by the Minnesota Department of Health. 13.Plan Requirements and Design Guidelines (“Design Manual”) – Updated 2022. These guidelines were established for developers of property within the City of Monticello. The guidelines provide design standards, specifications, and detail plates for the design of infrastructure improvements, street, utility, and site work construction. 8Table of Contents These guidelines are referenced in the city’s zoning and subdivision ordinances related to grading, drainage, erosion control, and storm water management. The Design Manual is updated as needed for new design regulations and requirements. 14.General Specifications and Standard Detail Plates for Street and Utility Construction – Updated 2017. These specifications represent the city’s requirements for construction of public streets and utility systems. 15.Interchange Planning Study – Ongoing. The Interchange planning study will determine a reasonable location or locations for a future I- 94 Interchange within the city west of TH 25. The Monti:2040 Comprehensive Plan recognizes that Northwest Monticello, which includes the CSAH39 to Orchard Road corridor, is a primary focus for future development and further cites the Future Interchange as a critical component of understanding growth potential and land use in the Northwest Area. However, the feasibility of development to the East side of city limits was also studied. 16.Central Mississippi River Regional Planning Partnership (CMRP) – Ongoing. A joint power agreement was adopted in 2015, with a shift in focus from strictly transportation to broader regional planning taking place a few years later. A TH 25 area transportation study was completed in 2018 and identified options for near-term and long-term improvements to the corridor. Wright and Sherburne Counties initiated a Planning & Environmental Linkage (PEL) Study in 2024, and the group is working on obtaining 501(c)(3) status. 17.Natural Resource Inventory & Assessment – Adopted 2008. The purpose of the Natural Resource Inventory and Assessment (NRI/A) is to identify existing natural resources within the City of Monticello and its growth area (the Monticello Orderly Annexation Area), inventory these resources, and assess the resource quality. These resources are then considered and evaluated during growth/development. 18.Economic Development Strategic Workplan – Updated 2022. The EDA adopts a strategic workplan annually, which directs EDA staff focus and resources over the following three years. The current workplan was effective for 2022-2024, and the EDA is in the process of creating the 2025-2027 Workplan. Plans for Facility and Infrastructure Maintenance: 1.Wastewater Treatment Facility Plan – Updated 2022. The Wastewater Treatment Facility Plan was updated to provide recommendations to address aging infrastructure and future treatment requirements. Capital improvements identified include the demolition of obsolete equipment and installation of an influent lift station and grit removal, a gasifier tank, and long-term improvement of an additional SBR tank. 2.Overall Street Reconstruction Program – Adopted 2004, ongoing as part of capital improvement plan. 9Table of Contents The 2025-2029 Capital Improvement Plan includes projects related to the program, with various projects planned throughout the city, which typically occur every other year. 3.New Water Treatment Plant Tests of the city’s municipal water supply showed manganese levels above guidelines from the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) in 2018. The city stopped using the well with the highest levels of manganese and began educating the public on strategies to mitigate impacts. Simultaneously, the city began applying for federal and state funding to contribute to the significant cost of building a central water treatment plant. The city was successful in receiving $11 million in funding via the State’s bonding bill in 2023. However, with cost projections continuing to rise due to inflation, the city continues to request additional funding at both the state and federal levels. Conditions of the original state funding require the city to use the funds by 2028, so design and engineering on the plant is underway as the funding mix is identified. 4.New Public Works Facility The city completed a study of the public works facility in 2007 which identified the need for additional storage and more efficient configuration of the public works department. Due to the recession shortly thereafter, the project never gained traction but was recently revived because of need. Concept plans have been drafted, and land was purchased in 2021 for the future facility. An architect was hired in late 2022 for design of the facility, a construction manager was brought on board in 2023. Due to current lack of funding, the project is on hold with construction tentatively proposed to begin in 2027. 5.Transportation Projects TH 25 Pavement Preservation Project – MNDOT has a planned pavement preservation project in 2030 for TH 25 from Big Lake to the I-94 interchange. To prepare for this project, MNDOT is completing a corridor study to identify potential improvements that may be included in the project to increase capacity and safety along this corridor. The city was successful in securing grant funding for improvements to School Boulevard from TH25 to Country Lane including the construction of roundabouts at Cedar Street and Edmonson Avenue. This project is scheduled to be completed in 2025. Finally, the city was awarded grant funding to improve pedestrian safety along Golf Course Road (County Road 39) West from Elm Street to 7th Street. Design began in 2024 with construction planned for 2025. Financial Plans: 1.Annual Budget - Adopted each December. 2.Capital Improvement Plan - Updated and adopted each year as part of the budget process; most recently for 2025 -2029. 3.Long-term Financial Management Plan – Updated annually. 10Table of Contents This first phase of the Comprehensive Plan process, the Visioning phase, included a community engagement process to identify common values, growth aspirations and a vision to inform the planning direction for the next 20 years. The vision, value statements and preferred development scenario will serve as the foundation for creating the new Comprehensive Plan during the second phase of the planning process. The Comprehensive Plan provides a set of goals, policies and strategies for achieving Monticello’s vision for the future. PHASE ONE | JANUARY 2020 In 2040 the City of Monticello is an inclusive community focused around sustainable growth while maintaining its small-town character. Monticello is a Mississippi River town known for its schools, parks, biking and walking trails and vibrant downtown. Monticello is an evolving, friendly and safe community that respects the quality of its environment, fosters a sense of belonging and connection, encourages a healthy and active lifestyle and supports innovation to promote a prosperous economy. A balanced land use and transportation framework that provides options and connectivity. A range of attainable housing options in terms of type, cost, and location. A respected school and education system serving the community. A healthy community focused on physical and mental health and wellness of its residents. A safe, clean, and beautiful community supported by caring and helpful residents. A network of parks, open space and trail connections that provide recreation opportunities. An inclusive community welcoming people of all ages, races, religions and ethnic backgrounds. A diversified and strong local economy competitive at regional, state and national levels. A vibrant downtown that embraces the River and provides a focal point for the community. A thriving arts and culture scene that reflects the creativity of the community and supports a sense of place. VISION STATEMENT VALUE STATEMENTS VISIT CI.MONTICELLO.MN.US/MONTI2040 TO LEARN MORE! PREFERRED SCENARIO PRIORITYGREENWAYSMIXED RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIALCOMMERCIAL PLANNED DETACHED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT INTERCHANGE LEGEND:DETACHED RESIDENTIAL MIXED COMMERCIAL/OFFICE/LIGHT INDUSTRIALATTACHED RESIDENTIAL RIVER ACCESS • Sustainability - Focus on sustainability, open space and wetland preservation throughout City. • Infill Development - New service commercial and light industrial infill. • Conservation Neighborhoods - Single-family housing developed as conservation subdivisions in a clustered fashion mitigating impacts to sensitive areas. • Industrial Expansion - Full build out and expansion of Otter Creek Industrial Park and growth around future Interchange. • Multi-Family Housing - New multi-family infill development near core of downtown and other focus areas. • New School - New elementary and middle school campus with environmental focus. • Downtown - Downtown plan implementation thriving with new commercial, mixed-use and public realm improvements. • Mississippi River - Focus on River with new access, connections and riverfront trail. • New Employment Center - New industrial business park developed around new interchange with green technology, renewable energy, manufacturing and other uses. • Xcel Facility - The Xcel Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant is licensed through 2030 and will seek relicensing to 2040. • Annexation Area - Portions of the Orderly Annexation Area are designated as an Urban Reserve for future development. Development would likely include conservation single-family cluster subdivisions. Note: The Preferred Scenario guidance and mapping provided in the Vision Report will be further refined during the Comprehensive Plan process. This map is not the City of Monticello’s final Land Use Plan. This map provides initial guidance for the next phase of the project, the Comprehensive Plan, and will be further detailed and refined. The preferred development scenario is the result of community feedback on the four previous scenarios and the community’s vision. The community envisions Monticello in 2040 as an environmentally and economically sustainable community that has experienced strong, balanced growth. A B C D E F G H I J K PHASE ONE | JANUARY 2020 Development Assumptions Key Preferred Scenario Aspects URBANRESERVE INCREMENTAL, SUSTAINABLE Growth Scenario Downtown Focus New School Industrial and Employment Conservation Neighborhoods Retail and Commercial Trails and Open Space VISIT CI.MONTICELLO.MN.US/MONTI2040 TO LEARN MORE! 0 1,300 2,600650 1 inch = 2,500 feet ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!!! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! !!! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!! !!!!!!!!!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!!!! ! ! ! ! !!!!!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! NORTHSTARLINE BIG LAKE 25 68 131 43 14 10 SCHOOL BLVDSCHOOL BLVD CHE L S E A R D CHE L S E A R D ED M O N S O N A V E ED M O N S O N A V E FE N N I N G A V E FE N N I N G A V E PIN E S T PIN E S T ELM S T ELM S T BRO A D W A Y S T BRO A D W A Y S T 17 2 N D S T N W 17 2 N D S T N W 16 5 T H A V E S E 16 5 T H A V E S E LAK E S T S LAK E S T S JEFFERSON BLVDJEFFERSON BLVD 157TH S T S E 157TH S T S E LA B E A U X A V E N E LA B E A U X A V E N E COU N T Y R D 3 9 N E COU N T Y R D 3 9 N E 80TH S T N E 80TH S T N E JA S O N A V E N E JA S O N A V E N E 9494 9494 COUNTY R D 3 7 N E COUNTY R D 3 7 N E BR I A R W O O D A V E BR I A R W O O D A V E BERTRAMCHAIN OFLAKES BERTRAMCHAIN OFLAKES 85TH ST NE85TH ST NE COUNTY RD 39 NECOUNTY RD 39 NE COUNTY R D 3 7 N E COUNTY R D 3 7 N E MI S S I S S I P P I R I V E R MI S S I S S I P P I R I V E R Downtown Mixed Use10-18 Unit/Acre10-18 Unit/Acre Service Commercial and Light Industrial Infill Regional Oriented Commercial Multi-Family10-18 Unit/Acre10-18 Unit/Acre Medium and Small Lot Conservation Developments4-10 Units/Acre4-10 Units/Acre Potential School Site withEnvironmental Focus Medium and Small Lot Conservation Developments4-10 Units/Acre4-10 Units/Acre Otter Creek Industrial Park Commercial/Residential Mix (Neo Traditional) Development Residential (South) Residential (South) 8-10 Units/Acre8-10 Units/Acre A B CC C D E F G H H I J K K K Technology, Renewable Energy, Manufacturing & Distribution Warehousing 11Table of Contents PRIORITIES & ISSUES The city’s priorities were redefined in the Monti:2040 Comprehensive Plan adopted in 2020. This Comprehensive Plan highlights the city’s desire to grow from within before expanding out by focusing on three key themes: Sustainability, Community Health and Sense of Place. The Comprehensive Plan is the primary influence in financial planning. After years of adapting due to impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, the city’s 2025 budget reflects a more routine approach to operations while at the same time retaining efficiencies and other strategies discovered during the pandemic. While the city has mainly returned to routine levels of service and funding, the Community Center Fund was slower to rebound. Revenues in the Community Center Fund are close to pre-pandemic levels, however, the costs to generate that level of revenue have increased greatly. As is fiscally responsible, revenues are budgeted conservatively, and expenditures are estimated liberally to ensure sound financial position. The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARPA) provided just over $1.5 million directly to the city. All ARPA funds were used in 2021 through 2023 for wages and benefits at the Monticello Community Center. Going forward, the Deputy Registrar Fund has been identified as a source of financial support to the Community Center Fund while opportunities for additional revenue or decreased expenditures are examined. The city changed its strategy for budgeting in 2021 from a department-by-department approach to an entity-wide “bucket” or “pieces of a puzzle” approach including the following areas: Noteworthy changes in service levels and fees include: Personnel: •Overall: A 3.5% cost-of-living adjustment (COLA) was applied to the wage scales in 2025. Budget impact: $216,700. Personnel Notable Operating Expenditures Equipment Capital Projects 12Table of Contents •Development Services: Creation of an additional administrative support position. Budget impact: $92,000. •Fire Department: Increase to officer stipends. Budget impact: $10,000. •Community Center: Reduction in budget for the reclassification of the part-time League Manager position to a Recreation Coordinator. Budget impact: -$32,000. Notable Operating Expenditures: •City Clerk: Reduction due to lack of elections in 2025. Budget impact: -$54,100. •City Hall: Study of City Hall layout to maximize building space. Budget impact: $25,000. •Human Resources: Included funding for a compensation study in 2025, with any adjustments effective with the 2026 budget. Budget impact: $20,000. •Planning & Zoning: Included funding for a park dedication study. Budget impact: $50,000. •Finance/IT: Implementation of an Accounts Payable (AP) Workflow module in Laserfiche. Budget impact: $30,000. •Library: Update to the building’s fire system. Budget impact: $11,000. •Shade Tree: Inventory and treatment of Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) infected trees. Budget impact: $100,000. Equipment: •Fire: The fire department, through the Central Equipment Fund, budgeted for a replacement utility vehicle and UTV. Budget impact: $100,000. •Streets: The streets department, through the Central Equipment Fund, budgeted for a hydraulic snow blower, front loader, and paver trailer. Budget impact: $315,000. •Parks Operations: The parks operations department, through the Central Equipment Fund, budgeted for two pickups, and a field line painter. Budget impact: $230,000. •Water: The water department budgeted for a replacement pickup. Budget impact: $75,000. •Community Center: Replacement of various pieces of cardio equipment. Budget impact: $20,000. Capital Projects: •City Facilities – Water Treatment Plant: Continued planning and design of a new water treatment plan. Budget impact: $1,000,000. •City Facilities – Other: Replace roofs on well houses and wastewater treatment plant buildings and improvements to the Monticello Community Center, including an upgrade to the jase system, installation of a door from the Rom & Stomp play area to the hallway, and window replacement. Budget impact: $501,000 •Golf Course Road West Pedestrian Trail: Planning began in 2024 with construction planned in 2025. Budget impact: $1,600,000, with $800,000 in grant funding. •Utilities Infrastructure – West County Rd 39 Extension: Extension of water and sewer trunk lines from Chelsea Road to the west. Budget impact: $4,130,000, with $1,000,000 in grant funding. ϭϯTable of Contents •Utilities Infrastructure – Other: Rehabilitation and improvements to a failing ditch to the east of the city, expansion of the stormwater pond in the Otter Creek industrial park, and fiber extensions into new neighborhoods. Budget impact: $2,750,000. •Downtown – West Bridge Park: Replace existing playground at West Bridge Park with new and expanded equipment with greater accessibility. Budget impact: $650,000, which $250,000 paid for with private donation. •The Pointes at Cedar – School Boulevard Improvements and Roundabouts: Construct two roundabouts on School Boulevard at the intersections with Cedar Street and Edmonson Avenue and repave the section of School Boulevard from Hwy 25 to Country Lane. Budget impact: $3,400,000. •The Pointes at Cedar – Other: Install public playground in northern biome of the development area. Budget impact: $125,000, with $25,000 paid with developer escrow. •Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Athletic Park: Planning and design for next phase. Budget impact: $215,000 from local sales tax. •Fallon Avenue Improvements: Oversizing and landscaping in the first phase of the Haven Ridge West development and planning for future reconstruction from Chelsea Road to Fallon Drive. Budget impact: $2,551,000. Furthermore, the city evaluates utility rates annually. The following increases were adopted in the 2025 Fee Schedule and incorporated into the 2025 budget. •Water: Usage charges were increased by 10% in anticipation of large upcoming capital improvements, including a new water treatment facility. Access and truck charges increased 3%. •Sewer: Usage charges increase 2.5% for base and usage charges. Access and trunk charges were increased by 3%. •Stormwater: Stormwater fees remain the same at $4.75/drainage unit. Access and trunk charges were increased by 3%. •Garbage & recycling: The garbage and recycling charges increase in 2025 by approximately 5%. These rate increases match the hauler’s rates to the City per contract, which expires on May 31, 2025. The city will either extend the contract, negotiate a new contract, or issue a Request for Proposals (RFP). The city’s estimated population is almost 15,000. A city of Monticello’s size, operations, tax base composition, and location require careful planning for sustainable and responsible growth. The valuation of the Xcel Electric Generating Plant creates large fluctuations in the tax statements of city businesses and residents. The city has many competing priorities in terms of capital improvements and support for development that need to be balanced with the financial appetite of the property taxpayers. The Council’s discussions in the 2025 budget process centered around a balance of investing in some areas now with waiting to invest in certain areas until additional debt is paid off or external grant funding is obtained. ϭϰTable of Contents 15Table of Contents 2025 BUDGET OVERVIEW City of MonƟcello, Minnesota Property Taxes 31% Tax Increments 1% Franchise & Other Taxes 1% Sales & Use Tax 2% Sale of Goods 16% Licenses & Permits 1% Intergovernmental Revenues 10% Charges for Services 29%Fines & Forfeits 0% Special Assessments 1% Miscellaneous 5% Contributed Capital 0% Operating Transfers In 3% Debt Proceeds 0% 2025 Revenues by Category - All Funds General Fund $8,985,000 64% MCC Operations $535,000 4% Capital $2,400,807 17% Debt Service $2,196,193 15% 2025 Property Tax Levy Personnel Services 17% Supplies 13% Other Services & Charges 26% Capital Outlay 35% Debt Service 6% Operating Transfers Out 3% 2025 Expenditures by Category - All Funds 2025 Water Treatment Facility Capital School Boulevard Roundabouts Projects & Improvements CSAH 39 (Golf Course Road) Trail CSAH 39 Utility Trunk Extensions West Bridge Park Playground Fallon Avenue/85th Street Ditch 33 Improvements Fund Type 2024 2025 2024 2025 General 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ Special Revenue 2,108,000 2,146,000 2,089,000 2,103,000 Debt Service 2,280,000 2,449,000 2,606,000 2,612,000 Capital Project 37,016,000 6,520,000 43,302,000 7,298,000 Enterprise 17,515,000 19,405,000 18,984,000 24,889,000 Internal Service 1,595,000 1,974,000 1,362,000 1,954,000 Component Unit 765,000 896,000 796,000 757,000 Total 74,036,000$ 46,571,000$ 81,896,000$ 52,794,000$ Total Budget Revenues Expenditures ϭϲTable of Contents 17Table of Contents BUDGET OVERVIEW INTRODUCTION The budget is a tool; how this versatile tool is used depends on the stakeholder. Policy makers use the budget to provide direction on service levels and place limits on spending. For managers, the budget offers benchmarks for measuring performance and assessing stewardship. To community advocates, the budget conveys visibility as to whether their concerns are being addressed. Universally, the budget is an essential tool for communicating the city's plans, policies, procedures, and objectives regarding the services to be delivered and the assets to be acquired in the upcoming and future fiscal years. The budget’s effectiveness is meaningfully influenced by the conviction of the various stakeholders using this dynamic tool. BUDGET POLICY AND STRATEGY This budget document was prepared after analyzing and evaluating requests from various departments and budget units. The content represents the requested financial support for the operation of the City of Monticello for the upcoming fiscal year. Revenue estimates are conservative and realistic, based on historical trends with greater weight placed on the most current years. The importance of a sound revenue picture cannot be overstated. The City of Monticello provides a range of services to the community, including police (contracted) and fire protection; street maintenance; snow and ice removal; water, sewer and stormwater utility services; parks, arts, and recreation amenities (including community center) and programming; and administrative and planning services. In addition, the city owns and operates a department of motor vehicles (DMV), municipal off-sale liquor store (Hi-Way Liquors), and a fiber optic network (FiberNet). The level of service provided by the proposed 2025 budget is as currently enjoyed by the community. City Council and city staff used the goals set during the strategic planning process to direct the development of the 2025 budget. STRATEGIC OR KEY INITIATIVES The City of Monticello provides a full range of municipal services, as listed in the previous paragraph, and as authorized by state statute. Monticello is fortunate to have many assets, including a beautiful setting, an excellent location, a rich heritage, and a talented population. The city seeks to use, preserve, and enhance these assets in building a great, affordable place to live, work, and recreate. The city will fulfill the goals below to achieve this mission: 1.Focus on value-added services, programs, and investments to balance the near-term desire for a competitive tax rate with the responsibility to set Monticello up for a vibrant, thriving future. The city will continually evaluate how we calculate and collect user charges and development fees to ensure proper allocation of costs while not stifling development in the process. The 2025 property tax levy increase of 8.0% was higher than the tax capacity decrease of 1.0%, creating a 9.1% increase in the city’s tax capacity rate (from 35.547 to 37.684). 2025 Budget: The city levy increases $1,043,000 (8.5%) to $14,117,000 and the Housing and Redevelopment (HRA) levy increases $48,000 (10.6%) to $499,000. Combined tax levy increase: $1,091,000 (8.1%). The tax levy rate is the 4th lowest of the 17 cities in Wright County. 18Table of Contents 2.Develop and maintain a quality system of parks, trails, and recreational facilities, including the unique assets of the Monticello Community Center, the Mississippi River, and the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Park, to support public health and wellbeing as well as contribute to a sense of community and belonging. In partnership with the county, the city acquired park land, which is roughly 50% designated for non-athletic purposes and 50% designated for athletic purposes. The city also maintains roughly 365 acres of park land and 45.0 miles of trails. 2025 Budget: $775,000 West Bridge Park and Pointes at Cedar playgrounds, $215,000 BCOL planning and design. 3.Maintain and plan for high quality water and sewer utility systems. With some of the lowest water and sewer rates in Minnesota, the city provides excellent services from these utilities to serve existing residents and businesses and to plan for future growth. The budget includes funds to plan for the construction of a water treatment facility to treat iron and manganese, improvements to the wastewater treatment plant, and ongoing system improvements in each fund. Budget: Water - $1,000,000 water treat facility construction design, $985,000 trunk extensions/improvements on West County Road 39 and Fallon Avenue, $75,000 purchase of a replacement truck, and $42,000 well pump house repair; Sewer - $4,810,000 trunk extensions/improvements on West County Road 39 and Fallon Avenue, and $332,000 wastewater facility roof repairs. 4.Implement the long-range transportation plan as outlined in the Comprehensive Plan, with the goal of improving multi-modal traffic flow around and through the city including completion of street overlay projects before the need for reconstruction along with capacity improvements to accommodate future local and regional growth. Monticello is one of numerous government entities in the area taking part in regional planning and economic development initiatives, including a study to identify an additional or expanded interstate interchange site and Mississippi River crossing; the city is also an active, due-paying member of the I-94 Coalition. The city’s pavement management program identifies varying condition levels of every street. 2025 Budget: $8,000 – memberships, $1,377,989 for the General Funds’s streets and alley activity, $3,400,000 for the School Boulevard Roundabouts & Improvements project, $1,600,000 for the Golf Course Road trail project, and $660,000 for roundabout installation in conjunction with development on Fallon Avenue and 85th Street 5.Invest in the city’s facilities and other infrastructure with an emphasis on proactive maintenance to minimize reconstruction and replacement costs. The city owns a variety of assets which support purposes such as stormwater control, fiber optic services, shade tree preservation and expansion. These assets serve specific purposes to enhance quality of life for Monticello’s citizens. 2025 Budget: $3,156,000 for stormwater maintenance and operations (for example, street sweeping); $1,581,000 to operate FiberNet, $400,000 for capital repair and expansion of the FiberNet network; and $225,936 for operations of the Shade Tree department in the General Fund. 19Table of Contents 6.Implement the Downtown Small Area Plan which will support a downtown area that combines a successful commercial district, community identity and heritage, and connection with Bridge Park and the Mississippi River. The 2017 Downtown Small Area Study plan for identified various options for re-creating the city’s downtown. A major redevelopment began on Block 52 in 2023, and planning for development on Block 34 has begun. The city completed the Downtown Roadway and Safety Improvement project to supplement the investment from private developers, and future improvements to Walnut Street, as identified in the Walnut Street Corridor Plan, are planned to further support private downtown development. 2025 Budget: $650,000 for a new playground in West Bridge Park and $19,000 for economic development services in the EDA Fund. 7.Seek to attract a variety of housing options to create life-cycle housing and quality neighborhoods, allowing residents to maintain a home in the community through all stages of life. Staff is facilitating the development of additional residential home lots on the perimeter of the city by working with developers and engineers. Infrastructure needs are regularly assessed and incorporated into the city’s capital improvement plan. A housing needs and market demand study, which measures progress towards meeting these goals, was completed in 2020 and updated in 2023, and will be updated every 3 years. A joint City Council/EDA/Planning Commission workshop was held in June 2024 to discuss and identify housing trends and priorities for the community. 2025 Budget: $0; however, the State of Minnesota allocated housing aid to the city, which will be discussed further in 2025 to plan a use for this funding. 8.Create, attract, and retain a wide range of employment opportunities with a growing emphasis on higher-paying jobs while diversifying and expanding the city’s tax base. This concept promotes the city’s competitive advantages (i.e., low taxes, property availability, transportation access, etc.) to businesses looking to move or grow. 2025 Budget: $0; however, the EDA continues to prioritize new development opportunities through TIF districts, Greater Monticello Enterprise Fund (GMEF) low-interest loans, and incentive packages via State funding. TOTAL BUDGET The 2025 budget includes all the funds maintained by the city. Each fund is responsible to account for a particular activity or activities. Each fund-type will be discussed within this message and/or in the budget document. The following compares the adopted 2024 and 2025 budgets: Fund Type 2024 2025 2024 2025 General 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ Special Revenue 2,108,000 2,146,000 2,089,000 2,103,000 Debt Service 2,280,000 2,449,000 2,606,000 2,612,000 Capital Project 37,016,000 6,520,000 43,302,000 7,298,000 Enterprise 17,515,000 19,405,000 18,984,000 24,889,000 Internal Service 1,595,000 1,974,000 1,362,000 1,954,000 Component Unit 765,000 896,000 796,000 757,000 Total 74,036,000$ 46,571,000$ 81,896,000$ 52,794,000$ Total Budget Revenues Expenditures 20Table of Contents Total revenues decrease 37.1% and total expenditures decrease 35.5% in 2025. General Fund revenues and expenditures increase 3.3%, most of which is funded by the property tax levy increase. The slight increase in special revenue activity reflects anticipated inflation for the Community Center Fund. The increase in debt service revenues reflects a lesser use of fund reserves to make bond payments in 2025. Capital project funds plan for lower expenditures due to smaller projects planned in 2025, including city facility upgrades and major repairs, improvements along School Boulevard, installation of a new pathway on Golf Course Road (CSAH 39) West, and contributing to construction of a roundabout at Fallon Avenue and 85th Street in connection with residential development. The Liquor Fund will transfer out $500,000 to support capital investment, and the Deputy Registrar will transfer up to $100,000 to support operations of the Community Center Fund. The following graphs display the revenues and expenditures attributable to each fund-type in the 2025 Budget: PROPERTY TAXES The state of Minnesota has granted local municipalities the authority to levy taxes to fund operations and debt payments. For the City of Monticello, the property tax levy accounts for 68% of revenues in the General Fund and 26% in the Community Center Fund. In 2025, debt service funds will receive $2,196,193 in property taxes for principal and interest payments on general obligation debt, which is $170,0184 (8.4%) higher than the prior year. With the available levy capacity, the city levied $517,982 (27.5%) more for the Capital Project Fund in 2025. For 2025, the city's general property tax levy will increase to $14,117,000, by $1,043,000 (8.0%) over the prior year. The Economic Development Authority Fund levied a Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) special benefit levy also. The HRA levy increases to $499,000 (10.6%) from $451,000 in the prior year. When added together, the two levies represent an 8.1% increase in property taxes. General 28% Special Revenue 5% Debt Service 5% Capital Project 14% Enterprise 42% Internal Service 4% Component Unit 2% 2025 Revenues by Fund Type General 25% Special Revenue 4%Debt Service 5% Capital Project 14% Enterprise 47% Internal Service 4% Component Unit 1% 2025 Expenditures by Fund Type 21Table of Contents The following table is a historical view of the tax capacity value, tax capacity rate and tax levy: Under contract, the Wright County assessor values all properties located within the city’s corporate limits. This market value is applied to the class rates assigned by the state to determine a property's tax capacity. The county estimates the city's tax capacity for taxes payable in 2025 at $37,461,713, a 1.0% decrease. The Xcel Energy nuclear power plant taxable market value decreased 7.0% for 2025 to $708 million. The Xcel plant alone accounts for and estimated 37% of the city’s tax capacity. The city's property tax levy is divided by the tax capacity to determine the city's tax capacity rate, which is then applied to each property's tax capacity to determine the city’s tax. For 2025, the city's tax capacity rate is expected to increase 9.1% to 37.684. The city generally does not have the authority to levy or collect local sales taxes or other types of taxes under the state's tax system. However, the state legislature authorized Monticello to include a local sales tax question on the ballot in November 2024. Voters approved a 0.5% sales tax for rehabilitation of the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Athletic Park effective April 1, 2025 for 20 years or until $15 million is raised, whichever occurs first. PERSONNEL SERVICES The 2025 budget includes one staffing change with the addition of an administrative support position within Development Services. A 3.5% wage adjustment for all employees is included in the 2025 budget. Public Works employees belong to a union, and their collective bargaining agreement was renegotiated in late 2022 for the three years from January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2025. Union and non-union employees participate in separate health benefit plans. The monthly union health benefit is $1,326 per participant, and the monthly non-union health benefit is $989 for the single plan and $1,960 for family plan participants. The union’s plan requires a flat premium for union employees regardless of participation. Staff will continue to explore ways to reduce future premium increases for both the city and its employees. The contribution rates to the Public Employees Retirement Association (PERA) remain the same in 2025 for both employer and employees. PERA rates: 7.50% of wages for employer and 6.50% for employee. The budget also calculates taxes for FICA at 6.20% and Medicare at 1.45%. Tax Capacity Capacity Tax Capacity Rate City Tax HRA Levy Year Value % Change Rate % Change Levy Levy % Change 2016 $25,891,898 8.4% 34.470 -3.5% $8,925,000 $280,000 4.6% 2017 $27,583,160 6.5% 33.172 -3.8% $9,150,000 $280,000 2.5% 2018 $29,528,145 7.1% 32.332 -2.5% $9,547,000 $323,000 4.3% 2019 $29,076,227 -1.5% 34.262 6.0% $9,962,000 $348,000 4.3% 2020 $29,870,392 2.7% 34.968 2.1% $10,445,000 $355,000 4.8% 2021 $31,026,583 3.9% 35.659 2.0% $11,063,700 $366,300 5.9% 2022 $31,073,603 0.2% 36.536 2.5% $11,353,000 $388,000 2.6% 2023 $34,393,769 10.7% 35.035 -4.1% $12,050,000 $402,000 6.1% 2024 $37,843,681 10.0% 34.547 -1.4% $13,074,000 $451,000 8.5% 2025 $37,461,713 -1.0% 37.684 9.1% $14,117,000 $499,000 8.0% 22Table of Contents GENERAL FUND Expenditures The following schedule displays 2025 budgeted General Fund expenditures by department compared with the prior year budget: The 2025 General Fund budget increased 3.3% over the 2024 budget. Personnel services includes wages and benefits for all full-time, part-time, and seasonal employees. This cost category rises with wage and benefit inflation and changes to staff levels. The chart below presents the 2025 budgeted expenditures allocated by function/department: The largest department based on expenditures is the Public Safety Department. The 2025 Public Safety department budget increased 2.4%. Public safety activities include law enforcement, fire & rescue, building inspections, emergency management, animal control, and National Guard. The city contracts with the Wright County Sheriff's department for law enforcement. The 2025 contract includes a $5.00 increase in the hourly service rate for 60 hours per day which was offset by a one-time “assessment” charged to the City in 2024 for an adjustment in WCSO’s pay scale. The fire and rescue budget increased 9.8% due to higher Central Equipment Fund rental charges and increased funding to the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund in 2025. Fire relief expenditures increased by 13.8% and emergency management expenditures decreased by 45.5%; both are offset with external support (state aid and grant funding) meaning there is no impact to the taxpayers for these adjustments that Department 2024 2025 % Change General Government 2,721,856$ 3,054,797$ 12.2% Public Safety 3,882,331 3,973,644 2.4% Public Works 3,027,573 2,995,852 -1.0% Sanitation 880,557 900,000 2.2% Recreation & Culture 2,238,683 2,250,707 0.5% Operating Transfers Out 6,000 6,000 0.0% Total 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% General Fund Expenditures and Other Uses General Government 23% Public Safety 30% Public Works 23% Sanitation 7% Recreation & Culture 17% 2025 Appropriations By Department 23Table of Contents better reflect actual trends. Other public safety functions remain fairly consistent with the 2024 budget. The 2025 budget for general government activities increases 12.2%. The city clerk activity decreased 20.3% due to elections only occurring in even-numbered calendar years. The planning & zoning, human resources, and finance activities increase respectively by 70.0% due to a park dedication study, 29.9% due to a classification and compensation study, and 10.5% due to implementation of an accounts payable (AP) workflow. The city hall activity increased 42.7% due to potential updates to the layout of city hall workspaces. In 2025, Public Works is the third largest department in terms of budgeted expenditures with an overall decrease of 1.0%. The streets & alleys (-1.2%), ice & snow (-2.8%), and street lighting (-9.6%) activities decreased to better reflect actual spending trends. PW administration (+5.5%), engineering & inspections (+3.7%), and shop & garage (+2.7%) increase by inflationary assumptions. Recreation and culture expenditures increase by 0.5% in 2025. Public arts and shade tree decrease due to lower amounts of grant funding in 2025 for operations and Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) response, respectively. The library’s carpet replacement project was completed in 2024; some of this funding remains in 2025 but will be used for a fire system upgrade in the building. Ballfields increased 19.0%, but reflects a $5,500 increase due to reflect anticipated inflation. Sanitation expenditures include the costs of the contract with Waste Management for residential garbage and recycling collection. The city’s contract with its residential garbage hauler ends on May 31, 2025, and the city will issue a request for proposal for services after that date. Including services for police, assessor, and legal services, other services, and charges account for 51% of General Fund appropriations, a decrease from 52% in 2024. Appropriations for personnel services follow at 35% of the total. Capital outlays include the internal rent payments to the Central Equipment Fund. Additional equipment purchases will translate into higher lease payments, and completion of lease payments for select pieces of equipment will cause a decrease. Supplies account for 8% of the general fund budget, which is a slight increase from 7% in 2024. The following table and graph provide perspective on expenditures and other uses for the various General Fund expenditure classifications in the 2024 and 2025 budgets: Department 2024 2025 % Change Personnel Services 4,299,928$ 4,542,664$ 5.6% Supplies 994,649 931,650 -6.3% Other Services & Charges 6,888,923 7,055,786 2.4% Capital Outlay 567,500 644,900 13.6% Operating Transfers Out 6,000 6,000 0.0% Total 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% General Fund Appropriations 24Table of Contents Revenues and other sources Revenues and other sources supporting General Fund expenditures and other uses are classified as follows: The General Fund’s tax levy increases by 4.0%, while the General Fund’s portion of the combined levy (city + HRA) decreases from 63.9% to 61.5%. Franchise & other taxes decrease to offset the decreased budget for street lighting. Decreases in intergovernmental revenues are attributable to 2024 aid from the State of Minnesota for public safety and to respond to Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) found in city trees. The increase in charges for services reflects higher residential garbage and recycling charges along with engineering revenue for inspections performed on development and city projects. Fines & forfeits increase to better reflect historical trends; this mostly consists of court fines received via the State that are passed on to Wright County since the city contracts with the Wright County Sheriffs Office (WCSO) for law enforcement. Miscellaneous revenues are projected higher due to higher interest rates being earned on investments. The property tax levy generates 68.2% of the General Fund revenues. Other than franchise fees, the city does not impose other taxes, such as local option sales taxes or income taxes for General Fund operations. Therefore, the city will remain dependent on property tax revenue as its major source of future revenues. Personnel Services 35% Supplies 8% Other Services & Charges 51% Capital Outlay 6% 2025 Appropriations -General Fund Classification 2024 2025 % Change Property Taxes 8,640,000$ $8,985,000 4.0% Franchise & Other Taxes 346,500 324,000 -6.5% Licenses & Permits 487,000 482,000 -1.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 1,057,000 825,000 -21.9% Charges for Services 1,309,743 1,514,900 15.7% Fines & Forfeits 51,600 78,500 52.1% Special Assessments 100 - -100.0% Miscellaneous 865,057 971,600 12.3% Total 12,757,000$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% General Fund Revenues and Other Sources 25Table of Contents SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS The City of Monticello currently operates special revenue funds for cemetery and community center activities along with the Small Cities Development Program (SCDP) Fund, which will likely see little activity in 2025 outside of one loan to a local business. Like the General Fund, the special revenue fund budgets are set at a level to maintain services. The tax levy supports community center operations ($535,000). Charges for services are the largest revenue source for both the community center (memberships) and the cemetery (plot sales). Community center charges were budgeted with added conservatism due to the uncertain nature of discretionary spending in the current economic environment. The following tables display the change in budgeted revenues and other sources and the change in budgeted expenditures and other uses for special revenue funds: 68%2% 4% 6% 12% 1%7% 2025 Revenues -General Fund Property Taxes Franchise & Other Taxes Licenses & Permits Intergovernmental Revenues Charges for Services Fines & Forfeits Classification 2024 2025 % Change Property Taxes 525,000$ 535,000$ 1.9% Tax Increments - - - Intergovernmental Revenues - - - Charges for Services 1,441,100 1,450,800 0.7% Miscellaneous 41,900 60,200 43.7% Operating Transfers In 100,000 100,000 0.0% Total 2,108,000$ 2,146,000$ 1.8% Special Revenue Funds Revenues and Other Sources Department 2024 2025 % Change Personnel Services 1,313,235$ 1,195,454$ -9.0% Supplies 107,000 130,700 22.1% Other Services & Charges 668,765 756,846 13.2% Capital Outlay - 20,000 - Operating Transfers Out - - - Total 2,089,000$ 2,103,000$ 0.7% Special Revenue Funds Appropriations 26Table of Contents DEBT SERVICE FUND (Aggregate of Sub-Funds) The city's debt service for 2025 is $2,609,000, or $6,000 (0.2%) more than the prior year due to routine amortization of outstanding bond issues. Funding for debt service comes from special assessments and property taxes. Outstanding debt as of January 1, 2025: debt service funds - $14,430,000; Sewer enterprise fund - $2,180,000. The city's bond rating from Moody’s Investors Services is Aa3. CAPITAL PROJECT FUNDS The budgets for capital project funds are based on the 2025 project expenditures listed in the first year of the city's five-year capital improvement plan. The city's five-year capital improvement plan is included in a later section of this report. No new debt to fund capital projects is anticipated in 2025. ENTERPRISE FUNDS Total revenues and other sources for the enterprise funds (Water, Sewer, Stormwater, Liquor, DMV, and Fiber Optics) is estimated at $19,405,000 for 2025. The change in sale of goods represents a conservative budgeting policy. Charges for services increases with higher rates charged on utility fund customers. Special assessments increase to better reflect recent activity. Personnel services increase with wage and benefit inflation of 3.5% and a step increase for staff, where applicable. Operating transfers out are from the Liquor Store and DMV to fund capital projects and from the Deputy Registrar Fund to support operations in the Community Center special revenue fund. INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS The City of Monticello operates four internal service funds: Facilities Maintenance, Information Technologies (IT) Services, Central Equipment Fund, and Benefits Accrual. These funds operate Classification 2024 2025 % Change Sale of Goods 7,504,849$ 7,366,428$ -1.8% Licenses & Permits 2,000 2,000 0.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 1,330,000 2,485,000 86.8% Charges for Services 8,458,899 8,853,209 4.7% Special Assessments 10,000 30,000 200.0% Miscellaneous 134,252 668,363 397.8% Contributed Capital 75,000 - -100.0% Total 17,515,000$ 19,405,000$ 10.8% Enterprise Funds Revenues and Other Sources Department 2024 2025 % Change Personnel Services 2,556,843$ 2,726,632$ 6.6% Supplies 6,133,540 6,008,500 -2.0% Other Services & Charges 4,651,094 4,706,268 1.2% Capital Outlay 4,175,000 10,079,000 141.4% Debt Service 367,523 366,600 -0.3% Operating Transfers Out 1,100,000 1,002,000 -8.9% Total 18,984,000$ 24,889,000$ 31.1% Enterprise Funds Appropriations 27Table of Contents on a cost-recovery basis, but the time horizon differs greatly. Internal service fund charges are recorded as expenditures in other funds. The Facilities Maintenance and IT Services funds are not capital intensive with annual small tools and equipment purchases in the $20,000 to $30,000 range. IT equipment usually has a shorter replacement cycle. The Facilities Maintenance Fund focuses on proactive monitoring and repairs & maintenance of existing city buildings. Major capital improvements or replacements are funded through the appropriate capital projects fund or enterprise fund. The Central Equipment Fund is funded through annual rental charges to benefitting budget units to recover equipment purchase costs over periods of 7–10 years. Annual depreciation and inflation for each capital asset are used in calculating annual rental payments. The Benefits Accrual Fund accumulates resources from governmental funds to match the city’s paid leave (paid-time-off) liability for governmental fund employees. DISCRETELY PRESENTED COMPONENT UNIT FUND The city currently has one discretely presented component unit fund. Component units are legally separate entities for which the city (primary government) is financially accountable, or for which the exclusion of the component unit would render the financial statements of the primary government misleading. The Monticello Economic Development Authority (EDA) is a legally separate entity created pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 469.090 through § 469.108 to carryout economic and industrial development and redevelopment within the city in accordance with policies established by the City Council. Under Section 469.033, subd. 6, of the HRA Act, the HRA’s special benefit tax is levied annually and is limited to 0.0185% of the taxable market value, which is $499,000 in 2025. Tax increments support economic development activities, but their use is generally restricted to a specific activity in a specific area. FUND BALANCES Fund balances decline when expenditures exceed revenues. The General Fund and Monticello Community Center (MCC) Fund generally have balanced budgets where revenues equal expenditures. The Economic Development Authority (EDA)’s fund balance is projected to increase due to housing TIF districts collecting pooled increments without any offsetting obligations. The fund balance in the Debt Service Fund declines through normal debt amortization. Additionally, the fund balance for the capital projects funds declines with anticipated use of existing resources for various projects. Enterprise fund balances are budgeted to decline by roughly $5.5 million, which is the result of the use of previously collected utility trunk funds for the West County Road 39 extensions and transfers to the Capital Project and Community Center funds. CHALLENGES IN CONTEXT The preparation of this budget reflects the need to meet both short-term and long-term challenges. While the local economy is stable, inflation, federal reserve rates, and federal economic policy add uncertainty to Monticello’s future fiscal planning. The commercial and apartments tax base grew significantly for taxes payable in 2025, and while the Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant still represents a significant portion of the tax base, it decreased in 28Table of Contents value along with a decrease in residential tax base (attributable to an increase in Minnesota’s market value homestead exclusion calculation). Ultimately, the City Council desires to meet current and future growth needs by maintaining a modest tax capacity rate. Second, in 2021, the city paid off the judgment bonds related to the 2014 settlement of the telecommunication bondholder’s class-action lawsuit, which further allows the city to put the bond default behind it. The city renewed its contract with Arvig Enterprises through June of 2026. Since 2019, Fibernet has had positive cash flow from operations and is situated to cover all the capital investment into new neighborhoods in the coming years. Discussions on the future of the telecommunications industry will occur as the city continues to move forward. Third, the city is moving ahead with several capital projects. Most large projects have reimbursement resolutions, meaning the city can recover their temporary draw on reserves with debt proceeds. Major Council initiatives in the next few years include continued improvements in the downtown, a new water treatment facility, a new public works facility, additional phases for improvements at the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Park, the Pointes at Cedar development area, and utility and transportation improvements on Fallon Avenue. A Local Option Sales Tax that will be implemented in 2025 will contribute funding to BCOL. However, while the city strives to maximize external funding, prioritization of finite financial resources will continue to be needed to accomplish the City Councils goals while also responding to an interest in development. Fourth, stable leadership requires long term planning, but council seats are not as long as planning efforts require. In 2024, the mayor was re-elected for a third two-year term, one existing councilmember was re-elected for an additional four-year term, and one new councilmember began their four-year term. The mayor and two councilmembers have terms expiring again at the end of 2026. In summary, the uncertain economic environment, public safety service enhancement, transportation improvements, stabilization in Fibernet operations, and economic and park development impacted decisions made in drafting the 2025 budget. DISTINGUISHED BUDGET PRESENTATION AWARD The Government Finance Officers Association of the United States and Canada (GFOA) presented a Distinguished Budget Presentation Award to the City of Monticello, Minnesota for its annual budget for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024. To receive this award, a governmental unit must publish a budget document that meets program criteria as a policy document, as an operations guide, as a financial plan, and as a communications device. This award is valid for a period of one year only. The City of Monticello has received this award every year since 2009 and is one of 33 entities (26 of which are cities) in Minnesota to receive the award in 2024. We believe our current budget continues to conform to program requirements, and we are submitting it to GFOA to determine its eligibility for another award. CONCLUSION Conservation of city financial resources continues to be a top objective. The budget is the primary tool in making sure limited resources are wisely utilized. City Council and staff believe 29Table of Contents the 2025 budget allows the city to deliver excellent municipal services in a cost-effective and efficient manner. The 2025 budget is a product of collective efforts by the City Council, staff, and various other stakeholders. Their commitment, good judgment, and expertise are invaluable to the budget process. Sincerely, Rachel Leonard Sarah Rathlisberger City Administrator Finance Director 30Table of Contents ORGANIZATION CHART The City of Monticello operates a city administrator form of government, whereby the city administrator acts as the liaison between city staff and the city council. The city administrator leads council workshops and discussions to form strategic plans and goals. The strategic plans and goals are then used as the starting point for city leaders to submit budget requests for the upcoming year. During internal budget discussions, staff look to the city administrator to ensure the budget is aligning with council’s desired outcomes. City leaders are then responsible for how their departments’ budgets translate from the council’s strategic plans and goals to daily workload. 31Table of Contents FUND DESCRIPTIONS & STRUCTURE BUDGETED FUNDS The city has legally adopted budgets for the General Fund and all special revenue funds. Expenditures may not legally exceed budgeted appropriations at the total fund level. Monitoring of budgets is maintained at the department level. Any amounts over budget would need to be approved by the city council through the disbursement process. Although the city is not legally required to adopt an annual budget for the nonmajor special revenue funds, the debt service funds, capital projects funds, enterprise funds, and internal service funds, it does so as a means of implementing an entity-wide view of the city’s finances, all of which are included in the city’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR) and Long-Term Financial Plan, both of which are updated annually. Budgets are adopted on a basis consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Budgeted amounts are as originally adopted or as amended by the city council. All annual appropriations lapse at year-end. MAJOR FUNDS A fund is considered major for budgetary purposes if its revenues or expenditures, excluding other financing sources and uses, constitute more than 10% of the revenues or expenditures of the city-wide appropriated budget. Major funds are bolded with red font in the hierarchy on the following pages and do not necessarily match the major funds presented in the city’s ACFR because the calculation for purposes of the ACFR differ slightly and are based on actual rather than budgeted revenues and expenditures. General Fund - The General Fund is used to account for all financial resources except those required to be accounted for in another fund. Capital Project - The Capital Project (capital projects) Fund is used to account for all capital acquisition and construction activities of the city not accounted for in another capital project, enterprise, or internal service fund. Sewer - The Sewer (enterprise) Fund is used to account for all activities necessary to provide sewer services to the residents and businesses of the city, including operations of the city’s trunk line system and wastewater treatment plant. Liquor - The Liquor (enterprise) Fund is used to account for the operations of the city’s off-sale liquor store, Hi-Way Liquors. Details on the purposes of the nonmajor funds are included with each fund later in this report. 32Table of Contents Go v e r n m e n t a l General Special Revenue Cemetery Fund Small Cities Development Program (SCDP) Fund Community Center Fund Debt Service 2015B GO Bond Sub-Fund 2016A GO Bond Sub-Fund 2017A GO Bond Sub-Fund 2018A GO Bond Sub-Fund 2019A GO Bond Sub-Fund 2020A GO Bond Sub-Fund Capital Projects Capital Project Fund Street Lighting Improvement Fund Park & Pathway Improvement Fund Park Dedication Fund BCOL Sales Tax Fund 33Table of Contents Pr o p r i e t a r y Enterprise Water Fund Sewer Fund Stormwater Fund Liquor Fund Deputy Registrar Fund Fiber Optics Fund Internal Service Facilities Maintenance Fund IT Services Fund Central Equipment Fund Benefit Accrual Fund Co m p o n e n t Un i t Discretely-Presented Economic Development Authority Fund 34Table of Contents DEPARTMENTS & FUNDS RELATIONSHIP The departments within each fund’s budget are noted in the matrix below: All capital project funds were combined for this presentation, except the Parks & Pathway Improvement Fund and BCOL Sales Tax Fund, which fund similar projects but with different sources. Principal and interest payments on debt occur in the Debt Service Fund (comprised of subfunds) and the Sewer Fund. Park & Pathway General Cemetery Community Center Capital Projects and BCOL Sales Tax Water, Sewer & Stormwater Liquor Store Deputy Registrar Fiber Optics Facilities Maintenanc IT Services Central Equipmen Benefit Accrual EDA GENERAL GOVERNMENT Mayor & Council ● City Administration ●●●● City Clerk ●●● Finance, Audit & Assessing ●●●●●●●● Legal ● Human Resources ●●● Planning & Zoning ●●●● City Hall ●● Economic Development ●●● PUBLIC SAFETY Law Enforcement ● Fire & Rescue ●●●●● Fire Relief ● Building Inspections ●●● Emergency Management ●●● Animal Control ●● ● National Guard ● PUBLIC WORKS PW Administration ●●●● Engineering & Inspections ●●●●● Streets & Alleys ●●●●●● Ice & Snow ●● Shop & Garage ●●● ●● Street Lighting ●●● Refuse Collection ● Water Utility ●● ● Sewer Utility ●● ● Stormwater Utility ●● RECREATION AND CULTURE Senior Center ●● Park Operations ●●●●● Park Improvements ●● ● Park Ballfields ● Public Arts ●● Shade Tree ● Library ●● Cemetery ●● Community Center ●● ● Fiber Optics ●● ● FUND 35Table of Contents BASIS OF BUDGETING The City of Monticello budget serves several purposes: •For the residents, it presents a picture of the city government operations and intentions for the year. •For the city council, it serves as a policy tool and as an expression of goals and objectives. •For city management, it is used as an operating guide and a control mechanism. The city's budget encompasses both the operating budget and the capital improvement budget. Each budget unit includes amounts appropriated for both operating expenditures and capital acquisitions and improvements. Accompanying narrative for each budget unit briefly explains the items included. BASIS OF BUDGETING The city’s accounts are categorized by funds, each of which is accounted for like an individual entity. The operations of each fund are accounted for with a separate set of self-balancing accounts that comprise its assets, deferred inflow/outflows, liabilities, fund equity, revenues, and expenditures. Governmental funds (the General Fund, special revenue, debt service, and capital project funds) use the modified accrual basis for budgeting and accounting. Revenues are recognized in the accounting period in which they become measurable and available. Expenditures are recognized when liabilities are incurred. Proprietary funds (enterprise and internal service funds) use the modified accrual basis for budgeting and the full accrual basis for accounting for financial reporting. In the full accrual basis of accounting, revenues are recognized in the accounting period in which they are earned, and expenses are recognized in the accounting period in which they are incurred, regardless of when the actual cash flow occurs. For example, the full accrual basis accounting differs from the modified accrual basis by recording expenses for depreciation and compensated absences but not debt principal payments, whereas the modified accrual basis of accounting would classify the original capital cost as an expenditure (and would therefore have nothing to depreciate), the compensated absence payment as an expenditure at the time of payment rather than when earned, and debt proceeds as revenue when received and expenditures when repaid. Each proprietary fund’s financial statements, located in the city’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR), are reported on the full accrual basis. WORKLOAD/PERFORMANCE BUDGETING The City of Monticello strives to develop a budget focused on workload/performance outputs rather than incrementally budget based on the prior year. This type of budgeting shifts the emphasis away from describing what will be purchased (inputs) towards describing what will be accomplished (outputs and outcomes). While this budgeting process faces numerous structural and cultural hurdles, this work-in-progress continues today with both an organization-wide and budget-unit specific focus on outcomes. 36Table of Contents FINANCIAL POLICIES The overall goal of the city's financial policies is to establish and maintain effective management of the city's financial resources. Formal policy statements and major objectives provide the foundation for achieving this goal. Accordingly, this section outlines the policies and practices used in guiding the preparation and management of the city's overall budget and the major objectives to be accomplished. In addition, the rationale which led to the establishment of the fiscal policy statements is also identified. Budget Development & Administration Practices 1.A comprehensive annual budget will be prepared for all funds expended by the city. The City Council shall have full authority over the financial affairs of the city and shall provide for the collection of all revenue and other assets, the auditing and settlement of accounts, the safekeeping and disbursement of public monies, and, in the exercise of a sound discretion, shall make appropriations for the payment of all liabilities and expenses. Inclusion of all funds in the budget enables the council, administration, and the public to consider all financial aspects of city government when preparing, modifying, and monitoring the budget, rather than deal with the city's finances on a "piece meal" basis. 2.The budget will be prepared in such a manner as to facilitate its understanding by residents and elected officials. One of the stated purposes of the budget is to present a picture of city government operations and intentions for the year to the residents of Monticello. Presenting a budget document that is understandable to the residents furthers the goal of effectively communicating local government finance issues to both elected officials and the public. 3.Budgetary emphasis will focus on providing those basic municipal services that provide the maximum level of services, to the most residents, in the most cost-effective manner, with consideration being given to all costs - economic, fiscal, and social. Adherence to this basic philosophy provides the residents of Monticello assurance that their government and elected officials are responsive to the basic needs of the residents and that their city government is operated in an economical and efficient manner. 4.The budget will provide for adequate maintenance of capital, plant, and equipment and for their orderly replacement. All governmental entities experience prosperous times as well as periods of economic decline. In periods of economic decline, proper maintenance and replacement of capital, plant, and equipment is generally postponed or eliminated as a first means of balancing the budget. Recognition of the need for adequate maintenance and replacement of capital, plant, and equipment, regardless of the economic conditions, will assist in maintaining the government's equipment and infrastructure in good operating condition. 5.The city will avoid budgetary practices that balance current expenditures at the expense of meeting future year expenditures. 37Table of Contents Budgetary practices such as postponing capital expenditures, accruing future years' revenues, or rolling over short-term debt are budgetary practices which can solve short-term financial problems. However, they can create much larger financial problems for future administrations and councils. Avoidance of these budgetary practices will assure residents that current problems are not simply being delayed to a future year. 6.The city will give highest priority in the use of one-time revenues to the funding of capital assets or other non-recurring expenditures. Utilizing one-time revenues to fund on-going expenditures results in incurring annual expenditure obligations, which may be unfunded in future years. Using one-time revenues to fund capital assets or other non-recurring expenditures better enables future administrations and councils to cope with the financial problems when these revenue sources are discontinued, since these types of expenditures can more easily be eliminated. 7.The city will maintain a budgetary control system to help it adhere to the established budget. The budget passed by the council establishes the legal spending limits for the city. A budgetary control system is essential to ensure legal compliance with the city's budget. 8. The city will exercise budgetary control (maximum spending authority) through City Council approval of appropriation authority for each appropriated budget unit. Exercising budgetary control for each appropriated budget unit satisfies requirements of state law. It also assists the council in monitoring current year operations and acts as an early warning mechanism when departments deviate in any substantive way from the original budget. 9.Reports comparing actual revenues and expenditures to budgeted amounts will be prepared monthly as practical and formally reported to City Council quarterly. The city's budget is ineffective without a system to regularly monitor actual spending and revenue collections with those anticipated at the beginning of the year. Monthly and quarterly reports comparing actual revenues and expenditures to budget amounts provide the mechanism for the council and administration to regularly monitor compliance with the adopted budget. 10.State Requirement: Truth-in-Taxation The Truth in Taxation (TNT) law requires the city to hold a series of public hearings to present the proposed levy and budget, and to provide an opportunity for the public to comment and make recommendations. The city’s proposed general levy and the EDA (economic development authority)’s proposed HRA (housing and redevelopment authority) levy must be certified to the county auditor by September 30th. The final levies for both must be certified by December 29th. 38Table of Contents Revenue Collection Practices 1.The city will seek to maintain a diversified and stable revenue base. A city dependent upon a few volatile revenue sources is frequently forced to suddenly adjust tax rates or alter expenditure levels to coincide with revenue collections. Establishment of a diversified and stable revenue base, however, serves to protect the city from short-term fluctuations in any one major revenue source. 2.The city will estimate revenues in a realistic and conservative manner. Aggressive revenue estimates significantly increase the chances of budgetary shortfalls occurring during the year--resulting in either deficit spending or required spending reductions. Realistic and conservative revenue estimates, on the other hand, will serve to minimize the adverse impact of revenue shortfalls and will also reduce the need for mid-year spending reductions. 3.The city will pursue an aggressive policy of collecting revenues. An aggressive policy of collecting revenues will help to ensure the city's revenue estimates are met, all taxpayers are treated fairly and consistently, and delinquencies are kept to a minimum. 4.The city will aggressively pursue opportunities for federal or state grant funding. An aggressive policy of pursuing opportunities for federal or state grant funding provides residents assurance that the city is striving to obtain all state and federal funds to which it is eligible--thereby reducing dependence upon local taxpayers for the support of local public services. 5.User fees and charges will be used, as opposed to general taxes, when distinct beneficiary populations or interest groups can be identified. User fees and charges are preferable to general taxes because user charges can provide clear demand signals which assist in determining what services to offer, their quantity, and their quality. User charges are also more equitable, since only those who use the service must pay--thereby eliminating the subsidy provided by nonusers to users, which is inherent in general tax financing. 6.User fees will be collected only if it is cost-effective and administratively feasible to do so. User fees are often costly to administer. Prior to establishing user fees, the costs to establish and administer the fees will be considered to provide assurance that the city's collection mechanisms are being operated in an efficient manner. Expenditures & Payments Practices 1. Ongoing expenditures will be limited to levels which can be supported by ongoing revenues. Utilization of reserves to fund on-going expenditures will produce a balanced budget, however, this practice will eventually cause severe financial problems. Once reserve levels are 39Table of Contents depleted, the city would face elimination of on-going costs to balance the budget. Therefore, the funding of on-going expenditures will be limited to current revenues. 2.Minor capital projects or recurring capital projects, which primarily benefit current residents, will be financed from current revenues. Minor capital projects or recurring capital projects represent relatively small costs of an on-going nature, and therefore, should be financed with current revenues rather than utilizing debt financing. Those who benefit from a capital project should pay for the project. 4.Major capital projects, which benefit future residents, will be financed with other financing sources (e.g., debt financing) as appropriate. Major capital projects represent large expenditures of a non-recurring nature which primarily benefit future residents. Debt financing provides a means of generating sufficient funds to pay for the costs of major projects. Debt financing also enables the costs of the project to be supported by those who benefit from the project, since debt service payments will be funded through charges to future residents. 5.Construction projects and capital expenditures of $10,000 or more will be included in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and related capital outlay line item; minor capital outlays (less than $10,000) will be included in the operating budget as small tools & equipment or repairs & maintenance. The Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) differentiates the financing of high-cost, long-lived physical improvements from low cost "consumable" equipment items contained in the operating budget. CIP items may be funded through debt financing, a planned buildup of reserves, or current revenues while operating budget items are annual or routine in nature and should only be financed from current revenues. 6.Spending Policy: The city will spend its resources in the following order. Resources will be categorized according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) for state and local governments, with the following general definitions: •Restricted: Amounts constrained to specific purposes by their providers (such as grantors, bondholders, and higher levels of government) through constitutional provisions or by enabling legislation. •Committed: Amounts constrained to specific purposes by the City Council by Resolution; to be reported as committed, amounts cannot be used for any other purpose unless the City Council takes action to remove or change the constraint also by Resolution. •Assigned: Amounts the city intends to use for a specific purpose; intent can be expressed by the council or by a designee to which the council delegates the authority. The City Council delegated this authority to itself, City Administrator, or Finance Director. •Unassigned: Amounts that are available for any purpose; these amounts are reported only in the General Fund. When multiple sources of funding are available, spending will occur in the following order: Restricted, Committed, Assigned, Unassigned. 40Table of Contents Capital Assets Policy – Adopted July 28, 2008 1. The city will be categorized by classes of capital assets. The classes of capital assets will be land, parking lots, buildings, infrastructure, improvements (other than buildings), machinery and equipment, office equipment and furniture, and motor vehicles. Construction in Progress will be recognized as an asset but is not eligible to be depreciated until the project is completed and/or asset is transferred to the city. 2. The city will capitalize items by classification as summarized in the Capitalization Thresholds & Useful Lives in the Appendix of this document. 3. Donations of capital assets will be recorded at estimated fair market value at the date of acquisition. 4. Straight-line depreciation will be the method used per the useful lives summarized in the Capitalization Thresholds & Useful Lives in the Appendix of this document. Land, easements and construction in progress are not considered depreciable assets. 5. The finance department will distribute an inventory list, by department, to each department head annually. It will be the department head’s responsibility to verify the inventory form, accounting for any changes in their department’s inventory, and return it to the finance department. The finance department will then make any necessary adjustments, transfers, or disposals to the capital assets system, to account for these changes. 6. A physical inventory of the City’s capital assets will be conducted periodically by the finance department staff in conjunction with the various departments. Random inventories may be conducted by staff at any time also. The appropriate adjustments will be made to the capital asset system. Any significant variances will be investigated, and policies and procedures will be adjusted accordingly, if necessary. Debt Administration Practices 1. The city will limit long-term debt to capital improvements which cannot be financed from current revenues. Incurring long-term debt serves to obligate future taxpayers. Excess reliance on long- term debt can cause debt levels to reach or exceed the government's ability to pay. Therefore, conscientious use of long-term debt will provide assurance that future residents will be able to service the debt obligations left by former residents. 2. The city will repay borrowed funds within a period not to exceed the expected useful life of the asset. This policy reflects the view that those residents who benefit from a project should pay for the project. Adherence to this policy will also help prevent the government from over- extending itself regarding the incurrence of future debt. 3. The city will not use long-term debt for financing current operations. 41Table of Contents This policy reflects the view that those residents who benefit from a service should pay for the service. Utilization of long-term debt to support current operations would result in future residents supporting services provided to current residents. 4.The city will adhere to a policy of full public disclosure regarding the issuance of debt. Full public disclosure regarding the issuance of debt provides assurance that the incurrence of debt, for which the public is responsible, is based upon a genuine need and is consistent with underwriter guidelines. Reserves and Fund Balances Policy – Adopted September 12, 2011 1.Reserves and Fund Balances will be properly designated into the following categories: •Nonspendable fund balance: Amounts that are not in a spendable form (such as inventory) or are required to be maintained intact (such as the principal of an endowment fund). •Restricted fund balance: Amounts constrained to specific purposes by their providers (such as grantors, bondholders, and higher levels of government) through constitutional provisions or by enabling legislation. •Committed fund balance: Amounts constrained to specific purposes by the City Council by Resolution; to be reported as committed, amounts cannot be used for any other purpose unless the City Council takes action to remove or change the constraint also by Resolution. •Assigned fund balance: Amounts the city intends to use for a specific purpose. The City Council, City Administrator, or Finance Director can express intent. •Unassigned fund balance: Amounts that are available for any purpose; these amounts are reported only in the General Fund or a deficit in other fund types. 2.A minimum level of general fund reserve of 60-75% of annual operating expenditures will be maintained. This reserve is committed to be used for cash flow purposes, unanticipated equipment acquisition and replacement, and to otherwise enable the city to meet unexpected expenditure demands (natural disasters, catastrophic events, etc.) or revenue shortfalls. Property taxes represent the city's primary source of general fund revenue. Property taxes are collected in June and December of each fiscal year. Since the city's fiscal year begins on January 1st, the city must maintain an adequate cash balance to meet its expenditure obligations between semi-annual collections of property taxes. Accrued employee payroll benefits, such as sick leave, vacation, or paid time off, represent a significant obligation of the city. The city will maintain sufficient reserves to meet its annual expenditure obligations in the Benefit Accrual internal service fund. The city recognizes the need to maintain adequate equipment to carry out required public services. Equipment acquisition and replacement represent on-going costs of a minor nature, as compared to major capital purchases. The city plans for equipment replacement within the Capital Improvement Plan. However, unforeseen equipment problems will arise. The 42Table of Contents reserve will provide resources for the immediate, unanticipated replacement of critical equipment. The city is subject to revenue shortfalls and unexpected expenditure demands during the fiscal year. An unassigned general fund reserve will be maintained to be able to offset these revenue shortfalls or meet unexpected demands occurring during the year, without suddenly adjusting tax rates or reducing expenditures. Financial Reporting & Accounting Practices 1.The city will manage and account for its financial activity in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) as set forth by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB). GASB is recognized as the authority with respect to governmental accounting. Managing the city's finances in accordance with GAAP and in accordance with the rules set forth by GASB provides the Monticello residents assurance that their public funds are being accounted for in a proper manner. 2.The city will maintain its accounting records for general governmental operations on a modified accrual basis, with revenues recorded when available and measurable, and expenditures recorded when services or goods are received, and liabilities incurred. Accounting records for proprietary fund types and similar trust funds will be maintained on an accrual basis, with all revenues recorded when earned and expenses recorded when liabilities are incurred, without regard to timing of cash receipt or payment. Adherence to this policy will allow the city to prepare its financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as set by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board. 3.The city of Monticello will prepare an Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR) in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The report will be made available to the public. The ACFR shall be prepared in accordance with the standards established by the GFOA for the Certificate of Achievement for Excellence in Financial Reporting Program. The Certificate of Achievement represents a significant accomplishment for a government and its financial leadership. The program encourages governments to prepare and publish an easily readable and understandable comprehensive annual financial report covering all funds and financial transactions of the government during the year. The ACFR provides users with a wide variety of information useful in evaluating the financial condition of a government. The program also encourages continued improvement in the city's financial reporting practices. 4.The city will ensure the conduct of timely, effective, and annual audit coverage of all financial records in compliance with Local, State, and Federal laws. Audits of the city's financial records provide the public assurance that its funds are being expended in accordance with Local, State, and Federal laws and in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Audits also provide management and the City Council with 43Table of Contents suggestions for improvement in its financial operations from independent experts in the accounting field. 5.The city of Monticello will maintain a policy of full and open public disclosure of all financial activity. Full and open public disclosure of all financial activity provides the public with assurance that its elected officials and administrators communicate fully all financial matters affecting the public. 6.The modified accrual basis of accounting and budgeting is used for the governmental funds. Under the modified accrual basis of accounting, revenues are recorded when susceptible to accrual, i.e., both measurable and available. Available means collectible within the current period or soon enough thereafter to be used to pay liabilities of the current period. Expenditures are recorded when the related liability is incurred. Employee compensated absences and principal and interest on long-term debt expenditures are recorded when due in the current period. 7.The full accrual basis of accounting is used for proprietary funds for financial reporting purposes. Under this method, revenues are recorded when earned and expenses are recorded when the related liability is incurred. For budget preparation and presentation, the proprietary funds’ expenses are converted to expenditures and follow the same budget format as the governmental fund types. Capital outlays in the enterprise funds are presented as expenditures for budget basis but are recorded as assets along with associated depreciation expense on the GAAP basis. Debt service principal payments in the enterprise funds are accounted for as expenditures for budget purposes but are reported as reduction of long-term debt liability on the GAAP basis. Recording capital outlays and principal payments on long-term debt as expenditures for budget purposes, presents a clearer picture of the city’s financial operations, is easier to administer for cash flow purposes, and is easier for the lay person to understand. Cash Management & Investment Policy – Adopted October 23, 2017 SCOPE This policy applies to all activities with regards to managing and investing the financial assets of the City of Monticello. This policy pertains to the financial assets of all funds including the General Fund, special revenue funds, capital project funds, debt service funds, enterprise funds, and internal service funds. The covered funds are defined in the city’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report. Except for cash in certain restricted funds, the City of Monticello consolidates all cash balances from all funds into one central set of accounts. Each fund’s participation in this cash pool is denoted by its equity-in-pooled-cash account. Investment income is allocated to the various funds based upon the average monthly balance of each fund’s account. Use of this pooling-of- funds method of accounting allows the city of Monticello to manage its cash more efficiently and to maximize its investment earnings. 44Table of Contents OBJECTIVES The primary objectives, in priority order, of city of Monticello’s investment activities shall be safety, liquidity, and yield: a.Safety Safety of principal is the foremost objective of the investment program. Investments shall be undertaken in a manner that seeks to ensure the preservation of capital in the overall portfolio. The objective will be to mitigate credit risk and interest rate risk. 1.Credit Risk The city will minimize credit risk by •Limiting investments to the safest types of securities; •Pre-qualifying the financial institutions, brokers/dealers, intermediaries, and advisers with which the city of Monticello will do business; and •Diversifying the investment portfolio so that potential losses on individual securities will be minimized. 2.Interest Rate Risk The city will minimize interest rate risk by: •Structuring the investment portfolio so that securities invested from operating funds mature to meet cash requirements for ongoing operations, thereby minimizing the need to sell securities on the open market prior to maturity; and •Investing operating funds primarily in shorter-term maturities, money market funds, or similar investment pools. b. Liquidity The investment portfolio shall remain sufficiently liquid to meet all operating requirements that may be reasonably anticipated. This will be accomplished by structuring the portfolio so that securities mature concurrent with cash needs to meet anticipated demands (static liquidity). In addition, since all possible cash demands cannot be anticipated, the portfolio shall consist largely of securities with active secondary or resale markets (dynamic liquidity). c.Yield The City of Monticello’s investment portfolio shall be designed with the objective of attaining a market rate of return throughout budgetary and economic cycles, commensurate with Monticello’s investment risk constraints and the cash flow characteristics of the portfolio. Return on investment is of least importance compared to the safety and liquidity objectives described above. The core of investments is limited to relatively low risk securities in anticipation of earning a fair return relative to the risk being assumed. Securities shall not be sold prior to maturity with the following exceptions: •a declining credit security may be sold early to minimize the loss of principal; •a security may be sold to maximize gain, when appropriate; •a security swap may be appropriate to improve the quality, yield, or target duration in the portfolio; or •a security may be sold based upon liquidity demands of the portfolio. 45Table of Contents AUTHORITY Management responsibility for the investment program and for ensuring compliance with this policy is hereby delegated to the Finance Director and is derived from Minnesota statutes and mayor & council actions. The Finance Director shall be responsible for all transactions undertaken and shall establish a system of procedures and internal controls for the operation of the investment program consistent with this policy. No person may engage in an investment transaction except as provided under the terms of this policy and the procedures established by the Finance Director. All participants in the investment process shall seek to act responsibly as custodians of the public trust. No officer or designee may engage in an investment transaction except as provided under the terms of this policy and supporting procedures. The Finance Director shall establish written statements of investment policy procedures for the operation of the investment program consistent with this policy. Such procedures shall include explicit delegation of authority for persons responsible for investment and cash management transactions. The Finance Director is responsible for establishing and maintaining an internal control structure designed to ensure that the assets of the city of Monticello are protected from loss, theft, or misuse. The internal control structure shall be designed to provide reasonable assurance that these objectives are met. The concept of reasonable assurance recognizes that the cost of control should not exceed the benefits likely to be derived and that the valuation of costs and benefits requires estimates and judgments by management. The internal controls shall address the following points at a minimum: control of collusion, separation of transaction authority from accounting and recordkeeping, custodial safekeeping, avoidance of physical delivery securities, clear delegation of authority to subordinate staff members, written confirmation of transactions for investments and wire transfers, dual authorizations of wire transfers, staff training, and review, maintenance and monitoring of security procedures both manual and automated. The city may engage the services of one or more external investment managers to assist in the management of the city’s investment portfolio in a manner consistent with the city’s objectives. Such external managers may be granted discretion to purchase and sell investment securities in accordance with this Investment Policy. Such managers must be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. ETHICS & CONFLICTS OF INTEREST The Finance Director and other employees involved in the investment process shall refrain from personal financial activity that could conflict with the proper execution and management of the investment program, or which could impair their ability to make impartial investment decisions. The Finance Director and other employees involved in the investment process shall disclose to the mayor & council any material financial interests in financial institutions with which they conduct business. They shall further disclose any personal financial/investment positions that could be related to the performance of the city’s portfolio. The Finance Director and other employees involved in the investment process shall subordinate their personal investment transactions to those of the city of Monticello shall refrain from undertaking personal 46Table of Contents investment transactions with the same individual with whom business is conducted on behalf of the city. PRUDENCE The general investment policies of the city of Monticello will be guided by the "prudent person" standard. Those with investment responsibility for public funds are fiduciaries and, as such, shall exercise the judgment and care, under circumstances then prevailing, which persons of prudence, discretion, and intelligence exercise in the management of their own affairs, not for speculation, but for investment, considering the probable safety of their capital as well as the probable income to be derived. The standard of prudence shall be applied in the context of managing the overall portfolio. Investment officers, acting in accordance with this investment policy and exercising due diligence, shall be relieved of personal responsibility for an individual security's credit risk or market price changes, provided significant deviations from expectations are reported in a timely fashion and appropriate action is taken to control adverse developments. Investment officers acting in good faith are not personally liable for investment or deposit losses. AUTHORIZED FINANCIAL DEALERS AND INSTITUTIONS The Finance Director shall designate and maintain a list of financial institutions and depositories authorized to provide investment services. In addition, a list will also be maintained of approved security brokers/dealers that maintain an office within the State of Minnesota. These may include "primary" dealers or regional dealers that qualify under Security and Exchange Commission's Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15C3-1). The mayor & council shall designate the financial institution for the city’s operating account. All financial institutions and brokers/dealers that wish to become qualified bidders for investment transactions must supply the following: •a copy of the latest audited financial statements demonstrating compliance with state and federal capital adequacy guidelines •proof of state registration, •evidence of adequate insurance coverage, •certification of having read, understood, and agree to comply with Monticello’s Cash Management and Investment Policy, •proof of National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) certification (brokers/dealers only), and •completed broker/dealer questionnaire (brokers/dealers only). An annual review of the financial condition and registration of qualified financial institutions and broker/dealers may be conducted by the Finance Director. Financial institutions, which serve as depositories of city funds, shall comply with all prevailing provisions of Minnesota statutes, and shall meet the established criteria for overall financial strength, adequate capitalization, appropriate liquidity, and proper collateralization to 47Table of Contents reasonably ensure the safety and availability of such deposits. To monitor and assess the overall financial strength of current and potential depositories, the city will utilize third-party rating agencies. AUTHORIZED AND SUITABLE INVESTMENTS Authorized investments for municipalities in Minnesota are stipulated in Minnesota State Statutes. Although the following lists of authorized and prohibited investments for the city of Monticello is slightly more restrictive than what is allowed under state law, it is in full compliance with Minnesota State Statutes. The Finance Director is authorized to invest in the following: •Demand deposits, of commercial banks, saving and loan associations, and federal savings banks authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota and authorized as described above, and to the extent that the deposit is fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or collateralized as required in Minnesota State Statutes. •Time deposits and certificates of deposit of commercial banks, saving and loan associations, and federal savings banks authorized to do business in the United States or its territories to the extent that the investment is fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or collateralized as required in Minnesota State Statutes. •Governmental bonds, notes, bills, mortgages, and other securities, which were direct obligations or are guaranteed or insured issues of the United States, its agencies, its instrumentalities, or organizations created by an act of Congress, excluding mortgage- backed securities •State and local government obligation as follows: o an obligation of the State of Minnesota or any of its municipalities, o obligation of other state and local governments that have taxing power and are rated “A” or better by a national bond rating service. o general obligations of the Minnesota Housing Finance Agency that are rated “A” or better by a national bond rating service. o general obligations of housing finance agencies of other states, provided that they include a moral obligation of the state, and they are rated “A” or better by a national bond rating service, o general revenue obligation of any agency or authority of the State of Minnesota other than those found already mentioned above that are rated “AA” or better by a national bond rating service. o Repurchase agreements whose underlying purchased securities consist of U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, or U.S. government instrumentality (including government sponsored enterprises) obligations. Adoption of a master repurchase agreement by the mayor & council is required before the Finance Director is authorized to enter into a repurchase agreement. o Banker’s Acceptances of United States Corporation or their Canadian subsidiaries that are rated “A1” by Moody’s Investors Service and/or P1 by Standard and Poor’s Corporation and matures in 270 days or less. Banker’s Acceptances can only be 48Table of Contents purchased if the yield is greater than the United States Treasury obligations or Federal Agency issues. o Guaranteed investment contracts if issued and guaranteed by a United States commercial bank or a United States insurance company. The credit quality of the issuer and guarantor shall be rated in the highest category by the major national rating services. The contract shall provide the governmental entity a non-penalized right of withdrawal of the investment if the credit quality of the investment is downgraded. o Commercial Paper issued by United States corporations or their Canadian subsidiaries that are rated “A1” by Moody’s Investors Service and/or “P1” by Standard and Poor’s Corporation and matures in 270 days or less. o Money market funds consisting of United States Treasury Obligations and/or Federal Agency Issues. PROHIBITED INVESTMENTS The Finance Director is currently prohibited from investing in securities that are considered highly sensitive, including the following: •Purchases on margins or short sales. •Derivative securities that are, in effect, a leveraged bet on future movements of interest rates or some price index. •Mortgage-backed securities due to their complexity and prepayment rate uncertainty. •Reverse repurchase agreements (lending securities with an agreement to buy them back after a stated period of time). COLLATERALIZATION The provisions of Minnesota State Statutes require that banks and savings and loan institutions collateralize all deposits of public funds. The city also requires collateralization of time deposits and repurchase agreements. Banks and savings and loan associations are authorized to use any of the investments as specified by Minnesota State Statutes as collateral. In order to anticipate market changes and provide a level of security for all funds, the collateralization level will be 110% of the market value of principle and accrued interest. Collateral will always be held by a third party. A clearly marked evidence of ownership (safekeeping receipt) will be supplied to the city and retained. SAFEKEEPING AND CUSTODY Pledged collateral consisting of instruments of the United States Government, U.S. government agencies, and U. S. government sponsored enterprises will be safe kept at a Federal Reserve Bank Branch. Other acceptable collateral that cannot be held by the Federal Reserve shall be held by a non-affiliated, independent, third-party safekeeping institution with whom the city has a current custodial agreement. A clearly marked evidence of ownership (safekeeping receipt) will be supplied to the city and retained. The right of collateral substitution upon prior notification and acceptance by the city is granted. 49Table of Contents All securities transactions, including collateral for repurchase agreements shall be conducted on a delivery-versus-payment (DVP) basis to ensure that securities are deposited in the city’s safekeeping institution prior to the release of funds. DIVERSIFICATION Diversification of investments reduces overall portfolio risks while attaining market average rates of return. The city of Monticello will diversify its investments by security type, sector (excluding U.S. Treasury securities), maturity, and institution. With the exception of U.S. government securities, U.S. government agency securities, U.S. government sponsored enterprise securities, certificates of deposit, collateralized bank money market accounts, and authorized local government investment pools, no more than 25% of the city of Monticello’s total investment portfolio will be invested in a single security type. To provide assurance that the city will be able to continue financial operations without interruption and dependent upon interest rates, satisfaction with services, and practicality, the city of Monticello may utilize more than one financial institution as its depository. MAXIMUM MATURITIES To the extent possible, the city of Monticello will attempt to match its investments with anticipated cash flow requirements. Unless matched to a specific cash flow, the city will not directly invest from operating funds in securities maturing more than five (5) years from the date of purchase. However, the city of Monticello may collateralize its repurchase agreements using longer-dated investments not to exceed fifteen (15) years to maturity. Reserve funds and other funds with longer-term investment horizons may be invested in securities exceeding five (5) years if the maturity of such investments is made to coincide as nearly as practicable with the expected use of funds. No investment shall have a maturity exceeding twenty (20) years from the time of purchase. The intent to invest securities with longer maturities shall be approved by the Finance Director. Because of the inherent difficulties in accurately forecasting cash flow requirements, a portion of the portfolio shall be continuously invested in readily available funds such as demand accounts, local government investment pools, money market funds, or overnight repurchase agreements to ensure that appropriate liquidity is maintained to meet ongoing obligations. The city will not actively buy and sell investments but realizes the risk of not seeking higher market returns for longer maturities outweighs occasional liquidity demands exceeding cash and money market investments. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS The investment portfolio will be managed in accordance with the parameters specified within this policy. The portfolio should obtain a market average rate of return during a market/economic environment of stable interest rates. The Finance Director will establish a series of appropriate benchmarks which portfolio performance shall be compared on a regular basis. The benchmarks shall be reflective of the actual securities being purchased and risks undertaken, and the benchmarks shall have a similar weighted average maturity and credit profile as the portfolio. 50Table of Contents REPORTING The Finance Director will maintain investment reports that provide a clear picture of the status of the current investment portfolio. The report shall include a management summary that will allow the city of Monticello to ascertain whether investment activities during the reporting period have conformed to the investment policy. Information contained within the reports shall include the following: •A listing of the individual securities held at the end of the reporting period by authorized investment category. •Term and maturity date of all investments listed. •Par value and current market value of all investments listed. •Yield to maturity or worse call of portfolio investments. •Percentage of portfolio represented by each investment category. POLICY CONSIDERATIONS Any investment currently held that does not meet the guidelines of this policy shall be exempted from the requirements of this policy. At maturity or liquidation, such monies shall be reinvested only as provided by this policy. This Statement of Cash Management and Investment Policy was adopted by motion/resolution of the city’s mayor & council. The Finance Director and City Administrator will review this policy annually. Any modifications made to this policy must be approved by resolution of the mayor & council. 51Table of Contents Balanced Budgets Practices A BALANCED BUDGET is as a situation where total revenues and other financing sources is equal to (or greater than) total expenditures and other uses. Revenues and other financing sources increase financial resources. Expenditures and other financing uses decrease financial resources. A balanced budget does not dip into reserves or fund balances. However, an unbalanced budget (deficit) is not necessarily poor fiscal management. For example, debt service funds often accumulate resources in the year prior to expenditure, and debt-financed capital projects frequently stretch over multiple years. The city has never used debt to finance current or ongoing expenditures. It is the city’s practice to adopt balanced budgets for the General Fund and the Community Center Fund, both of which are supported, to some extent, by property taxes. Property Taxes 8,985,000$ Personnel Services $4,542,664 Franchise & Other Taxes 324,000 Supplies 931,650 Licenses & Permits 482,000 Other Services & Charges 7,055,786 Intergovernmental Revenues 825,000 Capital Outlay 644,900 Charges for Services 1,514,900 Debt Service - Fines & Forfeits 78,500 Operating Transfers 6,000 Miscellaneous 971,600 Total $13,181,000 Total $13,181,000 General Fund Revenues and Other Sources Expenditures and Other Uses B A L A N C E D Surplus Revenues and Other Sources GREATER than Expenditures and Other Uses Deficit Revenues and Other Sources LESS than Expenditures and Other Uses 52Table of Contents Absence of a line in the above chart is due to the fund having a balanced budget (zero effect on Fund Balance/Working Capital) for 2025. Deficits reflect planned use of fund balance or future bond issuance to reimburse for upfront costs. $(3,500) $(3,000) $(2,500) $(2,000) $(1,500) $(1,000) $(500) $- $500 $1,000 $1,500 Economic Development Authority Benefit Accrual Central Equipment IT Services Facilities Maintenance Fiber Optics Deputy Registrar Liquor Stormwater Sewer Water BCOL Sales Tax Park Dedication Park & Pathway Improvement Street Lighting Improvement Capital Projects 2020A G.O. Bonds 2019A G.O. Bonds 2018A G.O. Bonds 2017A G.O. Bonds 2016A G.O. Bonds 2015B G.O. Bonds Monticello Community Center Small Community Development Grant Cemetery General Fund Thousands Budgeted Change in Fund Balances/Working Capital 53Table of Contents THE BUDGET PROCESS BUDGET DEVELOPMENT PROCESS To initiate the budget process, the Finance Director grants access for all department heads and supervisors to submit budget requests via the city’s financial software. Each department works with its related boards or commissions to ensure the priorities of each recommending body are reflected in staff’s requests. Department leaders will consider the council’s strategic goals (for example, invest in people) in relation to their requests (for example, reclassifying positions to reflect job responsibilities more accurately and to encourage professional growth of staff which increases contributions to the city). The City Administrator, Finance Director, and Finance Manager then meet with each department leader to review the requests made. These meetings are focused on gaining clarity, aligning expectations, and defining how requests support the city’s mission and goals. Requests are categorized as personnel, notable operating expenditures, equipment, and capital expenditures. Each category is discussed at public budget workshops along with new or notable changes to funding sources and projected changes to the city’s tax capacity and levy. Significant increases or decreases from the previous budget are highlighted to focus on high-level goals for the upcoming year. The council then asks questions and gives feedback for staff to research and present at the next public budget workshop. Following any adjustments to the proposed budget, a preliminary tax levy resolution is prepared, and a public hearing is held in September. The Council may again adjust the levy (lower, not higher) and/or budget following the public hearing, after which time, the Council adopts the final tax levy and final budget resolutions in December. BUDGET CALENDAR/PROCEDURES The following budget timeline outlines the process the city followed for creation and adoption of the 2025 budget. 54Table of Contents PRESENTATION The text of each department’s budget summary customarily contains six sections of information for each activity. Some activities also include highlights or accomplishments for the prior year and/or the coming year. •The first section provides a description of the activity. •The second section describes its major objectives to be accomplished. •The third section identifies issues/challenges the activity/division faces. •The fourth section lists the workload/performance indicators for the division. •The fifth section provides detailed financial information. •The sixth section provides budget commentary. The financial information includes expenditure information for the last two completed fiscal years, the budgeted and draft yearend amounts for the current year (i.e. amounts may not match the final 2024 Annual Comprehensive Financial Report), and the proposed amounts for the 2025 budget year. Costs are segregated into six basic classifications: personnel services (wage & benefits); supplies; other services and charges; capital outlay; debt service; and Date Activity April 26, 2024 1. 2025-2029 capital equipment/projects (CIP) worksheets and 2025 budget worksheets to department heads. 2. Department heads meet with various advisory boards and commissions for input into 2025 preliminary budget and CIP. May 23, 2024 2025-2029 CIP and 2025 budget worksheets due to finance department June, 2024 1. Department directors and supervisors meet with city administrator and finance staff to develop 2025 preliminary budget and CIP. 2. Finance department develops revenue estimates and 2025 preliminary property tax levy. July 8, 2024 Budget process overview and considerations discussion at Council Workshop #2. July 22, 2024 Public City Council Budget Workshop #2. Workshops with city council, which are open to the public, are held to set 2025 goals and priorities and review draft department budgets and CIP. August 5, 2024 Public City Council Budget Workshop #3. August 26, 2024 Public City Council Budget Workshop #4. September 9, 2024 Public City Council Budget Workshop #5. September 23, 2024 Council adopts 2025 preliminary city and HRA property tax levies. (2025 preliminary property tax levy certification due to Wright County by Sept. 30) October/November 2024 City staff refine 2025 proposed budget and final property tax levy. County mails TNT notices. November 25, 2024 Public City Council Budget Workshop #6. December 9, 2024 Council adopts 2025 budget and property tax levy. December 10, 2024 City certifies final 2025 property tax levy to Wright County auditor and files TNT Compliance and Tax Levy forms with the MN Department of Revenue. January 1, 2025 2025 fiscal year begins. 55Table of Contents operating transfers. Appropriation control is exercised only at the activity unit level and not at the individual object of expenditure level. The narrative information is presented together with the financial detail to assist readers in understanding the planned outcomes for each activity/division, the purpose of each budget unit, and major changes or expenditures for the coming year. MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCESS As the budget year proceeds, individual departments and the finance department have dual responsibility for monitoring the status of each budget unit. Departments have primary responsibility for monitoring the status of expenditures against their budget. This responsibility includes informing the finance department of any significant departures from the plans anticipated in the budget. The finance department has overall responsibility for monitoring the budget-to-actual status of all departments and funds. This is accomplished primarily through analysis of computerized budget performance reports which compare appropriation amounts on a line-item basis with actual expenditures throughout the year. These reports aid department staff in controlling costs and function as an early warning system for the finance department. Department staff may exercise their judgment in exceeding expenditures by object code, provided they do not exceed the total amount appropriated for the budget unit. The finance department reviews the budget reports and discusses any variances from expected performance with the department staff. The finance department conducts budget reviews of expenditures and revenues in its quarterly report to the council. Significant changes in either expenditures or revenues may require a budget revision. Recommendations are also made by the Finance Director for any recommended corrective actions. It is the practice of the City of Monticello not to amend the budget unless absolutely necessary. BUDGET AMENDMENT PROCESS State statute provides various ways to amend the budget. This first involves a reallocation of existing appropriations among the line items within a specific fund. The second defines a series of scenarios where the governing body has authority to amend the budget without a hearing for donations, land sales, and fee-based budgets. All other increases in appropriation authority that are not specifically permitted by statute must be approved through a public process. The Finance Director is responsible for ensuring compliance with spending limitations imposed by the budget. Accordingly, the Finance Director submits a quarterly financial report to the City Council after three-, six-, nine-month periods, with the audit report serving as the twelve- month report. The budget-to-actual reports evaluate overall revenues and expenditures in comparison to the budgeted amounts. In cases where it appears the original spending authority authorized will not prove sufficient, transfers of spending authority or additional spending authority are requested together with explanations for the requests. The public approval process for budget amendments is held if necessary. 56Table of Contents Financial Summaries 2025 Adopted Budget ALL FUNDS SUMMARY BY FUND TYPE The city adopts a balanced budget for the General Fund and the Monticello Community Center (MCC) special revenue fund. A budget is balanced when revenues and other sources equal expenditures and other uses. Fund balances/working capital increase with surpluses and decrease with deficits. Debt amortization and early redemption of issues can lead to a decline in fund balance for the Debt Service Fund. Multiple debt service sub-funds are aggregated into one debt service fund for reporting purposes. Prepaid assessments collected in prior years, included in the Jan 1 beginning fund balance, will be used in 2025 as a way to manage the property tax levy. Capital Project Funds commonly accumulate resources in one budget period and expend those resources over multiple budget periods. Expenditures of fund balance are anticipated in 2025. Debt proceeds are not anticipated in 2025. There are also projects with expenditures in 2025 that will receive intergovernmental funding in future years. Enterprise funds budget debt service and capital acquisitions as expenditures under the modified accural basis. While that typically contributes to a budgeted negative net change in fund balance/working capital, the budgeted expenditures increase assets or decrease liabilities in the fund’s net posotion reported in the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report. The large decrease budgeted in 2025 is for the use of accumulated funds in the utility trunk funds in prior years. Special Debt Capital Internal Discretely 2025 General Revenue Service Project Enterprise Service Presented Total Fund Funds Funds Funds Funds Funds Component Unit Budget Fund Balance/Working Capital - Jan. 1 9,363,385$ 1,492,629$ 466,770$ 10,860,710$ 39,697,142$ 5,571,217$ 6,753,309$ 74,205,162$ Revenues and Other Sources Property Taxes 8,985,000$ 535,000$ 2,196,193$ 2,400,807$ -$ -$ 499,000$ 14,616,000$ Tax Increments - - - - - - 361,000 361,000 Franchise & Other Taxes 324,000 - - 150,000 - - - 474,000 Sales & Use Tax - - - 1,000,000 - - - 1,000,000 Sale of Goods - - - - 7,366,428 - - 7,366,428 Licenses & Permits 482,000 - - - 2,000 - - 484,000 Intergovernmental Revenues 825,000 - - 1,185,000 2,485,000 - - 4,495,000 Charges for Services 1,514,900 1,450,800 - - 8,853,209 1,893,900 - 13,712,809 Fines & Forfeits 78,500 - - - - - - 78,500 Special Assessments - - 231,769 101,809 30,000 - - 363,578 Miscellaneous 971,600 60,200 21,038 400,384 668,363 70,000 30,000 2,221,585 Contributed Capital - - - - - 10,100 - 10,100 Operating Transfers In - 100,000 - 1,282,000 - -6,000 1,388,000 Debt Proceeds - -- -- -- - Total Revenues and Other Sources 13,181,000$ 2,146,000$ 2,449,000$ 6,520,000$ 19,405,000$ 1,974,000$ 896,000$ 46,571,000$ Expenditures and Other Uses Personnel Services 4,542,664 1,195,454 - - 2,726,632 399,330 228,462 9,092,542 Supplies 931,650 130,700 - - 6,008,500 76,166 500 7,147,516 Other Services & Charges 7,055,786 756,846 3,000 - 4,706,268 811,224 178,436 13,511,560 Capital Outlay 644,900 20,000 - 6,918,000 10,079,000 667,280 349,602 18,678,782 Debt Service - - 2,609,000 - 366,600 - - 2,975,600 Operating Transfers Out 6,000 - - 380,000 1,002,000 - - 1,388,000 Total Expenditures and Other Uses 13,181,000 2,103,000 2,612,000 7,298,000 24,889,000 1,954,000 757,000 52,794,000 Net Change in Fund Balance/Working Capital -$ 43,000$ (163,000)$ (778,000)$ (5,484,000)$ 20,000$ 139,000$ (6,223,000)$ Fund Balance/Working Capital - Dec. 31 9,363,385$ 1,535,629$ 303,770$ 10,082,710$ 34,213,142$ 5,591,217$ 6,892,309$ 67,982,162$ All FUNDS SUMMARY - BY FUND TYPE 57Table of Contents Internal service funds provide services to other funds and typically function on a cost recovery basis. The city has four: Facilities Maintenance Fund, IT Services Fund, Central Equipment Fund, and Benefit Accrual Fund. Central Equipment Fund equipment purchases will slightly exceed leaseback revenue in 2025 as the fund is intended to keep a steady revolving net posotion. The Benefit Accrual Fund is the only internal service fund that does not record capital asset acquisitons. 58Table of Contents REVENUES BY CATEGORY AND FUND TYPE Revenues are classified under one of fourteen major categories: property taxes, tax increments, franchise & other taxes, sales & use tax, sale of goods, licenses & permits, intergovernmental revenues, charges for services, fines & forfeits, special assessments, miscellaneous, contributed capital, operating transfers in, and debt proceeds. The chart below shows the relative percentage of 2025 budgeted revenues for these major categories for all funds combined. Contributed capital and fines & forfeits are shown in the chart below as 0%; however each category has budgeted revenues, these categories represent less than 0.5% of budgeted revenues. There are no budgeted debt proceeds in 2025. REVENUES BY TYPE, GENERAL FUND ONLY— Using those same revenue categories, the relative percentages for the General Fund are shown below. The General Fund is comprised of a much higher percentage of property taxes compared to other funds, levying 63% of the total city and HRA combined tax levy, which is a decrease from 64% in 2024. Property Taxes 31%Tax Increments 1% Franchise & Other Taxes 1% Sales & Use Tax 2% Sale of Goods 16% Licenses & Permits 1% Intergovernmental Revenues 10% Charges for Services 29% Fines & Forfeits 0%Special Assessments 1% Miscellaneous 5% Contributed Capital 0% Operating Transfers In 3% Debt Proceeds 0% 2025 Revenues by Category -All Funds Property Taxes 63% Franchise & Other Taxes 2% Licenses & Permits 7% Intergovernmental Revenues 6% Charges for Services 12% Fines & Forfeits 0% Special Assessments 0%Miscellaneous 10% 2025 Revenues by Category -General Fund 59Table of Contents The General Fund is the city’s primary property tax levying fund, and it accounts for 28% of the overall budgeted revenues of the city. This is an increase from 17% in 2024, which was lower than normal due to assumed bond proceeds which were not issued. Special revenue funds, totaling 5% of appropriations (increased from 3% in 2023), rely mainly on property taxes and charges for services. The Debt Service Fund includes only non-enterprise and non-internal service fund debt. These funds represent 5% of the city’s 2025 budgeted revenues and are supported with property taxes and special assessments. This is an increase from 3% in 2024. Capital project funds total 14% (down from 50% in 2024 including financing from bond proceeds) of budgeted revenues, which includes property taxes, special assessments, operating transfers in, franchise fees and intergovernmental revenues (grants) for capital projects and acquisitions. No bond proceeds are anticipated in 2025. Enterprise funds consist of water, sewer, stormwater, liquor, deputy registrar (DMV), and fiber optics funds. These funds operate on a self-supporting basis, mostly from the sale of goods and charges for services. They are responsible for 42% of the overall budgeted revenue due to increase, which is an increase from 24% in 2024. Internal Service funds consist of facilities maintenance, IT services, central equipment, and benefits accrual. These funds are supported by staff allocation or rental charges from other funds of the city. Appropriations are 4% of the city’s 2025 budget, which is more than the 2% of budgeted revenues in 2024. The discretely presented component unit (Economic Development Authority, or EDA, Fund) was reclassified from a special revenue fund in the city’s 2022 ACFR. Revenues consist of property taxes and tax increments, which represent 2% of the 2025 budgeted revenues, an increase from 1% in 2024. General 28%Special Revenue 5% Debt Service 5% Capital Projects 14% Enterprise 42% Internal Service 4% Component Unit 2% 2025 Revenues by Fund Type ϲϬTable of Contents APPROPRIATIONS BY CATEGORY AND FUND TYPE Expenditures, often called appropriations, are classified under one of six major categories: personnel services (wages & benefits), supplies, other services & charges (professional fees, utilities, etc.), capital outlay, debt service, and operating transfers out (other financing uses). The chart below shows the relative percentage of 2025 budgeted expenditures for these six major categories for all funds, combined. APPROPRIATIONS BY TYPE, GENERAL FUND ONLY— Using those same categories of expenditure type, the relative percentages of budgeted expenditures for the General Fund are shown below. As you can see, the General Fund is comprised of a much higher percentage of personnel services costs compared to all funds. The General Fund supports very little capital improvements and no debt service compared to all funds overall. Personnel Services 17% Supplies 13% Other Services & Charges 26% Capital Outlay 35% Debt Service 6% Operating Transfers Out 3% 2025 Appropriations by Category -All Funds Personnel Services 35% Supplies 8% Other Services & Charges 51% Capital Outlay 6% 2025 Appropriations by Category -General Fund 61Table of Contents In governmental agencies, personnel services (salaries, wages, and benefits) normally represent the largest of these categories. However, due to the significant investment in infrastructure, cities have a much higher percentage of the budget devoted to operating and capital costs, including debt service, than most other governmental entities. One other factor is the city’s contracts (other services and charges) for law enforcement, legal, and assessing services. The General Fund (the city’s primary operating fund for general government operations) accounts for 25% of 2025 appropriations of the city. This is an increase from 16% in 2024. Special revenue funds, totaling 4% of 2025 appropriations (an increase from 2% in 2024), include a variety of fee-supported funds including the community center and cemetery. The Debt Service Fund includes only non-enterprise and non-internal service fund debt. These funds represent 5% of the city’s 2025 appropriations for bond principal and interest payments. This is an increase from 3% in 2024. Capital project funds total 14% (up from 53% in 2024) of appropriations, which includes costs for street construction for School Boulevard, street lighting and park improvements, and other governmental capital asset acquisitions excluding internal service funds. Enterprise funds consist of water, sewer, stormwater, liquor, deputy registrar (DMV), and fiber optics funds. These funds operate on a self-supporting basis and are responsible for 47% of the overall 2025 appropriations. This is an increase from 23% in 2024 due to a large project to extend trunk service lines to the west of the city along CSAH 39. Internal Service funds consist of facilities maintenance, IT services, central equipment, and benefits accrual. These funds operate to provide services to the other internal departments of the city. Appropriations are 4% of the city’s 2025 budget, which is an increase from 2% in 2024. The discretely presented component unit, which is comprised of the Economic Development Authority (EDA) activities, accounts for 1% of 2024 budgeted expenditures, which is consistent with 2024. General 25%Special Revenue 4% Debt Service 5% Capital Projects 14% Enterprise 47% Internal Service 4% Component Unit 1% 2025 Appropriations by Fund Type 62Table of Contents INTERFUND TRANSFERS Operating transfers support the operations of other funds, provide for special projects, and contribute to debt service payments. The following schedule provides the 2025 budgeted operating transfers: Fund No.Transfer Out Fund Amount Fund No.Transfer In Fund Amount 101 General 6,000$ 213 Economic Development Authority 6,000$ 403 Street Lighting Improvement 380,000 400 Capital Projects 880,000 609 Liquor 500,000 226 Community Center 100,000 653 Deputy Registrar 502,000 404 Park & Pathway Improvement 402,000 Total Transfers Out 1,388,000$ Total Transfers In 1,388,000$ SCHEDULE OF BUDGETED OPERATING TRANSFERS IN 2025 63Table of Contents ALL FUNDS SUMMARY BY YEAR Property taxes increase with a higher levy set by the City Council. Tax increments will increase in 2025 due to one newly certified district. Franchise & other taxes decrease to budget similar to previous trends. Intergovernmental revenues are projected to decrease in 2025 due to fewer capital projects with grant funding received. Fines & forfeits are projected to increase based on trends. The decrease in contributed capital reflects conservative projections for development. Operating transfers increase in 2025 to account for the Deputy Registrar Fund’s contribution to the Park & Pathway Improvement Fund for new playground equipment. Debt proceeds decrease with no anticipated bonds in 2025. TOTAL ALL FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET ESTIMATED BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 11,795,057$ 12,517,391$ 13,525,000$ 13,666,836$ 14,616,000$ 8.1% Tax Increments 720,301 550,598 258,000 266,105 361,000 39.9% Franchise & Other Taxes 469,436 425,618 521,500 435,757 474,000 -9.1% Sales & Use Tax - - - - 1,000,000 --- Sale of Goods 7,168,374 7,042,543 7,504,849 6,481,607 7,366,428 -1.8% Licenses & Permits 615,184 933,766 489,000 929,276 484,000 -1.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 2,414,662 2,992,834 6,153,513 1,621,301 4,495,000 -27.0% Charges for Services 13,057,925 14,774,782 12,724,236 15,667,648 13,712,809 7.8% Fines & Forfeits 36,808 52,413 51,600 65,940 78,500 52.1% Special Assessments 780,485 1,239,361 361,098 1,528,100 363,578 0.7% Miscellaneous 368,414 4,076,026 1,255,704 4,077,818 2,221,585 76.9% Contributed Capital 653,225 3,914,741 85,500 369,156 10,100 -88.2% Operating Transfers In 461,626 4,753,950 1,106,000 2,305,114 1,388,000 25.5% Debt Proceeds - - 30,000,000 - - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 38,541,497$ 53,274,023$ 74,036,000$ 47,414,658$ 46,571,000$ -37.1% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 7,708,205$ 7,968,570$ 8,634,845$ 8,554,445$ 9,092,542$ 5.3% Supplies 6,681,627 6,770,056 7,314,954 6,303,619 7,147,516 -2.3% Other Services & Charges 12,496,639 11,962,291 13,211,407 13,379,309 13,511,560 2.3% Capital Outlay 3,562,968 13,028,435 48,595,271 8,774,205 18,678,782 -61.6% Debt Service 2,857,311 2,662,401 3,033,523 2,652,899 2,975,600 -1.9% Operating Transfers Out 461,627 4,753,950 1,106,000 2,305,114 1,388,000 25.5% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 33,768,377$ 47,145,703$ 81,896,000$ 41,969,591$ 52,794,000$ -35.5% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 57,884,040$ 62,657,160$ 68,785,480$ 68,785,480$ 74,230,547$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 4,773,120 6,128,320 (7,860,000) 5,445,067 (6,223,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 62,657,160$ 68,785,480$ 60,925,480$ 74,230,547$ 68,007,547$ 64Table of Contents Personnel services budget increased by a 3.5% wage and health benefit increase budgeted in 2025. The addition of a new full-time administrative position for development services contributed to the budgeted increase. Estimated capital outlay expenditures decrease due to smaller active projects in 2025. The 2024 budget included construction of a new Public Works Facility, which is currently paused. Projects included in the 2025 budget include improvements on School Boulevard and CSAH 39 (Golf Course Rd) West, city facility repairs and improvements, extension of utility trunk lines, upgrades to stormwater infrastructure (including Ditch 33), acquisition of equipment, among other items. Debt service decreases in 2025 due to amortization of existing debt and no new debt issued. Notable operating transfers are from the Liquor Fund to the Capital Projects Fund to pay for the capital outlay, from the Deputy Registrar Fund to the Parks & Pathway Improvement Fund for new playground equipment, and from the Deputy Registrar Fund to the Community Center Fund for operating support. More detailed information on each fund, including the major funds, is included later in this document. 65Table of Contents FUND BALANCE/WORKING CAPITAL FUND BALANCE is calculated as governmental fund assets minus liabilities. WORKING CAPITAL is the modified accrual balance of resources in enterprise funds after factoring out long-term assets and liabilities that do not impact current, near-term operations. The fund balances in all debt service subfunds are projected to decrease due to the planned spend down of accumulated fund balance, most notably from prepaid assessment revenues received. The Capital Projects Fund, Street Lighting Improvement Fund, and Park & Pathway Improvement Fund are budgeted to decrease by more than 10% due to the planned use of fund balance to support projects. The City budgeted to use reserves in the Capital Projects Fund for some project costs in 2025 that will be reimbursed in future years when grant funding is paid out from the State of Minnesota. The Water, Sewer, and Stormwater funds are projected to decrease more than 10% due to project expenditures for extension of trunk lines and improvements to Ditch 33. While the working capital of the funds will decrease, the fund’s net position as reported in the City’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report will not decrease since the cash will be spent to construct a capital asset. The Deputy Registrar Fund’s working capital balance is estimated to decrease by more than 10% due to a budgeted transfer out to the Parks & Pathway Improvements Fund for the installation of new playground equipment at West Bridge Park. The Liquor Fund’s working capital balance is estimated to increase by more than 10% due to a budgeted transfer out to the Capital Projects Fund for capital improvements less than the projected net profits of the fund. 66Table of Contents Projected Beginning Projected Ending Fund Balance/Estimated Estimated Fund Balance/ Working Capital Revenues Appropriations Working Capital General Fund 8,206,698$ 13,181,000$ (13,181,000)$ 8,206,698$ Special Revenue Funds Cemetery 179,273 52,000 (36,000) 195,273 Small Community Development Grant 984,152 27,000 - 1,011,152 Monticello Community Center 311,231 2,067,000 (2,067,000) 311,231 Total Special Revenue Funds 1,474,656 2,146,000 (2,103,000) 1,517,656 Debt Service Funds 2015B G.O. Bonds 89,231 184,000 (214,000) 59,231 2016A G.O. Bonds 67,304 502,000 (529,000) 40,304 2017A G.O. Bonds 60,616 441,000 (472,000) 29,616 2018A G.O. Bonds 76,875 422,000 (448,000) 50,875 2019A G.O. Bonds 68,001 696,000 (714,000) 50,001 2020A G.O. Bonds 106,552 204,000 (235,000) 75,552 Total Debt Service Funds 468,579 2,449,000 (2,612,000) 305,579 Capital Project Funds Capital Projects 9,278,967 4,667,000 (5,787,000) 8,158,967 Street Lighting Improvement 1,377,519 160,000 (380,000) 1,157,519 Park & Pathway Improvement 737,744 687,000 (916,000) 508,744 Park Dedication 166,480 6,000 - 172,480 BCOL Sales Tax - 1,000,000 (215,000) 785,000 Total Capital Project Funds 11,560,710 6,520,000 (7,298,000) 10,782,710 Enterprise Funds Water 12,256,220 2,084,000 (3,372,000) 10,968,220 Sewer 17,599,127 4,595,000 (7,902,000) 14,292,127 Stormwater 4,809,908 2,203,000 (3,156,000) 3,856,908 Liquor 1,013,087 7,441,000 (7,166,000) 1,288,087 Deputy Registrar 1,779,922 1,134,000 (1,312,000) 1,601,922 Fiber Optics 2,236,466 1,948,000 (1,981,000) 2,203,466 Total Enterprise Funds 39,694,730 19,405,000 (24,889,000) 34,210,730 Internal Service Funds Facilities Maintenance 119,697 700,000 (700,000) 119,697 IT Services 373,504 594,000 (594,000) 373,504 Central Equipment 5,202,011 665,000 (645,000) 5,222,011 Benefit Accrual 373,259 15,000 (15,000) 373,259 Total Internal Service Funds 6,068,471 1,974,000 (1,954,000) 6,088,471 Discretely Presented Component Unit (1) (1) Economic Development Authority 6,756,703 896,000 (757,000) 6,895,703 Total All Funds 74,230,547$ 46,571,000$ (52,794,000)$ 68,007,547$ CHANGES IN FUND BALANCE/WORKING CAPITAL - FISCAL YEAR 2025 67Table of Contents Adopted Actual Actual Budget Estimated Budget 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 General Fund 7,042,801$ 8,178,678$ 8,178,678$ 8,206,698$ 8,206,698$ Special Revenue Funds Cemetery 117,844 148,212 159,212 179,273 195,273 Small Community Development Grant 898,209 939,252 947,252 984,152 1,011,152 Monticello Community Center 449,422 543,906 543,906 311,231 311,231 Total Special Revenue Funds 1,465,475 1,631,370 1,650,370 1,474,656 1,517,656 Debt Service Funds 2015B G.O. Bonds 121,703 112,170 84,170 89,231 59,231 2016A G.O. Bonds 313,730 158,510 57,510 67,304 40,304 2017A G.O. Bonds 274,358 157,953 51,953 60,616 29,616 2018A G.O. Bonds 79,498 81,848 74,848 76,875 50,875 2019A G.O. Bonds 48,734 53,913 68,913 68,001 50,001 2020A G.O. Bonds 136,277 163,537 64,537 106,552 75,552 Total Debt Service Funds 974,300 727,931 401,931 468,579 305,579 Capital Project Funds Capital Project 10,868,751 9,642,529 4,687,529 9,278,967 8,158,967 Street Lighting Improvement 1,257,883 1,697,878 452,878 1,377,519 1,157,519 Park & Pathway Improvement 1,207,607 777,439 690,439 737,744 508,744 Park Dedication 100,706 158,146 159,146 166,480 172,480 BCOL Sales Tax - - - - 785,000 Total Capital Project Funds 13,434,947 12,275,992 5,989,992 11,560,710 10,782,710 Enterprise Funds Water 7,538,714 10,077,248 9,558,248 12,256,220 10,968,220 Sewer 11,416,131 14,931,964 14,778,964 17,599,127 14,292,127 Stormwater 3,180,381 3,991,777 3,384,777 4,809,908 3,856,908 Liquor 2,831,084 1,397,075 1,167,075 1,013,087 1,288,087 Deputy Registrar 2,258,160 1,351,671 1,274,671 1,779,922 1,601,922 Fiber Optics 1,287,975 1,767,458 1,884,458 2,236,466 2,203,466 Total Enterprise Funds 28,512,445 33,517,193 32,048,193 39,694,730 34,210,730 Internal Service Funds Facilities Maintenance 35,907 96,277 96,277 119,697 119,697 IT Services 238,348 315,350 315,350 373,504 373,504 Central Equipment 3,725,643 4,534,085 4,767,085 5,202,011 5,222,011 Benefit Accrual 341,230 355,960 355,960 373,259 373,259 Total Internal Service Funds 4,341,128 5,301,672 5,534,672 6,068,471 6,088,471 Discretely Presented Component Unit Economic Development Authority 6,886,064 7,152,644 7,121,644 6,756,703 6,895,703 Total All Funds 62,657,160$ 68,785,480$ 60,925,480$ 74,230,547$ 68,007,547$ ENDING FUND BALANCE/WORKING CAPITAL HISTORY Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 68Table of Contents REVENUE TRENDS & ANALYSIS Revenues are conservatively estimated for every fund type. The schedule of revenue estimates below is supported by detailed revenue estimates for each fund in subsequent sections. This section of the budget highlights major revenue sources for all the city funds as combined and for key governmental and enterprise funds: General Fund and Monticello Community Center Fund (governmental funds), along with the Water, Sewer, Stormwater, Liquor, Deputy Registrar and Fiber Optics funds (enterprise funds). Trends for these funds and individual revenues are shown together with estimates for the coming year. TOTAL CITY REVENUES AND OTHER SOURCES Property taxes, charged to all non-exempt parcels in city limits, account for the single largest revenue source for the city. Property taxes are levied for the following funds: General, Monticello Community Center, Debt Service, Capital Projects, and Economic Development Authority. Budget estimates are based off the final levy certified. After property taxes, tax increments are another key revenue source of revenue for the Economic Development Fund accounting for 40% of 2025 budgeted revenues. Budget estimates are taken from the prior year’s TIF collections and adjusted for known changes to each district. Franchise & other taxes are difficult to predict because the cable franchise fees are paid to the Sherburne-Wright Cable Commission, of which the city is a member. Cable franchise fees are only remitted to the city if the commission votes to do so. Sales & use tax in a new revenue source for Monticello beginning on April 1, 2025. Voters approved a 0.5% sales and use tax to fund further buildout of the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Athletic Park. The tax will be in effect for 20 years, or until $15 million is raised, whichever comes first. Sales of goods reflect sales at the city’s Hi-Way Liquors off-sale store. Budget estimates are TOTAL ALL FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 11,795,057$ 12,517,391$ 13,525,000$ 13,666,836$ 14,616,000$ 8.1% Tax Increments 720,301 550,598 258,000 266,105 361,000 39.9% Franchise & Other Taxes 469,436 425,618 521,500 435,757 474,000 -9.1% Sales & Use Tax - - - - 1,000,000 --- Sale of Goods 7,168,374 7,042,543 7,504,849 6,481,607 7,366,428 -1.8% Licenses & Permits 615,184 933,766 489,000 929,276 484,000 -1.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 2,414,662 2,992,834 6,153,513 1,621,301 4,495,000 -27.0% Charges for Services 13,057,925 14,774,782 12,724,236 15,667,648 13,712,809 7.8% Fines & Forfeits 36,808 52,413 51,600 65,940 78,500 52.1% Special Assessments 780,485 1,239,361 361,098 1,528,100 363,578 0.7% Miscellaneous 368,414 4,076,026 1,255,704 4,077,818 2,221,585 76.9% Contributed Capital 653,225 3,914,741 85,500 369,156 10,100 -88.2% Operating Transfers In 461,626 4,753,950 1,106,000 2,305,114 1,388,000 25.5% Debt Proceeds - - 30,000,000 - - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 38,541,497$ 53,274,023$ 74,036,000$ 47,414,658$ 46,571,000$ -37.1% 69Table of Contents calculated assuming a modest amount of inflation and using analysis of the actual sales trends over the past 3-5 years. Intergovernmental revenues are projected to decrease due to fewer grants being received to offset project costs in 2025. Charges for services reflect changes to the city’s fee schedule, including water, sewer, refuse and recycling charges, and community center membership and day pass fees. Fines & forfeits increase to more accurately reflect recent trends. Miscellaneous revenues, including donations, interest earned on investments, and rebates related to a solar farm investment, are conservatively estimated based on prior year trends. Known factors, such as the number of kilowatt-hours (kWh) subscribed in the solar program, are included into the 2025 budget assumptions. While the investment earnings—the largest portion of this revenue classification—have increased with higher rates in the market, adjustments to market value create volatility that makes estimating difficult. Operating transfers are expected to increase in 2025 due to lower funding from the Liquor Fund to the Capital Projects Fund in 2025 offset by a new, one-time transfer from the Deputy Registrar Fund to the Parks & Pathway Improvement Fund to fund the replacement of playground equipment in West Bridge Park. No new debt is planned in 2025. The chart below provides an overall picture of estimated revenues and other sources in 2025. Any categories showing 0% are simply rounded from less than 0.5%. Property Taxes 31% Tax Increments 1% Franchise & Other Taxes 1% Sales & Use Tax 2% Sale of Goods 16% Licenses & Permits 1% Intergovernmental Revenues 10% Charges for Services 29% Fines & Forfeits 0%Special Assessments 1% Miscellaneous 5% Contributed Capital 0% Operating Transfers In 3% Debt Proceeds 0% 2025 Revenues by Category -All Funds 70Table of Contents PROPERTY TAXES The city relies on property taxes to support functions such as general government, public safety, public works, recreation and culture, capital outlay and debt service. For 2025, the council adopted a general levy of $14,117,000, which is $1,043,000 (8.0%) higher than the prior year. The EDA and council also adopted a Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) special benefit levy of $499,000, which is $48,000 (10.6%) greater than 2024. The HRA levy is recorded in the Economic Development Authority (EDA) Fund. The following chart reflects the changes in the tax levy over the last ten years: Accounting for a variety of activities, the General Fund will receive 62% of the 2025 combined property tax levies. However, property taxes provide 68% of the General Fund’s revenue. The levy for the Monticello Community Center (MCC) increased $10,000 (1.9%) to $535,000. The following chart represents the distribution of the tax levy for 2025. When determining the property tax levy, City Council and staff consider the impact the levy will have on various property owners. This impact is then balanced against services provided and service levels. Estimated market values are converted to tax capacity by using specific state formulas for various types of properties. $- $2 $4 $6 $8 $10 $12 $14 $16 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Mi l l i o n s City & HRA Property Tax Levies City Tax Levy HRA Levy General Fund $8,985,000 62% MCC Operations $535,000 4% HRA Levy $499,000 3% Capital $2,400,807 16% Debt Service $2,196,193 15% 2025 Property Tax Levy 71Table of Contents GENERAL FUND The General Fund is used to account for all financial resources of the city, except for those required to be accounted for in another fund. Major functions supported by General Fund revenues include administration and finance, police and fire services, public works, and recreation and culture. Revenue is estimated to be $13,181,000 (+3.3%) for the 2025 budget year. The primary General Fund source of revenue is property taxes at $8,985,000 (+4.0%), which accounts for 68% of total revenues. At 11%, 7% and 6%, respectively, charges for services, intergovernmental revenues, and miscellaneous revenues are the only other categories to exceed 5% of total revenues. The following charts depicts General Fund revenues as shown in the 2025 adopted budget: The following chart represents General Fund revenues trends. MONTICELLO COMMUNITY CENTER The Monticello Community Center (MCC) provides a facility with space for a variety of recreational, professional, and educational opportunities. Aside from its portion of the property tax levy and an annual transfer form the Deputy Registrar Fund, the MCC is supported by a variety of fees for memberships, activities, rentals, and concessions. General Fund Revenues -2025 Property Taxes (68%) Franchise & Other Taxes (3%) Licenses & Permits (4%) Intergovernmental Revenues (6%) Charges for Services (11%) All Other (8%) $- $2,000,000 $4,000,000 $6,000,000 $8,000,000 $10,000,000 $12,000,000 $14,000,000 ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET 2022 2023 2024 2025 Revenues -General Fund Miscellaneous Fines & Forfeits Charges for Services Intergovernmental Revenues Licenses & Permits Franchise & Other Taxes Property Taxes 72Table of Contents WATER AND SEWER FUNDS Water and sewer charges for services are primarily comprised of providing Monticello residents and businesses with water and sewer services. Based partially on the level of consumption, these utility funds each have separate charges for delivered services. The city sets rates to cover operating costs, a portion of depreciation, and debt service. The water and sewer funds are expected to provide some level of future support for debt service incurred to make water and sewer system improvements. In 2018, the sewer fund shows increased revenue because the city sold a parcel of property that had been used for storage and a bio-solids site. With 2025 shown as a projected amount, the following chart plots revenues for water and sewer services on the primary axis (left) against gallons of water sold on the secondary axis (right): Water service charges have two components: base charge with a minimum usage amount and consumption charge for usage above the minimum amount. Rates have increased steadily over the last ten years: average annual base and consumption charge increases were around 6.6%. Sewer charges, like water charges, have two components: base charge with a minimum usage amount and consumption charge for usage above the minimum amount. Rates have increased steadily over the years: average annual base and consumption charge increases were 4.5%. For 2025, increases of10% for water and 2.5% for sewer, for both the base rate and usage rates, were included in the budget for both funds. The following chart reflects the water and sewer base rates over the last ten years: $- $200,000 $400,000 $600,000 $800,000 $1,000,000 $1,200,000 $1,400,000 $1,600,000 $1,800,000 $2,000,000 $2,200,000 ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET 2022 2023 2024 2025 Revenues -Community Center Fund Operating Transfers In Miscellaneous Charges for Services Intergovernmental Revenues Property Taxes 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 $0.0 $0.5 $1.0 $1.5 $2.0 $2.5 $3.0 $3.5 $4.0 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Proj) Ga l l o n s S o l d ( M i l l i o n s ) Re v e n u e s ( M i l l i o n s ) Water & Sewer Revenues Water Revenue Sewer Revenue H20 Sold (Gallons) 73Table of Contents STORMWATER FUND The Stormwater Fund was established in 2019 along with the creation of a per drainage unit user charge. Each residential dwelling is equivalent to one drainage unit, and non-residential properties are equivalent to 7 drainage units per rounded impervious surface area. The fee increases to $4.75/month in 2025. DEPUTY REGISTRAR (DMV) The city is authorized by the State of Minnesota to operate a DMV. Fees collected from motor vehicle licenses are the DMV’s main revenue source. Fees are regulated by the state. The following chart shows the history of DMV revenues by transaction type over a five-year period. The State transitioned from MNLARS to MNDrive in late 2020, which tracks transactions differently. Regardless, 2020 and 2021 were incredibly busy years for the DMV as the pandemic caused changes in operations and increased car sales contributed to increased workload. $- $2 $4 $6 $8 $10 $12 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Mo n t h l y B a s e C h a r g e Water and Sewer Base Rates Water Sewer $- $100,000 $200,000 $300,000 $400,000 $500,000 $600,000 $700,000 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Proj) Mo n t h l y B a s e C h a r g e Stormwater Revenues Non-residential Residential $- $200,000 $400,000 $600,000 $800,000 $1,000,000 $1,200,000 $1,400,000 0 20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 120,000 140,000 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 DMV Transactions by Type & Annual Revenues Drivers License ($11) Game & Fish (Up to $1) DNR ($7-$11) Motor vehicle ($9-$13) Annual Revenue 74Table of Contents Motor vehicle licenses (new and renewals) as percentage of total transactions increased slightly from 86% in 2023 to 87% in 2024. LIQUOR FUND With total 2023 sales of $7.05 million, Monticello’s municipal liquor store ranked in the top 3 of Minnesota cities with only one store. While the COVID-19 pandemic caused a rapid increase in sales in 2020, revenue growth slowed in 2021, remained steady in 2022, decreased slightly in 2023, and decreased further in 2024. Total sales have increased 1.7% from 2019. Construction near the store and the city’s decision to not yet sell beverages with THC are believed to be the top, but not only, factors in the 2024 decrease in sales. The 2025 Liquor Fund budget reflects a projected sales trend to increase once again. The Liquor Fund has one retail outlet: Hi-Way Liquors. This fund has provided vital resources for many community projects including Bertram Chain of Lakes, Downtown Improvements and other capital items. Conservative revenue estimates are used for budgeting purposes. However, 2025 net cash flow from operations should remain stable around $750,000. Beer accounts for approximately 51% of total sales; liquor and wine follow at 33% and 12%, respectively. Non-alcohol items contribute 4%. Beer typically has the lowest gross margin at 24% and wine the highest at 38%. Liquor is in the middle at about 31%. Beer 51% Liquor 33% Wine 12% Misc. 4% Hi-Way Sales by Category -2024 Liquor Store Revenue by Category Category 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 5 Yr Chg Beer 3,838,912$ 3,665,223$ 3,695,976$ 3,571,363$ 3,306,855$ -14% % Change 18.0% -4.5% 0.8% -3.4% -7.4% Liquor 2,351,072$ 2,276,808$ 2,340,709$ 2,350,700$ 2,156,981$ -8% % Change 16.4% -3.2% 2.8% 0.4% -8.2% Wine 982,113$ 915,444$ 882,772$ 855,693$ 775,979$ -21% % Change 9.9% -6.8% -3.6% -3.1% -9.3% Other 235,777$ 253,775$ 257,966$ 276,834$ 247,998$ 5% % Change 11.4% 7.6% 1.7% 7.3% -10.4% Total Sales 7,407,874$ 7,111,250$ 7,177,423$ 7,054,590$ 6,487,813$ -12% % Change 16.2% -4.0% 0.9% -1.7% -8.0% 75Table of Contents FIBER OPTICS FUND (FiberNet) Monticello’s telecommunications utility, FiberNet Monticello, provides internet, voice (telephone) and video (TV) services. City residential and commercial customers can subscribe to one, two, or all three services. FiberNet continues to face competition from two large private providers with significant resources and challenges with the societal shift away from traditional telephone and television services. As a result, subscriber counts for voice and video have declined in recent years. Internet has shown occasional growth with more customers streaming video services. The data in the graphs below shows trends FiberNet subscribers since 2016: In July 2016, the city contracted with Arvig to manage FiberNet. The contract was renewed for an additional 5 years in 2021. Through leaner operations, shared resources, and economies of scale, the Fiber Optics Fund has had positive cash flow from operations since 2019. However, potential new service areas will cause increases in capital costs. Arvig consistently assesses the marketplace and service delivery costs and will raise prices as needed. 643 526 451 385 323 289 256 233 218 1,506 1,545 1,549 1,631 1,801 1,808 1,752 1,701 1,697 465 427 383 354 315 297 275 248 229 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 FiberNet Subscribers By Type Phone Internet Television 76Table of Contents TAX LEVY HISTORY 2022 2023 2024 2025 General Fund $7,475,000 $8,060,000 $8,640,000 $8,985,000 Percent Change 4.3% 7.8% 7.2% 4.0% Special Revenue Funds Monticello Community Center 485,000 515,000 525,000 535,000 Percent Change 0.0% 6.2% 1.9% 1.9% Debt Service Fund 2015B GO Bonds 192,650 164,435 165,223 160,879 2016A GO Bonds 406,929 282,559 357,979 433,189 2017A GO Bonds 427,367 299,532 326,842 403,942 2018A GO Bonds 451,812 444,232 439,337 419,127 2019A GO Bonds 709,446 697,133 711,964 680,836 2020A GO Bonds 123,196 111,690 24,830 98,220 Total Debt Service Fund 2,311,400 1,999,581 2,026,175 2,196,193 Percent Change -18.4% -13.5% 1.3% 8.4% Capital Project Funds Capital Projects Fund 1,081,600 1,475,419 1,882,825 2,400,807 Percent Change 87.1% 36.4% 27.6% 27.5% Discrete Component Units Economic Development Authority 388,000 402,000 451,000 499,000 Percent Change 5.9% 3.6% 12.2% 10.6% Total Tax Levy - All Funds $11,741,000 $12,452,000 $13,525,000 $14,616,000 Percent Change 2.7% 6.1% 8.6% 8.1% Levy Summary City General and Debt Levies 11,353,000$ 12,050,000$ 13,074,000$ 14,117,000$ Percent Change 2.6% 6.1% 8.5% 8.0% HRA Levy 388,000$ 402,000$ 451,000$ 499,000$ Percent Change 5.9% 3.6% 12.2% 10.6% TAX LEVY HISTORY 77Table of Contents TAX CAPACITY HISTORY The Housing Redevelopment Authority (HRA) special benefit levy is capped at 0.0185% of the city’s taxable market value. The city’s taxable market value for taxes collected in 2025 totaled $2,702,176,000. HRA levy proceeds can only be used for purposes included in the HRA Act (Minnesota Statutes, Section 469.033, subd. 6). Those purposes include redevelopment to correct or prevent blight and development of, or assistance to, housing for low- or moderate- income persons. In 2024, Northern States Power (dba Xcel Energy), the city’s largest taxpayer, succeeded in getting the Minnesota Department of Revenue to lower the estimated market value of its nuclear power plant yet again for taxes payable in 2025. Xcel’s estimated market value decreased by 7.0%, and while residential decreased by 1.8%, commercial and apartment tax bases grew significantly, and new construction contributed a 1.4% increase in tax base. Therefore, the city’s tax capacity increased overall, but the tax burden shifted away from Xcel to the other taxpayers. The graph below reflects the annual change in the city’s property tax levy and the annual change in Xcel’s property taxes owed. If the green column is larger than the blue column, Xcel absorbed the entire levy and lowered the taxes paid by others. In the case where the green column is negative, other taxpayers paid for the entire levy increase plus the amount Xcel’s taxes declined. 2022 2023 2024 2025 Tax Capacity 31,073,603$ 34,393,769$ 37,843,681$ 37,461,713$ Percent Change 0.2% 10.7% 10.0% -1.0% City Levy - Tax Capacity Rate 36.536 35.035 34.547 37.684 Percent Change 2.5% -4.1% -1.4% 9.1% HRA Levy - Tax Capacity Rate 1.249 1.169 1.192 1.332 Percent Change 5.8% -6.4% 2.0% 11.8% TAX CAPACITY HISTORY $(400,000) $(200,000) $- $200,000 $400,000 $600,000 $800,000 $1,000,000 $1,200,000 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 City Levy and Xcel Property Tax Change City Levy Increase Xcel Change in City Taxes 78Table of Contents LARGEST PROPERTY TAXPAYER Current year property taxes are calculated on the taxable market value on January 2 of the prior year. For tax year 2019, Xcel was successful in getting the Minnesota Department of Revenue to change the valuation method for the plant. As a result, the plant valuation dropped by nearly $81 million. The below schedule and graph reflect the importance of the plant to the city’s tax base: The plant’s percentage of the city’s total tax capacity (and its share of the annual property tax levies) has been significant for many years. In 2016, the percentage was about 60% and remained there until 2019, when it dropped to 56%. The percentage has continued to decline, and 2024 estimates calculate Xcel’s percentage of tax base at 37%. This tax capacity decline means the city’s other taxpayers absorbed more of the tax levy. Taxes Payable Year Amount $ Change Amount $ Change % Chg.Amount $ Change % Chg. 2016 779,539,900$ 72,894,400$ 15,590,798$ 1,457,888$ 10% 5,374,045$ 323,635$ 6% 2017 832,073,500$ 52,533,600$ 16,641,470$ 1,050,672$ 7% 5,520,059$ 146,014$ 3% 2018 877,855,100$ 45,781,600$ 17,557,102$ 915,632$ 6% 5,676,496$ 156,437$ 3% 2019 789,572,500$ (88,282,600)$ 15,791,450$ (1,765,652)$ -10% 5,410,467$ (266,029)$ -5% 2020 780,422,700$ (9,149,800)$ 15,608,454$ (182,996)$ -1% 5,457,964$ 47,497$ 1% 2021 806,039,800$ 25,617,100$ 16,120,796$ 512,342$ 3% 5,748,515$ 290,551$ 5% 2022 776,200,500$ (29,839,300)$ 15,516,287$ (604,509)$ -4% 5,669,031$ (79,484)$ -1% 2023 796,071,000$ 19,870,500$ 15,905,303$ 389,016$ 3% 5,572,423$ (96,608)$ -2% 2024 761,493,000$ (34,578,000)$ 15,214,102$ (691,201)$ -4% 5,256,016$ (316,407)$ -6% 2025 708,188,490$ (53,304,510)$ 14,163,770$ (1,050,332)$ -7% 5,337,475$ 81,459$ 2% Northern States Power (dba Xcel Energy) Taxable Market Value Tax Capacity City Property Tax on Plant $780 $832 $878 $790 $780 $806 $776 $796 $761 $708 $- $100 $200 $300 $400 $500 $600 $700 $800 $900 $1,000 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Mi l l i o n s Xcel Power Plant -Taxable Market Value 79Table of Contents REVENUE SOURCES BY FUND Property Tax Franchise Sales & Sale of Licenses/ Taxes Increments & Other Taxes Use Tax Goods Permits Intergovernmental General Fund 8,985,000$ -$ 324,000$ -$ -$ 482,000$ 825,000$ Special Revenue Funds Cemetery - - - - - - - Small Cities Development Program - - - - - - - Monticello Community Center 535,000 - - - - - - Total Special Revenue Funds 535,000 - - - - - - Debt Service Funds 2015B G.O. Bonds 160,879 - - - - - - 2016A G.O. Bonds 433,189 - - - - - - 2017A G.O. Bonds 403,942 - - - - - - 2018A G.O. Bonds 419,127 - - - - - - 2019A G.O. Bonds 680,836 - - - - - - 2020A G.O. Bonds 98,220 - - - - - - Total Debt Service Funds 2,196,193 - - - - - - Capital Project Funds Capital Project 2,400,807 - - - - - 1,185,000 Street Lighting Improvement - - 150,000 - - - - Park & Pathway Improvement - - - - - - - Park Dedication - - - - - - - BCOL Sales Tax - - - 1,000,000 - - - Total Capital Project Funds 2,400,807 - 150,000 1,000,000 - - 1,185,000 Enterprise Funds Water - - - - - 2,000 - Sewer - - - - - -1,000,000 Stormwater - - - - - -1,485,000 Liquor - - - - 7,366,428 - - Deputy Registrar - - - - - - - Fiber Optics - - - - - - - Total Enterprise Funds - - - - 7,366,428 2,000 2,485,000 Internal Service Funds Facilities Maintenance - - - - - - - IT Services - - - - - - - Central Equipment - - - - - - - Benefit Accrual - - - - - - - Total Internal Service Funds - - - - - - - Discretely Presented Component Unit Economic Development Authority 499,000 361,000 - - - - - Total All Funds 14,616,000$ 361,000$ 474,000$ 1,000,000$ 7,366,428$ 484,000$ 4,495,000$ Revenue Classifications 80Table of Contents Charges for Fines &Special Miscell-Contributed Operating Debt Services Forfiets Assessments aneous Capital Transfers Proceeds Total General Fund 1,514,900$ 78,500$ -$ 971,600$ -$ -$ -$ 13,181,000$ Special Revenue Funds Cemetery 47,700 - - 4,300 - - - 52,000 Small Cities Development Program - - - 27,000 - - - 27,000 Monticello Community Center 1,403,100 - - 28,900 - 100,000 - 2,067,000 Total Special Revenue Funds 1,450,800 - - 60,200 - 100,000 - 2,146,000 Debt Service Funds 2015B G.O. Bonds - - 18,098 5,023 - - - 184,000 2016A G.O. Bonds - - 65,110 3,701 - - - 502,000 2017A G.O. Bonds - -33,612 3,446 - - - 441,000 2018A G.O. Bonds - - - 2,873 - - - 422,000 2019A G.O. Bonds - - 12,276 2,888 - - - 696,000 2020A G.O. Bonds - - 102,673 3,107 - - - 204,000 Total Debt Service Funds - - 231,769 21,038 - - - 2,449,000 Capital Project Funds Capital Project - - 101,066 100,127 - 880,000 - 4,667,000 Street Lighting Improvement - - - 10,000 - - - 160,000 Park & Pathway Improvement - - - 285,000 - 402,000 - 687,000 Park Dedication - - 743 5,257 - - - 6,000 BCOL Sales Tax - - - - - - - 1,000,000 Total Capital Project Funds - - 101,809 400,384 - 1,282,000 - 6,520,000 Enterprise Funds Water 1,862,750 - 9,000 210,250 - - - 2,084,000 Sewer 3,329,143 - 16,000 249,857 - - - 4,595,000 Stormwater 662,791 - 5,000 50,209 - - - 2,203,000 Liquor - - - 74,572 - - - 7,441,000 Deputy Registrar 1,100,750 - - 33,250 - - - 1,134,000 Fiber Optics 1,897,775 - - 50,225 - - - 1,948,000 Total Enterprise Funds 8,853,209 - 30,000 668,363 - - - 19,405,000 Internal Service Funds Facilities Maintenance 650,000 - - 50,000 - - - 700,000 IT Services 584,000 - - 10,000 - - - 594,000 Central Equipment 644,900 - - 10,000 10,100 - - 665,000 Benefit Accrual 15,000 - - - - - - 15,000 Total Internal Service Funds 1,893,900 - - 70,000 10,100 - - 1,974,000 Discretely Presented Component Unit Economic Development Authority - - - 30,000 - 6,000 - 896,000 Total All Funds 13,712,809$ 78,500$ 363,578$ 2,221,585$ 10,100$ 1,388,000$ -$ 46,571,000$ Revenue Classifications (continued) 81Table of Contents LONG RANGE FINANCIAL PLANS General Fund Community Center Capital Projects EDA Routine Expenditures Expected to rise at the pace of inflation but mitigated by gains in productivity. Some capital expenditures are incorporated as routine through rental charges by internal service funds. Future additions to staff and an increase to the law enforcement rate and patrol have an impact going forward. Expected to rise at the pace of inflation. Routine major non- capital expenditures (such as replacement of fitness machines) vary by year, but are being completed modestly and strategically as the current ecomony continues to affect discretionary spending such as fitness memberships. N/A Non-TIF expenditures are expected to rise at the pace of inflation. A new Administrative Assistant in the Development Services department led to an operating budget increase in 2025. Non-routine Expenditures Basic level of non-routine items are included in overall budget but vary within each budget unit from year-to-year. Large R&M items will be supported by operations, and capital expenditures are paid for by the city's Capital Projects Fund. Projects in 2025 include School Blvd Improvements, Country Road 39 West Pedestrian Improvements, and Community Center site work. See CIP. Addtionally, completion of the Downtown Pedestrian & Roadways Improvements will also occur in 2025. Tax increment financing (TIF) expenditures will vary considerably from year-to-year in each district as development occurs and depending on specific agreements with developers. Revenues Property taxes of $8,985,000 provide 68% of General Fund revenue. The budget is somewhat limited by sustainable growth in the tax levy. The city looks to diversify revenues by implementing more charges for services, as applicable. Additional revenue is earned from a solar farm investment that began in 2020. The property tax levy is set at $535K in 2025. User fees are expected to cover a significant portion of on-going expenditures. However, the current ecomony continues to affect discretionary spending such as fitness memberships. Other support includes an annual transfer from the Deputy Registrar Fund. In the past, state street aid has been used as temporary financing and later replaced with debt proceeds. The city is analyzing a greater use of grants, the tax levy and existing reserves to control its debt levels. Tax increment revenues widely vary from district to district but not much from year-to-year. Often reserves (accumulation of prior year increments) are used to fund projects. The 2025 HRA levy is $499,000. Debt None anticipated.None anticipated. To note, debt for recreational projects either requires voter approval or must be incurred as part of a lease- purchase agreement with the EDA. None anticipated in 2025. The City is reserving debt capacity in preparation for $40M for construction of a new Public Works Facility, currently projected for 2027. The debt needed to finance this project will be a significant amount of the city's debt capacity. The general fund and capital project fund levies may be used to offset the impacts of additional debt levies. None anticipated. To note, intrafund loans from the EDA General sub-fund will finance some TIF activities. 82Table of Contents Water Sewer Liquor Fiber Optics Central Equipment Routine Expenditures Expected to rise at the pace of inflation but mitigated by reinvestment in plant and equipment. Average annual capital expenditures financed on a pay-as-you-go basis are estimated at $140,000. Expected to rise at the pace of inflation but mitigated by reinvestment in plant and equipment. Average annual capital outlays financed on a pay-as-you- go basis estimated at $270,000. Expected to rise at the pace of inflation and changes in demand. Cost of sales are typically passed onto customers through higher sales prices. The Liquor Store maintains a consistent gross profit margin near 26%, which is sufficient to cover other operating costs, such as staff wages. Routine expenditures are expected to rise at the pace of inflation and continue to be fully covered by operating revenues. N/A Non-routine Expenditures 2025: $530k CSAH 39 West utility extensions. 2025-2028: $40M water treatment facility. 2025-2030: $3.7M Fallon Avenue trunk line improvements phased with associated development. 2025: $332k WWTP roof replacements. 2025 & 2027: $3.6M CSAH 39 West utility extensions. 2027 & 2030: $5.3M Fallon Avenue trunk line improvements phased with associated development. The fund generates sufficient annual revenues to support its needs. Nothing planned in 2025. Non-routine expenditures are currently fully supported by operating revenues. However, non- routine expenditures are tied to development, which is unpredictable. Reserves from recent operating revenues provide a safety net. 2025: $250k extensions to new neighborhoods. Estimated future investments in equipment average $375,000 annually. Amounts for future years in the CIP reflect ideal timing for replacement of equipment, but will be adjusted as equipment is evaluated or as financing allows. Revenues In anticipation of a new water treatment plant, the city increased usage rates by 10% and access/trunk fees by 3% in 2025. A formal rate study for base, usage, and development-related charges is in progress. User rates are expected to rise to provide for pay- as-you-go routine system replacement or regulatory upgrades. System expansion is funded by access and trunk charges on development. Anticipated rate increases are 3% annually. A formal rate study for base, usage, and development-related charges is in progress. Sales grew signficantly in 2020 and have cooled in the years since. Future sales are projected conservatively as economic fluctuations are difficult to predict. Revenues mainly consist of charges for services to those subscribers to FiberNet's services. The current management agreement with Arvig expires on June 30, 2026. Rental revenues (expenditures in other funds, funded by revenues sources in other funds) rise with equipment purchases. However, once equipment is considered paid for, rental charges cease for that piece of equipment. Debt The city was awarded $11M from the State of Minnesota to support construction of a water treatment plant. A Minnesota Public Facilities Authority (MPFA) loan is anticipated for the remaining $31M construction costs. The Minnesota Public Facilities Authority (MPFA) may provide funding for future projects. Revenue bonds may be sold if reserves are depleted, however none are anticipated. None anticipated.None anticipated. However, the requirement to install service to all new developments could call for issuing debt in the future. None anticipated. 83Table of Contents As part of the budget process, council and staff review service needs, growth trends, and capital investment requirements. A long-term financial plan (LTFP) model was developed in 2022 and is updated annually. However, the following discussion will focus on the city’s four main operating funds: General, Monticello Community Center, Water, and Sewer. This is done in conjunction with the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP), which is a five- to ten-year forecast that includes funding sources. Financial planning is segregated into two components: operations for the four main operating funds and capital investments (CIP). The Stormwater, Liquor, Deputy Registrar, and Fiber Optics enterprise funds are not specifically covered in this discussion. The Stormwater Fund is still relatively new, and the capital needs and planning are still somewhat unknown. The liquor store and DMV are retail operations with no major forecasted capital investment needs. The Fiber Optic Fund presents challenges in a dynamic and competitive market where the strategies and business plan need consistent refinement, especially considering the influence of development and industry trends, both of which are outside of the city’s control. Items impacting long range financial planning: • Current financial position (fund balances) and growth trends, inflation, and aspirations • Debt burden • Tax base considerations and concentration • Regulatory environment • Condition of existing capital assets 84Table of Contents The city annually adopts a balanced budget for the General Fund. However, after 2025, annual expenditure and revenue increases are projected to change at differing rates. Therefore, the expenditure line in the following graph doesn’t always match the height of the revenue column. The property tax levy and all other revenues are projected to increase at the same rate as expenditures. According to policy, the city shall maintain a fund balance of 60-75% of the following year’s budgeted expenditures. The following charts assume the city will continue to provide the same current levels of service. $0.0 $2.0 $4.0 $6.0 $8.0 $10.0 $12.0 $14.0 $16.0 $18.0 $20.0 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 33. General Fund Expenditures and Revenues All other revenues Property tax Expenditures $0.0 $2.0 $4.0 $6.0 $8.0 $10.0 $12.0 $14.0 $16.0 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 32. General Fund Ending fund balance is projected to continue to be at levels above the minimum required Ending Fund Balance Ending Cash Balance 85Table of Contents Like the General Fund, the Monticello Community Center (MCC) Fund adopts a balanced budget. Changes caused by the COVID-19 pandemic created budgetary challenges for the fund, relying on American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funding from 2021 – 2023 to support the MCC Fund. The following charts assume a modest return of patrons while providing the same current levels of service. Future planning and budgets, including timing and magnitude of capital improvements, will address the negative cash and fund balance issue identified in the LTFP. ($1.2) ($1.0) ($0.8) ($0.6) ($0.4) ($0.2) $0.0 $0.2 $0.4 $0.6 $0.8 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Community Center Fund Ending fund balance is not projected to be sufficient long-term Ending Fund Balance Ending Cash Balance $0.0 $0.5 $1.0 $1.5 $2.0 $2.5 $3.0 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Community Center Fund Expenditures and Revenues All other revenues Property tax Expenditures 86Table of Contents The Water Fund has future funding challenges with plans to construct a water treatment facility which is planned for construction in 2026-2028. The fund has no direct debt and has adequate reserves to cover almost any expenditure for other major capital projects. However, the city’s share of costs for the water treatment plant will require the issuance of debt, which will be in the form of a State of Minnesota Public Facilities Authority (PFA) loan. Additionally, with significant development interest, it is anticipated the city will contribute to oversizing utility trunk lines in the next 3-5 years. While the budget focuses on working capital, the LTFP presents net position which includes long-term assets and debt as applicable. $0.0 $5.0 $10.0 $15.0 $20.0 $25.0 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 44. Water Fund Ending Cash Balance by Purpose Cash available for future capital / unassigned Cash for 3-months operating reserve Cash for next year debt service Cash for next year planned capital $0.0 $2.0 $4.0 $6.0 $8.0 $10.0 $12.0 $14.0 $16.0 $18.0 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 46. Water Fund Revenues and Expenses Revenues Expenses 87Table of Contents The Sewer Fund has its own funding challenges. Environmental regulatory changes may require large investments in the wastewater treatment plant. Wastewater treatment plant improvements are already planned for 2026 and 2027, and the model shows the Sewer Fund’s current projections are sustainable. Like the water fund, the LTFP presents net position which includes long-term assets and debt as applicable rather than working capital which is reported in the budget. $0.0 $5.0 $10.0 $15.0 $20.0 $25.0 $30.0 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 48. Sewer Fund Ending Cash Balance by Purpose Cash available for future capital / unassigned Cash for 3-months operating reserve Cash for next year debt service Cash for next year planned capital $0.0 $1.0 $2.0 $3.0 $4.0 $5.0 $6.0 $7.0 $8.0 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 Mi l l i o n s Chart 50. Sewer Fund Revenues and Expenses Revenues Expenses 88Table of Contents LONG-TERM FISCAL OBJECTIVES The city council and staff are committed to expending public resources in the most cost- effective and economical manner possible to ensure the stability of the city property tax levy and financial position. Considering changes to tax policy, state aid reductions for various purposes, state-imposed levy limits in the past, and the potential of future levy limits, fiscal strategies will need to be constantly monitored to ensure a balanced approach in providing sufficient revenues to fund services. 1.Employ a strategy aimed at reducing the city’s reliance on the property tax levy to fund basic services through sustainable revenue sources such as franchise fees, special revenues, user fees, and charges for services. The city’s property tax levy generates 68% of the General Fund’s revenue. This overdependence is largely attributable to how state statutes allow cities to generate funding. Monticello has a healthy tax base, which includes a nuclear power plant. The city’s tax levy has recently been above inflation, however, that has not always been the case. The assessed value at the nuclear power plant declined while all other property tax classes increased, which caused another tax shift to other property taxpayers in the city. The city’s 2025 levy is set at an 8.0% increase, which responds to the city’s significant forecast of upcoming capital costs while still aiming to control the impact on property taxpayers who are also feeling the effects of inflation now. The current council philosophy indicates a desire to balance the impacts to taxpayers while not delaying necessary spending. While a growth plus inflation tax levy formula would not reduce the dependence on property taxes, it would alleviate the strain placed on city finances by inflation. City services will continue to be evaluated in relation to relevant funding sources, promoting alternatives to traditional funding methodologies, and encouraging public-private partnerships in service delivery systems. 2.The development and use of appropriate cost accounting structure which will lead to the creation of individual cost centers for all city department activities to accurately reflect the true cost of providing specific services. The city employs a cost accounting system that is department specific and attempts to accurately reflect service delivery costs at the department and division levels. By including all supplemental services as they relate to personnel, charges and services, supplies, and capital outlays, the city will further distinguish the total cost of services provided. The city analyzes these costs at the sub-category detail levels in support of overall policy goals. 3.The adoption of a financial philosophy that seeks to spread the cost of significant capital outlay expenditures over an extended period to ensure that current and future taxpayers share equally in underwriting those costs. The city continues to capitalize the cost of significant capital expenditures over several years to ensure that both existing and future taxpayers share equally in the cost. In addition, the city has dedicated a portion of the tax levy to underwrite the cost of selected capital projects and equipment, avoiding a fiscal environment based on reactive tax and spending policies. The five-year capital improvement planning process is critical in achieving these results. 89Table of Contents 4.The development of a long-term financial model (proforma) that identifies anticipated trends in community growth and establishes a link between fiscal targets and budgetary expenditures. The city contracted with Northland Securities, Inc. in 2022 to develop a financial model, which is used to determine the long-term impacts of present-day expenditures and financing decisions. Fiscal assumptions are based upon a complex set of financial data including growth factors, tax capacity valuations, per capita spending, and debt ratios. The proforma is utilized as a tool as part of the budget planning process to ensure that key short-term fiscal targets are in line with long-term fiscal projections. The proforma is updated annually to ensure that long- term fiscal outcomes remain consistent with council budgetary policies. 5.The development of work performance goals for each department to ascertain and measure how each operating division contributes to the city’s overall public service mission. Each department is responsible for identifying relevant performance data to allow for an independent analysis of specific service outcomes. Data is reviewed to provide the council and public with a better understanding of the operational demands, resource inputs, and performance outcomes associated with a specific service delivery system. These performance measures continue to be examined and refined to ensure the data presented is useful and relevant. 6.The aggressive and appropriate investment of idle city funds to maximize the generation of interest income, while ensuring adequate cash flow requirements. Investment of city funds is controlled by state statute and managed by the Finance Director. Idle funds are invested in a variety of financial instruments such as certificates of deposit, federal agencies, and appropriately rated bonds. Long-term investing is designed to achieve the best yield in the current market, following a strategy that structures long-term investments in ladder format and reinvests short-term investment in rotating terms. While volatility from year to year is seen as interest rates fluctuate and market values of investments held change, investing brings solid returns in the long run. 7.Greater reliance on technology to enhance employee productivity in all areas of city operations and improve customer communications. The city has taken steps to invest additional time and energy on labor-saving technology, such as software programming and electronic file storage. Imaging city records enables the city to reduce storage areas presently dedicated to paper files and to look at more economical and efficient systems of data retrieval. 8.Involving all employees in the process of re-engineering the work environment by encouraging cross-training opportunities, reducing and eliminating bureaucratic barriers, streamlining public process requirements, prioritizing transparency with the public, and adopting private sector customer service business values in city operations. City staff is encouraged to identify work practice issues that are inefficient or overly bureaucratic. The management team is committed to involving their employees and fostering an environment that challenges the status quo of city operations. 90Table of Contents 9. Continuously reviewing opportunities to form partnerships with other community stakeholders and neighboring communities to share services and equipment, jointly contract with vendors and purchase equipment, and develop strategies to deal with local issues using a regional approach. The city has established several equipment and service delivery sharing arrangements with other community stakeholders and neighboring communities and has joint powers agreements in place on a variety of local and regional issues in planning, public safety and public works initiatives. Recent steps taken to achieve long-term fiscal objectives: The city has shifted its focus from issuing debt for all street projects in the Pavement Preservation Program to funding those projects on a pay-as-you-go basis due to the relatively routine nature of road improvements throughout the city. The debt level and debt levy capacities are reserved for major projects that are truly unique such as the Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park, Public Works Facility construction, and The Pointes at Cedar development area. In 2021, the city created the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund. This allows costs for city facility repairs and maintenance to be viewed across the board while also seeing each department’s impact through the internal charges paid by each cost center. A new software program, Cartegraph, was implemented to track work orders to provide the breakdown of costs to each facility and department. A shift in 2024 brought the maintenance staff previously operating solely out of the community center facility into further integration with the centralized Facilities Maintenance department. Also in 2021, the city prioritized investing in its Information Technology (IT) infrastructure by hiring an internal IT Technician. This allowed for the transition from a break-fix strategy to a purposeful, proactive strategy in dealing with the increasing use of software and ever heightened cybersecurity threats. The city continues to strengthen and invest in the IT department and related functions. In 2023, the city increased its applications for external funding. Most notably, the city was awarded $11 million from the State of Minnesota towards the cost of constructing a new water treatment facility. Other funding was secured for capital projects like constructing roundabouts at two major intersections on School Boulevard (Cedar Street and Edmonson Avenue) but also operating initiatives like combating Emerald Ash Borer in our community. The city continues to request and advocate for additional external funding for priority projects and initiatives. 91Table of Contents CAPITAL EXPENDITURES & CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN INTRODUCTION Capital expenditures (also called capital outlays) are the purchases of capital assets, which are used in operations and have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period. These assets must also meet capitalization thresholds (see Appendix), which vary by asset classification and typically costs more than $10,000. Capital expenditures can be classified as either recurring or non-recurring. Large projects adding to or replacing infrastructure are usually non-recurring in nature. Roundabout installation and road improvements on School Boulevard, design/planning for a Water Treatment Facility, extension of utility trunk lines, and improvements and oversizing in conjunction with development on Fallon Avenue and 85th Street account for the bulk of the 2025 non-recurring projects. Large non-recurring projects are typically financed by debt, intergovernmental revenue (state/federal grants and aids) and draws on reserves accumulated in anticipation of the project. The capital improvements presented in this section comprise the 2025-2029 Capital Improvements Plan (CIP). Monticello’s CIP identifies capital and select major noncapital expenditures in a comprehensive plan to forecast future resources needed to acquire or build assets used in municipal operations. By integrating major noncapital expenditures, such as maintenance items or asset purchases not meeting specific dollar thresholds, the city can better plan and prepare for future financial challenges. However, the creation of a long-term financial plan has allowed for some expenditures of this nature to be removed from the CIP. WHAT IS A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN? A capital improvement plan is a five-year projection for the evaluation of the city's capital needs. It serves as a guide for construction, development, and maintenance of the city's infrastructure assets, as well as other less expensive assets, in the most cost-efficient manner possible. It is the result of systematic review of each project, as it relates to the city council goals and the established priority scheme, to maximize the use of all financial resources. The Monticello CIP has four expenditure categories: capital improvements, vehicles and major equipment, major repair and maintenance items, and small tools and equipment. Capital asset classes also include land acquisitions. While the plan serves as a long-range plan, it is reviewed annually and revised based on current circumstances and opportunities. Priorities may change due to grant opportunities, circumstances that caused a more rapid deterioration of an asset, or in response to development interest. Projects may be revised for significant cost variances. The council holds an annual goal setting workshop that ensures these projects and purchases continue to align with the long-term vision. WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN? · To forecast public facilities and improvements in a timely and systematic manner while providing an opportunity for residents and interest groups to provide input. 92Table of Contents · To strike a balance between needed public improvements and the present financial capability of the city to provide for these improvements. · To anticipate and project financing needs to maximize available federal, state, and county funds, and enhance and protect future bonding capacity and ratings. · To implement city council objectives as outlined in the Purpose and Mission and serve as a guide for local officials in making budgetary decisions. · To promote and enhance the economic development of the city of Monticello while balancing the needs of new development with existing development. The CIP is developed with the intent of improving the reliability of cost estimates and funding forecasts by focusing on five years rather than only the upcoming year. This will enable decision makers to identify opportunity costs of shifting priorities. It creates a better understanding of the balancing act that is required to allocate scarce resources to capital improvement efforts. WHAT IS THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN DEVELOPMENT PROCESS? Assign Project Titles Make the title descriptive of the nature and scope work. Group projects in a meaningful way by category or initiative. Identify responsible staff and comprehensive plan goals achieved with completion or acquisition of the project. Formulate Project Descriptions Include the target activities to be completed each year on the project. This is a brief statement of the work that will be performed and its location. Formulate Project Cost Estimates Project costs are broken down into Land Acquisition, Planning/Design/Construction, and Vehicles/Equipment/Furnishing Document Operating Impact Record the costs in the year they will initially occur. It will be assumed that the costs continue from that point on unless information is provided otherwise. The following possibilities exist: · Maintenance project that doesn’t require any more than is already in the budget for maintenance. · Maintenance project that replaces existing items with a more cost-effective material or device that would result in a slight savings in operating dollars. Examples: more energy efficient heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) unit resulting in an electricity savings. · New project will always have an operating impact. Note Unfunded Projects · All projects not funded are placed on an unfunded list. 93Table of Contents Document Project Justifications The following things are considered: · Reason the project is necessary · Related projects (timing issues) · Coordination efforts required with other agencies (timing issues) · Mandates and deadlines for compliance (timing issues) · Service impact (number of participants impacted) · New fees that could be generated because of the project (funding/cost recovery) · Community goal references (refer to Strategic Goals & Strategies section) · Safety requirements Prioritize Projects Priorities: required on all projects based on the following considerations: 1.Does this project preserve or improve public health and safety? 2.Does this project support the city’s strategic transition plan for economic development? 3.Does this project align with Council’s strategic priorities and/or the Comprehensive Plan? 4.Does this project support redevelopment and reinvestment by maintaining what we already have? 5.Does this project reduce operating and maintenance costs or provide for other efficiencies? 6.Does this project create a new service or improve current service levels? 7.Does this project promote recreation and/or support natural resources? Discuss draft CIP with the city council for review throughout budget workshops · Five-year funded capital improvements · Ranked list of unfunded needs HOW DOES THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN IMPACT THE OPERATING BUDGET? All capital improvement projects must show the operating budget impact at the time the projects are submitted for consideration in the CIP. This includes the number of full-time equivalent positions that would be needed or could be eliminated and the cost or savings for salaries/benefits, supplies/services, and equipment. It would not be prudent to make funding decisions in favor of a project the city could not afford to staff or maintain. Capital improvements can impact the budget by increasing or decreasing revenues and expenditures, for example by attracting new businesses; by requiring new employees or additional maintenance or utility costs; or by reducing maintenance costs, utility costs, or personnel costs (reduction in overtime or man-hours). Specifically, new equipment may be more productive and less expensive to operate. 94Table of Contents Many projects are associated with prevention of future excessive costs that are difficult to measure. The cost of the maintenance should not exceed the benefit of the asset. The projects may have maintenance costs, but the existing maintenance budgets are sufficient. The priority for available capital project funds has been maintenance of existing facilities and infrastructure. Many of Monticello’s projects fall into this category. One capital asset that requires a delicate balance of operating maintenance and capital replacement is the city’s more than 80-mile street system. For more durable mill and overlay, the city budgets regularly for chip sealing and crack sealing. These operating and capital expenditures work together to prevent more expensive street reconstruction projects. Finally, the city annually budgets for repairs or replacement of water and sewer mains through each respective enterprise fund. For public utilities, customer satisfaction is difficult to quantify in dollars. However, a generally satisfied customer may be less likely to complain about the rate increases needed to support those services. In the following table, items with an increase in operating costs are additional equipment or new projects/improvements. Items with a decrease in operating costs are replacement equipment with lower R&M in the near term. Items with both increases and decreases to operating costs are noted with (+) and (-) in the Comment column. R&M expenses for roads include estimates for snow removal, boulevard maintenance, street sweeping, crack sealing, and striping. Listed amounts are for expenses more than those already being incurred. With no impact on expenditures, some are replaced due to obsolescence or aesthetics. The amounts listed are estimated; many of these amounts may or may not be close to those actually incurred. 95Table of Contents Investment Department - Operating Fund Amount Starting Year Amount Comment Public Safety - General Fund Utility 11 Pump Skid & UTV 100,000$ 2026 12,700$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) Public Works - General Fund School Blvd Roundabouts (C24003)3,400,000$ 2026 3,000$ Landscaping Haven Ridge Roundabout Oversizing 610,000$ 2026 6,100$ R&M Fallon Avenue Reconstruction- Chelsea Rd to Fallon Dr 50,000$ N/A -$ Planning stage only CSAH 39 Pedestrian Pathway - Elm to 7th (C24001)1,600,000$ 2026 5,000$ Pathway maintenance Hydraulic Snow Blower 80,000$ 2025 9,600$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) Front Loader (Medium size)190,000$ 2025 22,700$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) Paver Trailer 45,000$ 2025 5,350$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) Recreation & Culture - General Fund Library Fire System 11,000$ N/A -$ No change in R&M MCC Jase Upgrade 15,000$ 2026 (1,000)$ Utilities MCC Romp & Stomp Door to Hallway 12,000$ N/A -$ No change in R&M MCC Window Replacement 100,000$ 2026 (5,000)$ R&M Line Painter 65,000$ 2025 (6,600)$ CE lease (+) and Wages (-) Ford F350 (replace F250)85,000$ 2025 14,900$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) Ford F350 (replace F150)80,000$ 2025 14,000$ CE lease (+) and R&M (-) West Bridge Park Playground Equipment 650,000$ 2026 (3,000)$ R&M BCOL Ballfields Future Phases 100,000$ 2027 35,000$ R&M BCOL Maintenance Shop 80,000$ 2027 20,000$ Utilities and R&M BCOL Pickleball Courts 35,000$ 2027 3,500$ Windscreens and R&M Deephaven Playground 125,000$ 2026 1,250$ R&M Haven Ridge Pathway Oversizing 141,000$ 2026 1,410$ R&M Recreation - Community Center Cardio Fitness Equipment 20,000$ 2026 (200)$ R&M Public Works - Water Fund Water Treatment Plant 1,000,000$ 2028 222,000$ Staffing & operations Well Houses 1 & 2 Roofs 42,000$ N/A -$ No change in R&M CSAH 39 West Utility Extension 530,000$ 2026 530$ R&M Water F-450 Truck 75,000$ 2025 (750)$ R&M Haven Ridge Trunk Oversizing 405,000$ 2026 2,025$ R&M Fallon Avenue Reconstruction- Chelsea Rd to Fallon Dr 50,000$ N/A -$ Planning stage only Public Works - Sewer Fund WWTP Roofs 332,000$ N/A -$ No change in R&M CSAH 39 West Utility Extension 3,600,000$ 2026 1,800$ R&M Haven Ridge Trunk Oversizing 1,060,000$ 2026 5,300$ R&M Fallon Avenue Reconstruction- Chelsea Rd to Fallon Dr 150,000$ N/A -$ Planning stage only Public Works - Stormwater Fund Ditch 33 Improvements 1,600,000$ 2027 1,000$ Cleaning & outfall inspections Karlsburger Pond Expansion 900,000$ 2026 900$ R&M Haven Ridge Trunk Oversizing 85,000$ 2026 425$ R&M Fiber Optics Fund Expansion to New Neighborhoods 250,000$ N/A -$ No routine R&M Impact on Operating Expense 96Table of Contents HOW IS INPUT FROM RESIDENTS INCORPORATED IN THE CIP DEVELOPMENT PROCESS? Residents are involved in the capital improvements plan through participation at council meetings, work sessions and public hearings, and through boards and commissions. Beyond participation in boards and public meetings, the city makes a considerable effort to inform the citizens through various publications, news releases, and the website along with holding public input meetings for major projects and setting up booths at various city events to garner feedback from residents and routine community visitors. HOW IS THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN FINANCED? In analyzing the financial viability of the capital improvements in the 2025-2029 CIP, the city has three basic choices for methods of financing: pay-as-you-go, joint power agreement development authority capital leasing, and debt financing. The following sources provide revenue for the three financing methods: General Fund revenues, such as property taxes, local government aid (not applicable to the City of Monticello), and service charges are current revenues used to finance relatively small capital outlays. For example, replacement of the library fire system. The Central Equipment Fund, created for the purpose of establishing a revolving fund for future equipment purchases, reduces the impact of large equipment purchases on annual budget units. This fund purchases equipment and leases it back to the benefiting budget units. The lease payments assure that equipment purchases will receive annual funding and are set at rates to recover depreciation plus inflation, but not operating costs such as repairs and maintenance (R&M), gas, or insurance. Similarly, internal service funds have been established for Facilities Maintenance and IT Services, which will also include equipment purchases related to each respective fund. Enterprise fund revenues, derived from user charges, are used to finance capital improvements and equipment necessary for delivering a specific service. Additionally, accumulated revenues in enterprise funds can be transferred to other funds, specifically the Capital Projects Fund, to provide financing for capital asset acquisitions. For example, the utilities portion of a future Public Works Facility. Federal and state grants provide funding for various capital improvement projects. Other sources include local grants, donations, reserves, and other governmental units. Debt issuance is used to finance large, non-recurring capital improvements. General obligation improvement bonds and general obligation revenue bonds are mainly used to finance improvements to the city’s infrastructure. Items identifying the Capital Project Fund as funding source may need some level of debt issuance. 97Table of Contents The below graphs provide a breakdown of expenditures and funding sources within the CIP: The large increase of capital activity in 2026-2028 is anticipates construction of facilities for Water Treatment and Public Works. Notable 2025 projects include School Boulevard roundabout installation/improvements, trail construction along west CSAH 39 (Golf Course Road), extension of utility trunk lines along CSAH 39, new playground equipment in West Bridge Park, construction of a roundabout and pathway and oversizing of utility trunk lines at Fallon Avenue and 85th Street in conjunction with development, and the Ditch 33 Improvements. 2026 capital outlays consist of additional investments in the Water Treatment Plant construction, park improvements, Pointes at Cedar planning, improvements to Cedar Street near Block 34 (which anticipates private development in the next few years), and Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) projects. Notable capital expenditures in 2027 include wastewater treatment plant updates, 4th Street Park improvements, and additional buildout of the BCOL park. 2028 capital investments include improvements to Chelsea Road, and a new section on the Great River Regional Trail. Plans for 2029 include mill and overlay projects, a fire engine replacement, and further BCOL construction. $- $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60 2022 Actual 2023 Actual 2024 Projected 2025 Budgeted 2026 Budgeted 2027 Budgeted 2028 Budgeted 2029 Budgeted Mi l l i o n s CIP -Expenditures for FY 2022 -2029 Buildings Infrastructure - Streets Infrastructure - Utilities Improvements - Parks Vehicles & Equipment Land $- $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60 2022 Actual 2023 Actual 2024 Projected 2025 Budgeted 2026 Budgeted 2027 Budgeted 2028 Budgeted 2029 Budgeted Mi l l i o n s CIP -Funding Sources for FY 2022 -2029 Capital Projects Fund BCOL Sales Tax Fund Central Equipment Fund Enterprise Funds Bond Proceeds External Grant Funding Other Funds 98Table of Contents 2025 through 2029 Capital Improvement Plan Monticello, MNFunding Source Summary Source 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total BCOL Sales Tax 215,000 1,300,000 3,000,000 3,000,000 7,515,000 Capital Project Fund 5,787,000 4,741,000 22,815,000 26,885,000 6,750,000 66,978,000 Cemetery Fund 70,000 70,000 Central Equipment Fund 645,000 466,404 450,000 298,557 1,859,961 Community Center Fund 20,000 35,000 60,000 115,000 Facility Maintenance Fund 400,000 400,000 Fibernet Fund 250,000 250,000 General Fund 11,000 50,000 35,000 96,000 IT Services Fund 77,200 77,200 Municipal Liquor Fund 100,000 150,000 250,000 Parks & Pathways Improvement Fund 916,000 2,323,000 4,880,000 2,078,700 920,000 11,117,700 Sewer Fund 332,000 1,065,652 1,000,000 83,000 2,480,652 Sewer Trunk Fund 4,810,000 235,000 3,850,000 8,895,000 Stormwater Fund 1,600,000 287,427 1,887,427 Stormwater Trunk Fund 985,000 100,000 55,000 1,140,000 Street Lighting Improvement Fund 500,000 500,000 Water Fund 1,117,000 11,150,000 20,000,000 8,000,000 183,000 40,450,000 Water Trunk Fund 985,000 305,000 2,400,000 260,000 3,950,000 GRAND TOTAL 17,673,000 21,731,056 53,919,627 43,595,257 11,113,000 148,031,940 ϵϵTable of Contents 2025 through 2029 Capital Improvement Plan Monticello, MNProjects by Funding Source And Department Source Project # Priority 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total BCOL Sales Tax 8: BCOL Regional Athletic Park Ballfield Future Phases BCOL-01 100,000 3,000,000 3,000,000 6,100,000 Maintenance Shop BCOL-02 80,000 800,000 880,000 Pickleball Courts BCOL-03 35,000 500,000 535,000 8: BCOL Regional Athletic Park Total 215,000 1,300,000 3,000,000 0 3,000,000 7,515,000 BCOL Sales Tax Total 215,000 1,300,000 3,000,000 0 3,000,000 7,515,000 Capital Project Fund 1: City Facilities MCC Parking Lot Resurface FAC-08 800,000 800,000 3rd Street Parking Lot Resurface FAC-09 180,000 180,000 Public Works Facility FAC-01 20,000,000 20,000,000 40,000,000 MCC Window Replacement FAC-17 100,000 200,000 300,000 MCC Jase Upgrade FAC-14 15,000 15,000 MCC Generator FAC-20 200,000 200,000 MCC Pool Filtration System FAC-22 150,000 150,000 MCC Romp & Stomp Door to Hallway FAC-15 12,000 12,000 MCC Mississippi Room Carpet FAC-16 50,000 50,000 MCC Pool Deck Resurface FAC-18 60,000 60,000 MCC Gym Acoustic Panels FAC-19 75,000 75,000 1: City Facilities Total 127,000 310,000 21,180,000 20,075,000 150,000 41,842,000 2: Transportation CSAH 39 Pedestrian Pathway - Elm to 7th (C24001)TRAN-01 1,600,000 1,600,000 Chelsea Road Improvements - Hwy 25 to CSAH 39 TRAN-05 350,000 2,950,000 3,300,000 Sidewalk Gap Extensions TRAN-04 115,000 635,000 750,000 Mill & Overlay - 7th St - Minnesota St to Fenning TRAN-06 300,000 3,400,000 3,700,000 Mill & Overlay School Blvd - Country Ln to Fenning TRAN-08 300,000 1,900,000 2,200,000 2: Transportation Total 1,600,000 115,000 985,000 3,550,000 5,300,000 11,550,000 4: Parks & Recreation City Welcome Signs PAR-03 60,000 60,000 60,000 180,000 MCC Skate Park Area PAR-16 100,000 100,000 4: Parks & Recreation Total 0 160,000 60,000 60,000 0 280,000 5: Fleet Engine 12 FLT-20 1,300,000 1,300,000 5: Fleet Total 0 0 0 0 1,300,000 1,300,000 6: Downtown Cedar Street Improvements - Broadway to 3rd DT-03 2,850,000 2,850,000 Cedar Street Improvements - Broadway to River DT-04 500,000 500,000 Block 51 Public Parking Lot Expansion DT-01 100,000 100,000 6: Downtown Total 0 2,950,000 500,000 0 0 3,450,000 7: The Pointes at Cedar School/Cedar & Edmonson Roundabouts PAC-04 3,400,000 3,400,000 Parkland Acquisition - Southern Pond PAC-01 600,000 600,000 Professional Services Contract - Phase I PAC-02 606,000 606,000 7: The Pointes at Cedar Total 3,400,000 1,206,000 0 0 0 4,606,000 ϭϬϬTable of Contents 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Fallon Ave Reconstruction - Chelsea to Fallon Dr FAL-02 50,000 3,200,000 3,250,000 Haven Ridge Oversizing & Landscaping FAL-01 610,000 90,000 700,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Total 660,000 0 90,000 3,200,000 0 3,950,000 Capital Project Fund Total 5,787,000 4,741,000 22,815,000 26,885,000 6,750,000 66,978,000 Cemetery Fund 4: Parks & Recreation Riverside Cemetery Columbarium PAR-06 70,000 70,000 4: Parks & Recreation Total 0 0 70,000 0 0 70,000 Cemetery Fund Total 0 0 70,000 0 0 70,000 Central Equipment Fund 5: Fleet Hydraulic Snow Blower FLT-01 80,000 80,000 Front Loader FLT-02 190,000 190,000 Ford F350 #209 FLT-06 85,000 85,000 Plow Truck FLT-11 401,309 401,309 Plow Truck FLT-14 450,000 450,000 Skid Steer FLT-16 98,557 98,557 Paver Trailer FLT-03 45,000 45,000 Ford F350 #214 FLT-07 80,000 80,000 Line Painter FLT-05 65,000 65,000 Blacktop Roller FLT-10 37,095 37,095 Utility 11 & UTV FLT-21 100,000 200,000 300,000 Scissor Lift & Trailer FLT-24 28,000 28,000 5: Fleet Total 645,000 466,404 450,000 298,557 0 1,859,961 Central Equipment Fund Total 645,000 466,404 450,000 298,557 0 1,859,961 Community Center Fund 4: Parks & Recreation MCC Cardio Fitness Equipment PAR-12 20,000 20,000 20,000 60,000 MCC Floor Scrubber PAR-14 15,000 15,000 MCC Spin Bikes PAR-13 40,000 40,000 4: Parks & Recreation Total 20,000 35,000 60,000 0 0 115,000 Community Center Fund Total 20,000 35,000 60,000 0 0 115,000 Facility Maintenance Fund 1: City Facilities Roof Replacements - Hail Damage FAC-23 300,000 300,000 Soccer Building Repairs FAC-24 100,000 100,000 1: City Facilities Total 0 400,000 0 0 0 400,000 Facility Maintenance Fund Total 0 400,000 0 0 0 400,000 Fibernet Fund 3: Utilities Infrastructure FNM Haven Ridge & Featherstone/Hunter's Crossing UTIL-06 250,000 250,000 3: Utilities Infrastructure Total 250,000 0 0 0 0 250,000 Fibernet Fund Total 250,000 0 0 0 0 250,000 Source Project # Priority 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total ϭϬϭTable of Contents General Fund 1: City Facilities Library Fire System FAC-03 11,000 11,000 Library Control System FAC-05 50,000 50,000 Library Lighting FAC-04 35,000 35,000 1: City Facilities Total 11,000 50,000 35,000 0 0 96,000 General Fund Total 11,000 50,000 35,000 0 0 96,000 IT Services Fund 4: Parks & Recreation MCC Recreation/Employee Scheduling Software PAR-15 77,200 77,200 4: Parks & Recreation Total 0 0 77,200 0 0 77,200 IT Services Fund Total 0 0 77,200 0 0 77,200 Municipal Liquor Fund 1: City Facilities Liquor Store Roof FAC-06 100,000 100,000 Liquor Store Parking Lot Resurface FAC-07 150,000 150,000 1: City Facilities Total 0 100,000 150,000 0 0 250,000 Municipal Liquor Fund Total 0 100,000 150,000 0 0 250,000 Parks & Pathways Improvement Fund 1: City Facilities Park Building Sign FAC-13 23,000 23,000 MCC Pool Play Structure FAC-21 400,000 400,000 1: City Facilities Total 0 23,000 400,000 0 0 423,000 2: Transportation Otter Creek Pathway - Chestnut to West River TRAN-03 600,000 600,000 Great River Regional Trail Easement TRAN-02 20,000 20,000 2: Transportation Total 0 620,000 0 0 0 620,000 4: Parks & Recreation Hunters Crossing Trail PAR-08 20,000 300,000 320,000 Pioneer Park Play Structure PAR-10 800,000 800,000 Great River Regional Trail PAR-07 75,000 1,778,700 1,853,700 River Mill Sidewalk to Playground PAR-09 20,000 20,000 River Walk Pier PAR-11 45,000 45,000 Front Street Pier PAR-05 40,000 40,000 Pioneer Park Disc Golf Course PAR-02 15,000 15,000 4th Street Park Improvements PAR-01 775,000 4,100,000 4,875,000 Ellison Playground Equipment PAR-04 600,000 600,000 4: Parks & Recreation Total 0 1,430,000 4,215,000 2,078,700 845,000 8,568,700 6: Downtown West Bridge Park Playground Equipment DT-05 650,000 650,000 East Bridge Park Accessibility Improvements DT-06 150,000 150,000 300,000 6: Downtown Total 650,000 150,000 150,000 0 0 950,000 7: The Pointes at Cedar Deephaven Playground PAC-03 125,000 125,000 7: The Pointes at Cedar Total 125,000 0 0 0 0 125,000 8: BCOL Regional Athletic Park Road Paving BCOL-04 100,000 100,000 8: BCOL Regional Athletic Park Total 0 100,000 0 0 0 100,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Haven Ridge Oversizing & Landscaping FAL-01 141,000 115,000 75,000 331,000 Source Project # Priority 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total ϭϬϮTable of Contents 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Total 141,000 0 115,000 0 75,000 331,000 Parks & Pathways Improvement Fund Total 916,000 2,323,000 4,880,000 2,078,700 920,000 11,117,700 Sewer Fund 1: City Facilities WWTP Roofs FAC-11 332,000 332,000 WWTP Generator Upgrades FAC-12 200,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 1: City Facilities Total 332,000 200,000 1,000,000 0 0 1,532,000 5: Fleet Sewer Camera & Trailer FLT-09 165,652 165,652 F350 Truck #401 FLT-15 83,000 83,000 WWTP Gasifier Tank FLT-08 700,000 700,000 5: Fleet Total 0 865,652 0 83,000 0 948,652 Sewer Fund Total 332,000 1,065,652 1,000,000 83,000 0 2,480,652 Sewer Trunk Fund 3: Utilities Infrastructure CSAH 39 West Utility Extension UTIL-01 3 3,600,000 3,600,000 3: Utilities Infrastructure Total 3,600,000 0 0 0 0 3,600,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Fallon Ave Reconstruction - Chelsea to Fallon Dr FAL-02 150,000 3,850,000 4,000,000 Haven Ridge Oversizing & Landscaping FAL-01 1,060,000 235,000 1,295,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Total 1,210,000 0 235,000 3,850,000 0 5,295,000 Sewer Trunk Fund Total 4,810,000 0 235,000 3,850,000 0 8,895,000 Stormwater Fund 3: Utilities Infrastructure Ditch 33 Improvements UTIL-02 1,600,000 1,600,000 3: Utilities Infrastructure Total 1,600,000 0 0 0 0 1,600,000 5: Fleet Street Sweeper FLT-13 287,427 287,427 5: Fleet Total 0 0 287,427 0 0 287,427 Stormwater Fund Total 1,600,000 0 287,427 0 0 1,887,427 Stormwater Trunk Fund 3: Utilities Infrastructure Karlsburger Pond Expansion UTIL-04 900,000 900,000 Chelsea Rd Outlet Control UTIL-05 100,000 100,000 3: Utilities Infrastructure Total 900,000 100,000 0 0 0 1,000,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Haven Ridge Oversizing & Landscaping FAL-01 85,000 55,000 140,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Total 85,000 0 55,000 0 0 140,000 Stormwater Trunk Fund Total 985,000 100,000 55,000 0 0 1,140,000 Street Lighting Improvement Fund 2: Transportation Traffic Signal at Hwy 25/4th St TRAN-07 500,000 500,000 2: Transportation Total 0 0 500,000 0 0 500,000 Street Lighting Improvement Fund Total 0 0 500,000 0 0 500,000 Source Project # Priority 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total ϭϬϯTable of Contents Water Fund 1: City Facilities Water Treatment Plant FAC-02 1,000,000 11,000,000 20,000,000 8,000,000 40,000,000 Well Houses 1&2 Roofs FAC-10 42,000 42,000 1: City Facilities Total 1,042,000 11,000,000 20,000,000 8,000,000 0 40,042,000 5: Fleet Water F-450 Truck FLT-04 75,000 75,000 Well #3 Generator FLT-17 183,000 183,000 200kw Portable Generator FLT-12 150,000 150,000 5: Fleet Total 75,000 150,000 0 0 183,000 408,000 Water Fund Total 1,117,000 11,150,000 20,000,000 8,000,000 183,000 40,450,000 Water Trunk Fund 3: Utilities Infrastructure CSAH 39 West Utility Extension UTIL-01 3 530,000 530,000 3: Utilities Infrastructure Total 530,000 0 0 0 0 530,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Fallon Ave Reconstruction - Chelsea to Fallon Dr FAL-02 50,000 2,400,000 2,450,000 Haven Ridge Oversizing & Landscaping FAL-01 405,000 305,000 260,000 970,000 9: Fallon Avenue Improvements Total 455,000 0 305,000 2,400,000 260,000 3,420,000 Water Trunk Fund Total 985,000 0 305,000 2,400,000 260,000 3,950,000 GRAND TOTAL 17,673,000 21,731,056 53,919,627 43,595,257 11,113,000 148,031,940 Source Project # Priority 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Total ϭϬϰTable of Contents DEBT Debt is carried in two fund types: Governmental Funds and Enterprise Funds. Consequently, debt has a different impact on the operations of each fund type. However, debt service is a fixed cost that does not vary with activity levels. Debt amortization and redemption reduces fixed costs, freeing resources for other purposes. Debt is a valid way to match customers with the cost of providing a particular service. Current service customers pay for current service delivery with annual debt service payments supported by user fees and taxes. Future service customers make future debt service payments through future taxes and user fees. Governmental Funds Governmental fund debt service is provided through debt service funds, which accumulate money from various sources for principal and interest payments. Those sources can include property taxes, special assessments, and transfers from enterprise funds collecting development fees. The debt effect on services delivered through governmental funds with current plant and equipment is somewhat diminished because the city is not constrained by state-imposed levy limits for property taxes. When levy limits have been in place, statutes have allowed for special levies for debt service. While there are limits to what taxpayers can bear, Monticello has one of the lowest tax capacity rates in Wright County because of its large commercial tax base—including the Xcel Energy nuclear power plant. Currently, the power plant absorbs roughly 37% of any tax increase. The General Fund is primarily supported (about 2/3) by property taxes, and the Monticello Community Center (MCC) Fund is primarily supported by charges for services but is supplemented by a property tax levy and transfer from the Deputy Registrar Fund. High debt levels reduce the city’s ability to issue new debt for capital assets, which may improve efficiency or meet a growing need. Enterprise Funds The Sewer Fund is the only enterprise fund with debt, the 2013B General Obligation (G.O.) revenue bonds, and a 2015 Public Facilities Authority (PFA) G.O. Sewer Revenue Note. All utility rates are reviewed annually and adjusted to cover operating, capital, and debt service expenses. According to a survey by engineering firm AE2S, Monticello has some of the lowest utility rates in Minnesota. However, the council is aware that the city needs to maintain its competitive position in both property taxes and utility charges to attract economic development. Anticipated Borrowing this Fiscal Year The City of Monticello does not anticipate issuing debt in 2025. Impacts to Operations The city’s percentage of levy used for debt service payments has decreased over the last ten years from 27% in 2015 to 15% in 2025, with the portion of the levy used for pay-as-you-go capital increasing from none to 17%. The city’s long-term financial plan includes construction of a new public works facility beginning in 2027, which would be financed by a relatively 105Table of Contents significant amount of debt. While not unprecedented, city council is aware of the fact that issuing that level of debt would create pressure on other areas of the levy, including to other capital projects and well as operations (i.e. maintaining existing assets and offering the current level of services). Bond Rating The city’s G.O. bond rating was reviewed in October 2023. Moody’s upgraded the city’s prior G.O. bond rating of A1 to Aa3, which can be described as “high grade”. Legal Debt Limit Most Minnesota cities may not incur debt more than three percent of the market value of taxable property in the city. Excepted from this overall three percent limit are almost all debt obligations for which some other source of revenue is pledged as security. The result is that, with only a few exceptions, the only obligations subject to the debt limit are general obligation (G.O.) bonds payable solely from ad valorem property taxes. The legal debt limit has nothing to do with the practical debt limit of a city, which is the debt burden beyond which the creditworthiness of the city is put into question. (See Minnesota Statutes, Section 475.53) Moody's S&P Fitch Aaa AAA AAA Prime Aa1 AA+AA+ Aa2 AA AA Aa3 AA-AA- A1 A+A+ A2 A A A3 A-A- Baa1 BBB+BBB+ Baa2 BBB BBB Baa3 BBB-BBB- High grade Upper medium grade Lower medium grade Market value (payable 2024)*2,702,176,000$ Debt limit (3% of market value)81,065,280$ Total net debt applicable to limit (5,560,000)$ Legal debt margin 75,505,280$ *Final Payable 2025 not yet available. Legal Debt Margin Calculation for Fiscal Year 2025 106Table of Contents G.O. Debt Service Levies: Most city debt issues are supported on some level by property taxes. Annual debt service levies are as follows: G.O. Debt Service Payments: Annual debt service payments are as follows: G.O. Debt Outstanding as of 12/31: Projected balances of outstanding debt (excluding the Sewer Fund’s PFA G.O. Revenue Note, which is not considered bonded debt) are as follows: $- $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 $2,500,000 $3,000,000 20 2 5 20 2 6 20 2 7 20 2 8 20 2 9 20 3 0 20 3 1 20 3 2 20 3 3 20 3 4 20 3 5 G.O. Debt Service Levies 2015B 2016A 2017A 2018A 2019A 2020A $- $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 $2,500,000 $3,000,000 20 2 5 20 2 6 20 2 7 20 2 8 20 2 9 20 3 0 20 3 1 20 3 2 20 3 3 20 3 4 20 3 5 G.O. Debt Service Payments 2013B 2015B 2016A 2017A 2018A 2019A 2020A $- $2 $4 $6 $8 $10 $12 $14 20 2 5 20 2 6 20 2 7 20 2 8 20 2 9 20 3 0 20 3 1 20 3 2 20 3 3 20 3 4 20 3 5 Mi l l i o n s G.O. Debt Outstanding as of 12/31 2013B 2015B 2016A 2017A 2018A 2019A 2020A 107Table of Contents STAFFING SUMMARY Staffing, as measured by full-time equivalents, decreased in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and has been increasing each year since. Many employees perform across multiple activities/divisions and funds. The budget reflects updates to the allocation of time spent in various departments by all staff. The 2025 budget includes: •Creation of an administrative support position for development services (Planning & Zoning/Community Development, Building, and the Economic Development Authority), which had previously shared an allocation of the clerk’s administrative support position •Slight increase in assumed part-time hours Actual Actual Actual Budget Change 2022 2023 2024 2025 2022-2025 General Fund City Council 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 - City Administration 3.60 2.90 2.75 3.00 (0.60) City Clerk 1.85 1.50 2.10 1.50 (0.35) Finance 3.85 3.75 3.65 3.65 (0.20) Human Resources 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 0.25 Planning & Zoning 1.40 1.90 1.90 2.10 0.70 Fire & Rescue 4.90 3.90 3.95 3.75 (1.15) Building Inspections 4.20 5.20 5.20 5.30 1.10 Public Works Administration 1.10 1.10 1.05 1.05 (0.05) Engineering & Inspections 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 - Streets & Alleys 3.90 4.10 4.10 4.10 0.20 Ice & Snow 2.30 2.45 2.45 2.55 0.25 Shop & Garage 1.80 1.85 1.35 1.40 (0.40) Park Operations 9.40 9.20 9.55 9.40 - Shade Tree 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 - Total General Fund 41.85 41.40 41.60 41.60 (0.25) Special Revenue Funds Monticello Community Center 18.05 20.75 22.25 22.30 4.25 Total Special Revenue Funds 18.05 20.75 22.25 22.30 4.25 Enterprise Funds Wa ter 3.60 3.80 3.80 3.90 0.30 Sewer 3.75 3.55 3.55 3.45 (0.30) Stormwater 1.40 1.55 1.55 1.55 0.15 Liquor 10.37 10.26 10.49 10.46 0.09 Deputy Registrar 7.26 7.04 7.12 7.55 0.29 Total Enterprise Funds 26.38 26.20 26.51 26.91 0.53 Internal Service Funds Facilities Maintenance 1.10 1.10 1.10 2.00 0.90 IT Services 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - Total Internal Service Funds 2.10 2.10 2.10 3.00 0.90 Discrete Component Units Economic Development 1.50 1.60 1.60 2.00 0.50 Total Discrete Component Units 1.50 1.60 1.60 2.00 0.50 Total All Funds 89.88 92.05 94.06 95.81 5.93 NUMBER OF FULL-TIME EQUIVALENTS 108Table of Contents General Fund 2025 Adopted Budget GENERAL FUND - SUMMARY FUND DESCRIPTION One of five governmental fund types, the General Fund serves as the chief operating fund of the city. The General Fund accounts for all financial resources not accounted for in another fund and uses the modified accrual basis of accounting for budgeting and financial reporting purposes. The adopted General Fund budget is a balanced budget, which means current revenues and other sources equal expenditures and other uses. BUDGET SUMMARY GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 7,457,695$ 8,052,082$ 8,640,000$ 8,659,412$ 8,985,000$ 4.0% Franchise & Other Taxes 254,247 247,854 346,500 229,194 324,000 -6.5% Licenses & Permits 613,014 930,901 487,000 924,651 482,000 -1.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 609,105 1,224,989 1,057,000 783,515 825,000 -21.9% Charges for Services 1,340,329 1,441,024 1,309,743 1,576,206 1,514,900 15.7% Fines & Forfeits 36,808 52,413 51,600 65,940 78,500 52.1% Special Assessments 418 156 100 - - -100.0% Miscellaneous 807,619 1,264,224 865,057 1,408,267 971,600 12.3% Contributed Capital - 1,650 - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 11,119,235$ 13,215,293$ 12,757,000$ 13,647,185$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % EXPENDITURES BY DEPT ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE GENERAL GOVERNMENT Mayor and Council 55,262$ 46,094$ 59,727$ 55,486$ 58,815$ -1.5% City Administration 934,031 958,253 1,052,879 1,044,787 1,022,829 -2.9% City Clerk 227,096 217,318 277,222 286,124 221,064 -20.3% Finance 625,523 663,348 681,352 713,553 753,232 10.5% Legal 24,524 36,802 30,000 38,742 35,000 16.7% Human Resources 139,338 162,457 183,576 179,138 238,507 29.9% Planning & Zoning 598,178 532,437 371,851 598,482 632,216 70.0% City Hall 76,002 75,872 65,249 64,635 93,134 42.7% TOTAL GENERAL GOVERNMENT 2,679,954$ 2,692,581$ 2,721,856$ 2,980,947$ 3,054,797$ 12.2% PUBLIC SAFETY Law Enforcement 1,633,774$ 1,872,417$ 2,485,193$ 2,496,558$ 2,487,000$ 0.1% Fire & Rescue 546,373 508,194 467,138 438,659 512,719 9.8% Fire Relief 146,181 164,446 145,000 183,116 165,000 13.8% Building Inspections 583,073 618,254 681,154 674,189 711,807 4.5% Emergency Management 6,935 6,952 22,000 11,173 12,000 -45.5% Animal Control 59,148 74,648 62,346 61,187 65,618 5.2% National Guard 14,399 19,068 19,500 18,754 19,500 0.0% TOTAL PUBLIC SAFETY 2,989,883$ 3,263,979$ 3,882,331$ 3,883,636$ 3,973,644$ 2.4% PUBLIC WORKS Public Works Administration 140,020$ 150,092$ 169,738$ 157,709$ 179,057$ 5.5% Engineering & Inspections 263,931 320,369 321,517 520,455 333,501 3.7% Streets & Alleys 1,153,418 1,308,793 1,395,343 1,224,354 1,377,989 -1.2% Ice & Snow 320,884 294,882 488,959 253,912 475,293 -2.8% Shop & Garage 295,613 283,711 330,016 276,621 339,012 2.7% Street Lighting 226,689 243,482 322,000 203,178 291,000 -9.6% TOTAL PUBLIC WORKS 2,400,555$ 2,601,329$ 3,027,573$ 2,636,229$ 2,995,852$ -1.0% 109Table of Contents The previous table summarizes General Fund expenditures by activities/divisions and departments. The table below summarizes expenditures by classifications. BUDGET COMMENTARY: Revenues For 2025, budgeted revenues are estimated to increase by 3.3%. The General Fund portion of the tax levy is budgeted to increase by 4.0%, which is less than the total (city & HRA) levy increase of 8.1% due to a 27.5% increase in the levy for capital. Property taxes account for 68% of General Fund revenues. Franchise & Other Taxes decrease to delay the anticipated costs GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % EXPENDITURES BY DEPT ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE SANITATION Refuse Collection 784,052$ 817,199$ 880,557$ 911,886$ 900,000$ 2.2% TOTAL SANITATION 784,052$ 817,199$ 880,557$ 911,886$ 900,000$ 2.2% RECREATION AND CULTURE Senior Center 108,122$ 102,773$ 104,363$ 104,930$ 107,363$ 2.9% Park Operations 1,235,095 1,500,932 1,576,051 1,505,360 1,643,054 4.3% Park Ballfields 59,754 22,667 28,665 25,357 34,100 19.0% Public Arts 146,282 154,267 174,903 154,517 149,128 -14.7% Shade Tree 94,217 127,872 266,722 112,138 225,936 -15.3% Library 48,401 41,867 87,979 99,051 91,126 3.6% TOTAL RECREATION AND CULTURE 1,691,871$ 1,950,378$ 2,238,683$ 2,001,353$ 2,250,707$ 0.5% TOTAL OPERATING TRANSFERS 154,900$ 753,950$ 6,000$ 1,205,114$ 6,000$ 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 10,701,215$ 12,079,416$ 12,757,000$ 13,619,165$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 7,457,695$ 8,052,082$ 8,640,000$ 8,659,412$ 8,985,000$ 4.0% Franchise & Other Taxes 254,247 247,854 346,500 229,194 324,000 -6.5% Licenses & Permits 613,014 930,901 487,000 924,651 482,000 -1.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 609,105 1,224,989 1,057,000 783,515 825,000 -21.9% Charges for Services 1,340,329 1,441,024 1,309,743 1,576,206 1,514,900 15.7% Fines & Forfeits 36,808 52,413 51,600 65,940 78,500 52.1% Special Assessments 418 156 100 - - -100.0% Miscellaneous 807,619 1,264,224 865,057 1,408,267 971,600 12.3% Contributed Capital - 1,650 - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 11,119,235$ 13,215,293$ 12,757,000$ 13,647,185$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 3,739,048$ 3,969,843$ 4,299,928$ 4,238,124$ 4,542,664$ 5.6% Supplies 817,641 798,806 994,649 768,751 931,650 -6.3% Other Services & Charges 5,411,226 5,923,817 6,888,923 6,839,676 7,055,786 2.4% Capital Outlay 578,400 633,000 567,500 567,500 644,900 13.6% Operating Transfers Out 154,900 753,950 6,000 1,205,114 6,000 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 10,701,215$ 12,079,416$ 12,757,000$ 13,619,165$ 13,181,000$ 3.3% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 6,624,781$ 7,042,801$ 8,178,678$ 8,178,678$ 8,206,698$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 418,020 1,135,877 - 28,020 - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 7,042,801$ 8,178,678$ 8,178,678$ 8,206,698$ 8,206,698$ 110Table of Contents increase when the Downtown improvements project in complete. The decrease in Intergovernmental Revenues reflects one-time state aid in 2024 from the State of Minnesota for public safety and to combat Emerald Ash Borer infestation in city trees. The increase in Charges for Services reflects higher residential garbage and recycling charges. Fines & forfeits increase to better reflect recent trends. Miscellaneous Revenues are projected higher, but still conservatively, to reflect projected earnings in the city’s investment portfolio including its community solar garden contract. Expenditures Expenditures are budgeted to increase 3.3%. City Clerk department expenditures decreased because elections are held in even years only. The Finance department budget increased with the implementation of an accounts payable (AP) workflow. A classification and compensation study in the Human Resources department contributed to that department’s increase. Planning & Zoning expenditures increase to include a park dedication study. The City Hall budget increased due to a study of the workspace layout and an increased allocation of the Facilities Maintenance internal services fund’s budget. The Fire & Rescue department increase reflects additional rental payments to the Central Equipment internal service fund for a new All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV). The Fire Relief department shows an increase in expenditures, which is offset by an increase in Fire State Aid within intergovernmental revenues above. Most Public Works departments reflect inflationary assumptions in current service levels. The Street Lighting department decreased to reflect more recent trends; however, this balance is expected to increase again in future budget years with the additional lighting in the Downtown. Park Operations increased due to the additional landscaping and installation of benches in the Downtown along with an increase in rental payments to the Central Equipment internal service fund for new equipment. Public Arts and Shade Tree expenditures decreased due to a decrease in grants funds to support special projects including art installations and Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) response. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase, where applicable, and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. The supplies budget decreased to more accurately reflect recent spending trends. Other Services & Charges remain fairly steady with a slight increase to address inflationary assumptions. The capital outlay amount reflects Capital Equipment Fund purchases, which are charged back through lease payments and increased due to purchases of new and replacement equipment. The operating transfer out in 2022 is to build a healthy reserve in the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund, the 2023 operating transfer included $750,000 to the Capital Projects Fund to replenish some of the reserves used for the Downtown Improvements project, and operating transfers out in 2024 include $500,000 to the Facilities Maintenance Fund to rectify a deficit in that fund and $700,000 to the Capital Projects Fund to provide funding for future capital costs. As in prior years, the $6,000 budgeted Operating transfers out in 2025 is to the EDA Fund for board member stipends, which is adjusted to actual cost at yearend. 111Table of Contents MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL (101-41110) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Clerk ACTIVITY SCOPE: The mayor and council provide elected representation to the community with control over policy, goals, budget, administration, and operations. Members participate in various committees and direct staff through the city administrator. OBJECTIVES: 1.Adopt policies and ordinances consistent with the council’s positions on growth, zoning, and financial strategies. 2.Operate the city with transparency which includes public input in decision making. ISSUES: 1.Capitalize on the city’s uniqueness by communicating a comprehensive vision statement and setting achievable goals. 2.Examine city facility needs to meet future city operations. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The council’s budget remains consistent with previous years. The mayor earns $700 per month and each councilmember earns $600 per month. Other services and charges are mainly comprised of rental charges for the meeting room at the Monticello Community Center. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Regular Council meetings 23 23 23 23 Special meetings/workshops 21 18 20 20 Full-Time Equivalents 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % MAYOR & COUNCIL Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 41,739$ 34,476$ 42,277$ 42,622$ 43,985$ 4.0% Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 13,523 11,618 17,450 12,864 14,830 -15.0% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 55,262$ 46,094$ 59,727$ 55,486$ 58,815$ -1.5% 112Table of Contents CITY ADMINISTRATION (101-41310) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: City administration provides the overall direction of the city, as determined by the mayor and council. The city administrator serves as the chief administrative officer, ensuring that laws, ordinances, and resolutions are implemented and enforced. The administrator is also responsible for managing the operations of all city departments and providing customer service for general city hall activities, such as reception and meeting room management. OBJECTIVES: 1.Assist City Council in setting policies and procedures. 2.Provide direction and leadership on major city projects and budget management; oversee performance evaluation and long-range planning. 3.Provide friendly, knowledgeable customer service to the public during adequate and consistent hours of business. 4.Communicate mission, vision, and values along with city services and events to the public. ISSUES: 1.Leading and focusing council on policy matters. 2.Long-range comprehensive planning, including for development and traffic. 3.Continuing to improve internal and external communication systems, including management of Citizen Service Desk. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Newsletters published 2 2 2 2 Monthly enewletters sent 9 12 9 12 Utility inserts published*10 12 10 12 Park inserts published*2 --- All other inserts published*5 --- Information desk inquiries 127 107 141 140 *Individual inserts with utility bills were combined into one monthly newsletter Full-Time Equivalents 3.60 2.90 2.75 3.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % CITY ADMINISTRATION Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 304,433$ 321,355$ 337,139$ 348,748$ 389,834$ 15.6% Supplies 19,136 12,011 15,000 8,226 11,000 -26.7% Other Services & Charges 610,462 624,887 700,740 687,813 621,995 -11.2% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 934,031$ 958,253$ 1,052,879$ 1,044,787$ 1,022,829$ -2.9% 113Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The city administration activity is limited to expenditures for daily operations in providing services and does not include upkeep of the city hall facility. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Reallocating the current Administrative Assistant position to support City Administration, City Clerk, and Human Resources and hiring a new Administrative Assistant to support Planning & Zoning, Building, and the Economic Development Authority is included in the 2025 budget. Other services and charges include the city’s investments in solar farms, which is budgeted conservatively due to the unknown production as each solar farm. 114Table of Contents CITY CLERK (101-41410) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Clerk ACTIVITY SCOPE: The city clerk activity is responsible for administering elections, maintaining official records, updating the city code, improving records management and data practices, and serving as the data practices compliance officer and responsible authority. OBJECTIVES: 1.Improve data storage practices and data request responses with digital storage through Laserfiche. 2.Administer elections including upgrading election equipment and recruiting and training judges. ISSUES: 1.Manage storage space, including in Laserfiche, while organizing decades of files. 2.Maintain current, accurate information for all public sources. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Voters, number of 5,175 0 7,865 0 Registered voters 8,646 8,791 8,972 9,000 Polling places 4 4 4 4 Election judges 59 65 60 60 Ordinances amendments 26 25 21 25 Council resolutions 142 113 127 120 Council minutes approved 44 41 43 43 Data requests 27 51 54 50 Laserfiche folders *17,410 19,034 20,000 Laserfiche documents *142,280 173,559 200,000 Laserfiche pages *1,497,324 1,548,803 1,750,000 *Data not obtained during the year Full-Time Equivalents 1.85 1.50 2.10 1.50 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % CITY CLERK Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 187,127$ 172,061$ 210,143$ 227,643$ 188,723$ -10.2% Supplies 5,145 7,241 13,000 7,948 500 -96.2% Other Services & Charges 34,824 38,016 54,079 50,533 31,841 -41.1% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 227,096$ 217,318$ 277,222$ 286,124$ 221,064$ -20.3% 115Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: Elections are held in even-numbered years causing decreased budgeted expenditures in 2025. Additionally, 2024 included a Presidential Nominating Primary election in Minnesota. Off-year election expenditures are for maintenance contracts on voting equipment. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Reallocating the current Administrative Assistant position to support City Administration, City Clerk, and Human Resources and hiring a new Administrative Assistant to support Planning & Zoning, Building, and the Economic Development Authority is included in the 2025 budget. 116Table of Contents FINANCE (101-41520) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Finance Department conducts the financial affairs of the city of Monticello in accordance with the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB) and Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). This includes protection of the assets of the city, the initiation of financial plans, investment and debt management, review and implementation of internal controls, and accounting for every financial transaction of the city including accounts payable, accounts receivable, payroll, and general ledger accounting control. The preparation of the annual audited financial report and annual budget document are also facilitated through finance. An audit of city finances must be completed on an annual basis for the city to remain in compliance with federal and state accounting practices. OBJECTIVES: 1.Updating the long-term financial management plan annually. 2.Develop financial documents eligible for receipt of the Government Finance Officers Association’s (GFOA) award programs. 3.Complete financial, payroll, and utility billing transactions to provide meaningful and timely financial reports and information to council, commissions, and other city departments. 4.Complete the annual financial audit with no audit findings and adjustments. ISSUES: 1.Implement improved reporting to council, commissions, and departments. 2.Develop methods for simplifying data analysis for various stakeholders. 3.Work with other departments to find ways to reduce costs of city operations. 4.Cross-training of finance team members in core functions. 5.Comply with changing reporting requirements and auditing standards. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: GFOA Budget Awards 14 15 16 17 GFOA Certificates of Achievement 14 15 16*17 GFOA Popular Annual Financial Report Awards 8 9* 10*11 Bond Rating A1 Aa3 Aa3 Aa3 Audit findings 0 0 0 0 PY Audit Opinion Unmodified Unmodified Unmodified Unmodified *Not yet available. Value is an estimate. 117Table of Contents MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA (CONTINUED): BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Finance budget includes funds to handle the financial transactions of the city, in an efficient manner, while maintaining the highest level of internal controls and segregation of duties. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. The budgeted increase in Other Services & Charges reflects contract time to implement an Accounts Payable (AP) workflow. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Work Load: AP checks, number of 1,568 1,457 1,521 1,500 AP ACHs, number of 1,462 1,545 1,672 1,750 Invoices processed 5,106 5,085 5,307 5,400 1099's 77 70 68 70 Paychecks issued 4,569 4,691 4,950 5,000 W-2s 255 322 359 340 Utility bills generated 54,898 55,532 56,408 57,000 Non-utility charges billed 262 276 286 300 Cash receipts entered 38,091 39,646 38,577 39,000 Journal entries 2,484 2,483 2,736* 2,750 New residential properties 95 35 44 50 New commercial properties 8 5 7 5 Tax exempt parcels 357 358 356 360 Taxable parcels assessed 4,821 4,916 4,970 5,000 *Not yet available. Value is an estimate. Full-Time Equivalents 3.85 3.75 3.65 3.65 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % FINANCE Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 408,605$ 430,292$ 445,505$ 464,092$ 474,878$ 6.6% Supplies 1,701 2,183 2,300 1,364 2,100 -8.7% Other Services & Charges 215,217 230,873 233,547 248,097 276,254 18.3% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 625,523$ 663,348$ 681,352$ 713,553$ 753,232$ 10.5% 118Table of Contents LEGAL (101-41610) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: Private legal firms provide all the city’s legal services. Activities include issuance of legal opinions; preparation and/or review of ordinances, resolutions, contracts, and agreements; and the conduct of civil litigation. Additional legal expenditures, such as publications, fees, and other costs are accounted for in the benefitting unit. OBJECTIVES: 1.Ensure compliance with applicable state statutes and federal regulations. 2.Minimize risk to the city by consulting with expert legal counsel. ISSUES: 1.Potentially rising costs associated with the need for existing and new legal services. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The city continues to realize savings from not having full-time counsel. Certain legal services provided to specific departments, such as to Building for code enforcement, are charged to the benefitting budget unit while those performed related to planning and development projects are passed through to the applicant. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Billed hours: Administration 232.4 296.8 353.0 325.0 Code enforcement 23.4 5.9 0.0 5.0 City Initiatives & Acquisitions 98.4 86.9 0.8 25.0 All other, including development 86.1 35.9 96.5 70.0 Total 440.3 425.5 450.3 425.0 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % LEGAL Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 24,524 36,802 30,000 38,742 35,000 16.7% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 24,524$ 36,802$ 30,000$ 38,742$ 35,000$ 16.7% 119Table of Contents HUMAN RESOURCES (101-41800) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: Human Resources activities support the primary mission of the city through the effective recruitment, selection, development, training, and assessment of appropriate human resource needs. Employee benefits and compensation administration, implementation of and compliance with Federal and State employment laws, labor negotiations, processing of employee grievances, and development of personnel policies are human resource functions. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide recruiting, interviewing, and other personnel services for all city departments. 2.Administer classification and compensation system for all employees in compliance with pay equity. 3.Plan and coordinate in-house training programs for city staff. 4.Administer city benefit plans. ISSUES: 1.Update personnel policies to accommodate changing employment law. 2.Communicate benefit changes to employees. 3.Develop and implement city drug and alcohol testing program. 4.Negotiate union contracts for public works employees. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Full-time positions 60 63 63 64 Part-time positions 133 146 165 165 Full-time positions filled 11 9 16 10 Other positions filled 93 73 75 75 Terminations processed 69 60 74 65 Job Postings 30 37 38 35 Application count - all city 511 638 725 700 Avg. number of employees 186 196 228 200 Full-Time Equivalents 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % HUMAN RESOURCES Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 113,329$ 125,959$ 134,170$ 128,825$ 163,180$ 21.6% Supplies 1,384 482 1,500 1,038 1,050 -30.0% Other Services & Charges 24,625 36,016 47,906 49,275 74,277 55.0% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 139,338$ 162,457$ 183,576$ 179,138$ 238,507$ 29.9% 120Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 budget reflects estimated costs for setting up training, providing city staff with benefit and compensation information, and other expenses based on experience. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Other Services & Charges increase due to completion of a classification and compensation study and additional investments in training. 121Table of Contents PLANNING, ZONING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (101-41910) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: Community Development Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Planning & Zoning and Community Development Department is responsible for long-range and current planning efforts for Monticello. The department is responsible for regulating development and use standards as outlined in the zoning and subdivision ordinance; these standards are aimed at protecting and promoting public health, safety, and welfare. The department oversees coordination with regional planning and service providers including Monticello Township Board, Monticello Orderly Annexation Board, Wright County Planning & Zoning, Sherburne County Planning & Zoning and regional transit entities. The department also provides residents, business owners, and developers with current, easily accessible information about Monticello's planning process and projects happening in their community. OBJECTIVES: 1.Implementation of Comprehensive Plan objectives, including subdivision ordinance amendments consistent with the Implementation Chart. 2.Support for downtown redevelopment and revitalization. 3.Involvement in regional planning and its impact on land use and growth objectives. 4.Training on and utilization of the city's GIS. 5.Improvements to the city's development and planning process. 6.Increased support for neighborhood organizations and involvement. ISSUES: 1.Zoning compliance and enforcement. 2.Records management and integration for planning and zoning. 3.Land use and transportation relationships. 4.Emerging technology and land use impacts. 122Table of Contents MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: Grants awarded 0 0 0 0 Administrative applications (total)8 9 6 7 Processed within 5 working days 5 6 6 7 Site Plan reviews processed within 14 working days 2 0 1 1 Change in Use forms 6 11 16 18 reviewed within 5 working days 6 9 14 15 Zoning Confirmation/Request Ltrs 10 13 10 11 processed within 10 working days 10 12 10 11 Sign Permit zoning reviews 23 21 20 22 processed within 5 working days 10 18 14 15 Land Use applications processed 95 84 70 77 within 60 working days 87 75 67 74 Reconciliations processed 31 19 16 18 Annexation petitions 0 1 1 2 Work Load: Planning Applications: Variances 0 0 1 1 CUPs 8 12 10 11 PUD/Amendments to PUD 15 11 19 21 Interim Use permits 2 0 1 0 Comp Plan amendments 1 4 0 2 Map amendments 6 4 6 7 Non-city zoning text amendments 1 4 0 0 City zoning text amendments 0 0 0 2 Plats/adminstrative subdivisions 16 7 10 8 Administrative permits 8 9 6 7 Site plan reviews 2 1 1 1 Appeals 0 0 0 0 Vacations 7 1 1 1 Sign permit application review 23 21 20 22 Change in Use review 6 10 16 18 Total applications 95 84 91 101 Planning reconciliations 31 19 16 30 Planning Commission meetings 29 23 26 26 BCOL Advisory Meetings 1 3 0 0 PARC Meetings (Report Prep)4 1 2 2 EDA Meetings 33 26 32 26 IEDC Meetings 11 11 7 7 Full-Time Equivalents 1.40 1.90 1.90 2.10 123Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Reallocating the current Administrative Assistant position to support City Administration, City Clerk, and Human Resources and hiring a new Administrative Assistant to support Planning & Zoning, Building, and the Economic Development Authority is included in the 2025 budget. The receipt of a Community Energy Transitions (CET) grant from the State of Minnesota’s Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED) in 2022 for planning studies led to expenditures well over budget. The 2025 Other Services & Charges budget includes $50,000 for a park dedication study, and the budget was also increased to reflect actual costs (which are offset by escrow deposits from developers) for plan review activity. GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PLANNING & ZONING Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 217,645$ 237,906$ 249,647$ 251,815$ 277,352$ 11.1% Supplies 745 60 300 317 300 0.0% Other Services & Charges 379,788 294,471 121,904 346,350 354,564 190.9% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 598,178$ 532,437$ 371,851$ 598,482$ 632,216$ 70.0% 124Table of Contents CITY HALL (101-41940) DEPARTMENT: General Government SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: The activity for this department consists of maintenance and upkeep for the city hall suite within the Monticello Community Center. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide adequate and consistent hours of operations throughout the year. 2.Maintain a clean, inviting facility to house meetings and staff. ISSUES: 1.Depreciation of facility, timely maintenance and rising utility costs. 2.Examining layout to accommodate new uses and trends. 3.Building and office security. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Personnel services are not budgeted in the City Hall activity, however, the actual time of staff from other departments is allocated to this activity. The Supplies purchased in 2024 include a new conference table and chairs in the Academy conference room. The increase in Other Services & Charges includes a study to optimize the space in City Hall and reflects a higher contribution to the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund for maintenance of the facility. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Utilities $27,337 $26,988 $27,033 $27,650 Repairs & Maintenance $11,982 $18,481 $3,357 $20,650 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % CITY HALL Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 4,824$ 3,622$ -$ 3,772$ -$ --- Supplies 1,694 - 8,500 10,681 - -100.0% Other Services & Charges 69,484 72,250 56,749 50,182 93,134 64.1% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 76,002$ 75,872$ 65,249$ 64,635$ 93,134$ 42.7% 125Table of Contents LAW ENFORCEMENT (101-42100) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: All law enforcement services are contracted with the Wright County Sheriff's Department. The Sheriff’s Department uses space at the new Fire Station for staff break time and other officing uses. The Sheriff sets the hourly rate and the city contracts for the number of hours, which were increased from 52 hours per day to 60 hours per day effective May 1, 2023. OBJECTIVES: 1.Protect life and property and improve the quality of community life. 2.Continue contracting for law enforcement services from Wright County. 3.Provide coverage for commercial and residential growth. ISSUES: 1.Concerns from residents regarding the perception the city does not have its own police force. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: Arrests 230 241 283 250 Arrests to crimes ratio 0.34 0.32 0.46 0.37 Efficiency: Hours contracted 18,980 20,940 21,960 21,900 Calls per hour contracted 0.50 0.52 0.47 0.48 Costs per workload unit $168.06 $168.40 $222.40 $228.34 Work Load: Life quality calls, number of 4,774 4,488 4,135 4,500 Traffic calls, number of 3,683 5,187 5,238 5,000 Vehicle crashes, number of 371 370 385 375 Crimes, number of 681 742 610 675 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % LAW ENFORCEMENT Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 1,633,774 1,872,417 2,485,193 2,496,558 2,487,000 0.1% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,633,774$ 1,872,417$ 2,485,193$ 2,496,558$ 2,487,000$ 0.1% 126Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: Law enforcement services are contracted in five-hour-per-day increments from the Wright County Sheriff’s Office (WCSO) Department. Prior to 2023, the WCSO contract was handled in four-hour-per-day increments. Past hourly rates and contracted hours are presented in the schedule below: The city’s contracted daily hours increased from 48 to 52 in July 2018. Daily hours contracted increased again in May 2023 from 52 to 60. The leap years of 2016, 2020, and 2024 include one more day of coverage (48 hours in 2016, 52 hours in 2020, and 60 hours in 2024). Hourly Daily Hours Annual Hours Year Rate Contracted Contracted 2016 $67.00 48 17,568 2017 $69.50 48 17,520 2018 $72.00 48/52 18,256 2019 $74.50 52 18,980 2020 $78.25 52 19,032 2021 $81.75 52 18,980 2022 $84.20 52 18,980 2023 $86.75 52/60 20,940 2024 $105.00 60 21,960 2025 $110.00 60 21,900 127Table of Contents FIRE & RESCUE (101-42200) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Fire Department’s paid-on-call volunteers respond to fire, rescue, hazardous materials, medical, and accident calls within the city and the surrounding townships. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide quick response to emergency situations in the community. ISSUES: 1.Training, retention, and safety of paid-on-call personnel. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: Respondent-hours on fire calls: City 3,443 3,500 3,291 3,350 Monticello Township 1,138 1,277 1,119 1,125 Silver Creek Township 562 417 660 525 Mutual Aid 130 396 168 175 Drills & Maintenance 2,396 2,462 2,272 2,325 Total 7,669 8,052 7,510 7,500 Work Load: Number of fire calls: City 273 266 277 275 Monticello Township 74 82 64 70 Silver Creek Township 30 24 39 35 Mutual Aid 7 17 15 12 Drills & Maintenance 56 61 60 60 Total 440 450 455 452 Efficiency: Average respondent-hours per call City 13 13 12 12 Monticello Township 15 16 17 16 Silver Creek Township 19 17 17 15 Mutual Aid 19 23 11 15 Drills & Maintenance 43 40 38 39 Total Average 17 18 17 17 Full-Time Equivalents 4.90 3.90 3.50 3.75 Firefighters, number of 30 30 30 30 128Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Other Services & Charges increase due to an increased allocation of costs to the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund. Capital outlay reflects lease payments to the Central Equipment Fund for various pieces of equipment; the fire tender truck purchased in 2014 is considered fully paid off which decreased the costs in 2024. However, a replacement ATV contributed to the budgeted increase in 2025. GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % FIRE & RESCUE Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 208,446$ 171,370$ 156,261$ 166,347$ 167,287$ 7.1% Supplies 59,604 72,124 81,500 74,589 81,900 0.5% Other Services & Charges 215,623 202,000 207,977 176,323 229,132 10.2% Capital Outlay 62,700 62,700 21,400 21,400 34,400 60.7% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 546,373$ 508,194$ 467,138$ 438,659$ 512,719$ 9.8% 129Table of Contents FIRE RELIEF (101-42202) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: Providing a retirement benefit to paid-on-call volunteers, the fire relief activity is specifically designed to track contributions to the Monticello Fire Relief Association. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide pension funds for the Monticello Fire Relief Association. ISSUES: 1.Balancing pension assets with pension liabilities. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The fire relief budget acts as a conduit for distribution of state fire aid to the pension fund for volunteer firefighters. State aid revenue equals the contribution to the relief association, and it is conservatively estimated for budgetary purposes. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Pension assets 1,427,149$ 1,550,728$ 1,768,757$ 1,900,000$ Pension liabilities 1,607,907$ 1,359,149$ 1,237,719$ 1,400,000$ Assets-liabilities ratio 0.89 1.14 1.43 1.36 Pension per service year $5,100 $5,300 $5,300 $5,300 Fire state aid $146,181 $161,446 $183,116 $190,000 State aid per firefighter $4,873 $5,382 $6,104 $6,333 Active firefighters 30 30 30 30 Deferred firefighters 6 4 3 3 *2024 assets and liabilities estimated per Form SC-24 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % FIRE RELIEF Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 146,181 164,446 145,000 183,116 165,000 13.8% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 146,181$ 164,446$ 145,000$ 183,116$ 165,000$ 13.8% 130Table of Contents BUILDING INSPECTIONS (101-42400) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: Community Development Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Building Department inspects all new and remodeled construction within the city by a state certified building inspector. The department manages all building permits and oversees the enforcement of all public nuisance and ordinance issues. Beginning in 2022, the department provides fire inspection services, which used to be handled by the Fire & Rescue department. OBJECTIVES: 1.Implementation and enforcement of the building codes. 2.Implementation of the rental licensing program. 3.Management of zoning ordinance and sign ordinance updates. 4.Implement yearly contractor, realtor, and rental property owner workshops. 5.Improve city's public perception image through education and public relations. ISSUES: 1.Managing and prioritizing department workloads. 2.Meeting the residential and commercial growth challenges as a regional center. 3.Enforcing biennial rental license inspections. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: Value of permits issued 41,989,848$ 76,068,705$ 33,541,010$ 50,000,000$ Value of permits per FTE 9,997,583$ 14,628,597$ 6,450,194$ 9,433,962$ Efficiency: Rental inspections per FTE 151 292 138 302 Permits per FTE 216 216 541 189 Work Load: Building permits issued 909 1122 2815 1000 Nuisance notices issued 142 136 91 115 Rental inspections 636 1,519 717 1,600 Rental units 1,895 1,932 2,046 2,050 Full-Time Equivalents 4.20 5.20 5.20 5.30 131Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. The fire marshal position, previously reported in the fire & rescue department, was eliminated in 2022 and the building department absorbed the fire inspection responsibilities. An increase in development led to the hiring of an additional building inspector in 2023. Reallocating the current Administrative Assistant position to support City Administration, City Clerk, and Human Resources and hiring a new Administrative Assistant to support Planning & Zoning, Building, and the Economic Development Authority is included in the 2025 budget. Supplies return to previous levels after the enforcement of lock boxes throughout the city in 2022. Other services & charges reflect higher costs for information technology (IT) support and credit card processing fees. Capital outlay includes costs for new or replacement vehicles for inspectors. GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % BUILDING INSPECTIONS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 466,450$ 546,500$ 624,428$ 620,634$ 651,649$ 4.4% Supplies 12,973 6,208 7,000 7,964 7,000 0.0% Other Services & Charges 33,650 30,546 49,726 45,591 53,158 6.9% Capital Outlay 70,000 35,000 - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 583,073$ 618,254$ 681,154$ 674,189$ 711,807$ 4.5% 132Table of Contents EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT (101-42500) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: Emergency Management Coordinator/Fire Chief ACTIVITY SCOPE: The emergency management department provides constant defense coverage for all weather and power plant related emergency situations within the city. OBJECTIVES: 1.Complete city hall, community center, and National Guard emergency preparedness. 2.Develop National Incident Management System (NIMS) training for all city departments. ISSUES: 1.Preparedness - little or no warning when an emergency occurs. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 budget was reduced based on recent trends in spending state operating grant funds received through Wright County. Much of this activity's responsibilities had been transferred to Wright County. However, the city is an active participant of the emergency management team. The Fire Chief is the Emergency Operations Manager for the city. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Data under development GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 2,124$ 54$ 3,225$ -$ 3,132$ -2.9% Supplies 3,906 - 6,500 4,376 2,000 -69.2% Other Services & Charges 905 6,898 12,275 6,797 6,868 -44.0% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 6,935$ 6,952$ 22,000$ 11,173$ 12,000$ -45.5% 133Table of Contents ANIMAL CONTROL (101-42700) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: City Clerk ACTIVITY SCOPE: The city contracts with a private individual for animal control services. The city owns and maintains the animal control facility. The city also contracts with nearby communities, allowing them to use the city’s services and facility. OBJECTIVES: 1.Address animal control issues in a timely and courteous manner. 2.Promote simple and efficient billing procedures for animal control issues. ISSUES: 1.Provide quick response to residents on animal control concerns. 2.Allocation of service costs based on usage by customers (townships and cities). MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The professional service contract to handle all animal control issues is the largest budgeted item. The remaining budget items are for supplies and other service charges related to operating the animal control facility. Rate increases cause the budgeted increase for offsetting animal control fee revenue. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Stray animal reports 501 491 504 500 Barking dog reports 241 187 201 200 Lost/found reports 2,117 1,819 2,514 2,200 Feral cat trapping 313 151 198 200 Unsanitary condition reports 157 141 101 125 Abuse/neglect reports 206 171 168 175 Impounds 524 469 533 500 Dog bite reports 51 51 71 60 Animal control fees $59,860 $50,598 $53,969 $53,000 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % ANIMAL CONTROL Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies 2,172 - 1,250 957 1,250 0.0% Other Services & Charges 56,976 74,648 61,096 60,230 64,368 5.4% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 59,148$ 74,648$ 62,346$ 61,187$ 65,618$ 5.2% 134Table of Contents NATIONAL GUARD (101-42800) DEPARTMENT: Public Safety SUPERVISOR: Facilities Maintenance Manager ACTIVITY SCOPE: The National Guard (NG) facility is housed in the Monticello Community Center complex. The city will maintain the facility in perpetuity in return for a one-time payment in 1998 that helped fund construction of the community center. However, the NG will contribute to capital improvements made to the building. The Guard provides no direct services to the city. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain a clean, modern facility for use by the National Guard. ISSUES: 1.None. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The National Guard (NG) operates a security division within the Monticello Community Center complex. The city maintains the Guard’s site within the complex. The budget for this activity is relatively static, consisting only of building rent and utilities. However, the budget was increased in 2023 to reflect higher gas and electric rates and to properly reflect the time the NG uses certain amenities of the facility for their training purposes. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Not Applicable GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % NATIONAL GUARD Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 14,399 19,068 19,500 18,754 19,500 0.0% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 14,399$ 19,068$ 19,500$ 18,754$ 19,500$ 0.0% 135Table of Contents PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION (101-43110) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Public Works Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The public works (PW) administration activity oversees the daily operations of the engineering, street, water, sewer, and stormwater activities. PW administration also manages all large city projects and implements all changes to PW operations and policy. OBJECTIVES: 1.Implementation of the bio-solids management system, major street lighting project plan, and wellhead protection plan. 2.Manage the development of a new public works facility, expansion of the wastewater treatment plant, and construction of a water treatment plant. 3.Determine location for future wells, utilizing information gathered from various sources including grants. ISSUES: 1.Balance the public works department needs with available funds. 2.Manage city's water and wastewater treatment systems and SCADA system. 3.Implement the capital improvement plan for city infrastructure. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. The public works director/engineering position is spread over four budgets: General Fund (split between PW Administration and Engineering & Inspections) - 60%, Sewer Fund – 20%, Water Fund – 15%, and Stormwater Fund – 5%. Other services & charges increased in 2023 for reallocated I-94 Coalition dues (previously recorded in Engineering & Inspections). Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Budget units 15 15 15 15 Employees supervised - FT 16 17 18 20 Full-Time Equivalents 1.10 1.10 1.05 1.05 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - ADMINISTRATION Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 113,560$ 113,391$ 119,256$ 127,093$ 137,787$ 15.5% Supplies 4,692 5,088 7,000 4,920 5,000 -28.6% Other Services & Charges 21,768 31,613 43,482 25,696 36,270 -16.6% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 140,020$ 150,092$ 169,738$ 157,709$ 179,057$ 5.5% 136Table of Contents ENGINEERING & INSPECTIONS (101-43115) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: City Engineer ACTIVITY SCOPE: The engineering department handles the provision, development, and management of the city's streets, pathways, public utilities systems, geographic information system (GIS), Storm Water Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP), improvement projects, and miscellaneous mapping. Engineering also issues driveway, grading, and right-of-way permits. Furthermore, personnel are responsible for managing records retention for plats, city maps, infrastructure data bases, soil borings, development plans, and as-builts. Using various computer software programs including ArcGIS and CarteGraph, staff provides design and mapping assistance. OBJECTIVES: 1.Complete cost estimates (capital infrastructure planning and budgeting) and design for all improvement projects. 2. Improve GIS system and utilization of CarteGraph software for the in-house Pavement Management and Sign Program. 3.Assist with design, implementation and public education drainage issue solutions. 4.Complete inspections, documentation, and administration of city’s SWPPP. 5.Operate a one-stop shop for city driveway, grading, and right-of-way permits. 6.Collaborate with the State and County to improve the city’s transportation system. 7.Work with other departments on public improvements and review development plans and agreements. 8.Apply for grants and track funding for improvement projects. ISSUES: 1.Workload is unevenly distributed throughout the year. 2.Increasing restrictions by Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) for storm water runoff. 3.Lack of public knowledge regarding purposes and practices associated with conservation and drainage easements and storm water ponds. 4.Increasing phosphorus restrictions by MPCA for wastewater effluent. 5.Volatility in available federal and state funding for transportation improvements. 137Table of Contents MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. The engineering activity predominantly consists of engineering and other professional service fees including contract time for regional traffic studies. These expenditures include both reimbursable and non-reimbursable expenditures. The 2025 budget decreases supplies costs to more accurately reflect recent trends. Capital outlay consists of rental payments to the Central Equipment Fund for one of the department vehicles. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Improvement projects 17 17 15 15 Driveway permits issued 15 18 16 15 Right-of-way permits issued 59 80 54 75 Development applications 7 6 14 8 Grading permits issued 5 2 3 5 NPDES Inspections 394 434 365 390 Outfall Inspections 1 17 0 5 Stormwater Inspections 50 52 53 52 Pond Inspections 31 35 7 30 Inspection revenue $45,864 $86,097 $48,355 $80,000 Inspection hours billed 385.5 652.0 375.0 625.0 Full-Time Equivalents 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - ENGINEERING & INSPECTIONS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 188,967$ 211,755$ 217,452$ 221,693$ 233,353$ 7.3% Supplies 9,597 3,301 18,000 4,062 8,000 -55.6% Other Services & Charges 59,367 99,313 80,065 288,700 86,148 7.6% Capital Outlay 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 263,931$ 320,369$ 321,517$ 520,455$ 333,501$ 3.7% 138Table of Contents STREETS & ALLEYS (101-43120) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Street Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The main responsibility of the streets and alleys activity is to perform the necessary tasks to reduce the depreciation of the city streets and uphold desirable standards of appearance, serviceability, and safety. This includes upkeep such as repair of roadway surface areas, medians, sidewalks, boulevards, alleys, catch basins, and storm sewers. OBJECTIVES: 1.Street reconstruction of older road surfaces prioritized by evaluating road wear. 2.Utilize street chip seal coating projects and crack sealing program to get the most out of the city’s street system before replacement is needed. 3.Maintain and update equipment and vehicles. ISSUES: 1.Educating the public on what the boulevards are to be used for and on the value of good maintenance programs for our infrastructure. 2.Increased costs of fuel and street products. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. A new streets operator began in May 2023. This budget unit also shares staff with the Ice & Snow activity, which can create significant fluctuations from year to year. Increases in capital outlay reflects purchases in the Central Equipment Fund for equipment leased to the streets department. Other services & charges continues decrease due to a fog seal maintenance project included in the 2024 budget. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Pounds of crack seal er 0 0 0 10,000 Miles of streets 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 Tons of black top patching 664 1,053 699 850 Full-Time Equivalents 3.90 4.10 4.10 4.10 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - STREETS & ALLEYS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 352,830$ 430,120$ 438,635$ 484,746$ 450,918$ 2.8% Supplies 321,312 253,663 313,000 178,631 299,000 -4.5% Other Services & Charges 181,376 243,410 249,208 166,477 203,471 -18.4% Capital Outlay 297,900 381,600 394,500 394,500 424,600 7.6% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,153,418$ 1,308,793$ 1,395,343$ 1,224,354$ 1,377,989$ -1.2% 139Table of Contents ICE & SNOW REMOVAL (101-43125) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Street Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The city's ice and snow removal activity is responsible for the control of ice and snow on city streets, sidewalks, and city-owned public parking lots. The activity provides control in a safe and cost-effective manner while keeping in mind safety, personnel, and environmental concerns. OBJECTIVES: 1. Maintain and update equipment and vehicles in a timely manner. ISSUES: 1. Staffing and budgeting for unpredictable circumstances. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase. Weather variability greatly impacts budget-to-actual comparisons. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Inches of snow 48 82 36 50 Plowing events 28 37 22 25 Tons of salt used 600 620 277 500 Tons of sand used 24 29 35 32 Full-Time Equivalents 2.30 2.45 2.45 2.55 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - ICE & SNOW Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 161,454$ 131,163$ 277,917$ 95,777$ 290,389$ 4.5% Supplies 132,187 146,402 175,000 143,303 159,000 -9.1% Other Services & Charges 27,243 17,317 36,042 14,832 25,904 -28.1% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 320,884$ 294,882$ 488,959$ 253,912$ 475,293$ -2.8% 140Table of Contents SHOP & GARAGE (101-43127) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Street Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: Shop & Garage maintains all city vehicles and equipment for the streets, ice & snow, water, and sewer activities in a safe and efficient manner. The department also assists with equipment maintenance of other city departments as needed. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain equipment and vehicles to maximize efficiencies and safety. ISSUES: 1.Aging equipment. 2.Increased safety regulation for equipment and vehicles. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Service orders 85 75 79 75 Service order hours 114 174.5 145 150 Hours per service order 1.3 2.3 1.8 2.0 Total service order costs $14,367 $7,310 $15,332 $15,000 Service cost per order $169.02 $97.47 $194.08 $200.00 Repair orders 28 28 12 15 Repair hours 127 162 91 100 Hours per repair order 4.5 5.8 7.6 6.7 Total repair order costs $16,513 $11,941 $24,998 $12,000 Repair costs per order $589.75 $426.46 $2,083.17 $800.00 DOT inspections*-- --7 10 Inspection hours*-- --18 25 Hours per inspection*-- --2.6 2.5 Total inspection costs*-- --$1,170 $2,500 Inspection costs per order*-- --$167.14 $250.00 *Data was included with repairs through 2023 and was separated out in 2024. Full-Time Equivalents 1.80 1.85 1.35 1.40 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - SHOP & GARAGE Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 160,498$ 152,844$ 141,277$ 147,860$ 147,330$ 4.3% Supplies 47,328 53,862 55,500 55,747 60,500 9.0% Other Services & Charges 87,787 77,005 133,239 73,014 131,182 -1.5% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 295,613$ 283,711$ 330,016$ 276,621$ 339,012$ 2.7% 141Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage increase; costs decreased in 2024 due to the retirement of the part-time custodian which is now contracted out. The increase in Other services & charges is due to increases rate for utilities and a structural analysis of the site’s monopole. 142Table of Contents STREET LIGHTING (101-43160) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Street Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The street Iighting activity maintains new and existing street lighting within the city. This includes maintaining installed bulbs and fixtures, as well as the electricity used for keeping the lights on. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain streetlights and replace them with high-powered, energy efficient LED lights. 2.Draft a new street lighting policy. ISSUES: 1.Verify lamp and fixtures maintenance by utility companies. 2.Maintenance and upgrades on aging signal systems and streetlights. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The supplies budget decreased from the budgeted one-time replacement of the city’s holiday lights in 2023, which ended up being repaired rather than replaced. Electricity for the streetlights is the largest budgeted expenditure at $240,000, which was increased in 2024 in anticipation of increased usage along with contracted installation of holiday light fixtures in the Downtown. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Street lights maintained*973 973 1,025 1,025 Utilities expenses $201,145 $201,180 $171,109 $240,000 *Includes those owned by the city and Xcel Energy. Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PW - STREET LIGHTING Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 882$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies 5,083 857 12,000 8,099 10,000 -16.7% Other Services & Charges 220,724 242,625 310,000 195,079 281,000 -9.4% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 226,689$ 243,482$ 322,000$ 203,178$ 291,000$ -9.6% 143Table of Contents REFUSE COLLECTION (101-43230) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Refuse Collection ACTIVITY SCOPE: The city contracts with a private hauler for residential refuse and recycling collection services. OBJECTIVES: 1. Offer cost-effective, convenient and quality refuse and recycling removal services to residential properties in the city. ISSUES: 1. Wear and tear on city streets. 2. Desire to increase recycling efficiency and effectiveness. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Nearly the entire budget is based on the city’s contract obligations with its private refuse hauler. The contract includes fixed rates for the five-year term, which expires on May 31, 2025. The contract increases annually with inflation and the addition of residents/customers. An RFP will be issued in 2025 to ensure contract costs remain competitive. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Residential refuse collections 52 52 52 52 Residential recycling collections 26 26 26 26 Residential container base 4,159 4,192 4,248 4,300 Additional containers 652 664 663 665 Recycling containers 4,757 4,790 4,829 4,850 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REFUSE COLLECTION Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies - - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 784,052 817,199 880,557 911,886 900,000 2.2% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 784,052$ 817,199$ 880,557$ 911,886$ 900,000$ 2.2% 144Table of Contents SENIOR CENTER (101-45175) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: The senior center facility is housed in the Monticello Community Center complex. The facility is maintained by the city, but senior center management is provided by an outside entity. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain a clean, modern facility for use by Monticello’s senior citizens. 2.Engage senior citizen participation in other community center activities. ISSUES: 1.Limited space within community center facility. 2.Increasing utilities and maintenance costs. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The senior center is located within the community center complex. The city maintains and insures the senior center, which requires some community center staff time, but is so minimal that no staff wages are formally allocated to the budget unit. Additionally, the city gives an annual contribution to the group managing the senior center. The 2025 adopted contribution is $70,000. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcomes/Effectiveness Volunteers hours 7,004 9,485 9,487 9,500 Noon meals served 3,108 3,016 3,441 3,225 Work Load: Unduplicated participants 2,450 2,495 2,638 2,575 Duplicated participants 24,795 28,918 30,253 29,500 Received phone calls 3,875 3,793 3,759 3,775 Activities offered 127 129 148 140 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % SENIOR CENTER Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 1,219$ 1,457$ 863$ 1,143$ 863$ 0.0% Supplies 501 - - - - --- Other Services & Charges 106,402 101,316 103,500 103,787 106,500 2.9% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 108,122$ 102,773$ 104,363$ 104,930$ 107,363$ 2.9% 145Table of Contents PARK OPERATIONS (101-45201) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The park operations activity maintains the parks and trails within the city and at the city’s area of the Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park (BCOL). This includes maintaining and improving playground and picnic facilities, fertilizing and mowing grass, maintaining athletic fields, flooding and maintaining outdoor ice rinks, snow and ice removal on pathways, and tree preservation within the parks system. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain a high-quality parks and trails system. 2.Improve efficiencies through use of the city’s GIS. 3.Complete plan for the Bertram Chain of Lakes Regional Park. ISSUES: 1.Increase in maintenance costs with acquisition of more park land. 2.Coordination with other entities regarding park use and design. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase, and a 3.5% market rate wage increase offset by the along a decrease in budgeted hours for a recreation coordinator/league manager. Supplies increase for seed to plant native landscaping in select areas, which will offset future maintenance costs. Other services & charges increase to reinstitute pathway maintenance projects in 2024. Additionally, a parks master plan increased Other services & charges in 2023 and 2024. Capital outlay reflects the acquisition of vehicles and machinery through the Central Equipment internal service fund. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Park land acres maintained 365 365 365 365 Trail miles maintained 43.0 43.0 47.0 50.0 Park events held 215 225 245 250 Winter skating days 120 75 25 60 Full-Time Equivalents 9.40 9.20 9.55 9.40 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PARK - OPERATIONS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 733,893$ 808,869$ 795,908$ 828,311$ 814,031$ 2.3% Supplies 149,106 208,369 224,999 213,847 254,000 12.9% Other Services & Charges 210,296 335,994 409,544 317,602 395,123 -3.5% Capital Outlay 141,800 147,700 145,600 145,600 179,900 23.6% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,235,095$ 1,500,932$ 1,576,051$ 1,505,360$ 1,643,054$ 4.3% 146Table of Contents PARK BALLFIELDS (101-45203) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The park ballfields activity prepares and maintains city athletic fields, including the NSP (Xcel) Ballfields. OBJECTIVES: 1.Prepare and maintain city athletic fields to enhance player and visitor experience. 2.Improve the structures at the ballfields. ISSUES: 1.Demographic and activity trends. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2025 budget is slightly increased from the budget in prior years. An act of vandalism in 2022 increased Other services & charges. However, the increases expenditures were offset by insurance claim proceeds. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ball games played, number of 650 650 680 700 Soccer fields maintained 24 24 24 24 Lacrosse fields maintained 10 10 12 12 Football fields maintained 5 7 7 7 Ball fields maintained 8 12 12 12 Number of times mowed 50 50 50 50 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PARK - BALLFIELDS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies 3,481 9,791 10,600 15,097 13,000 22.6% Other Services & Charges 56,273 12,876 18,065 10,260 21,100 16.8% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 59,754$ 22,667$ 28,665$ 25,357$ 34,100$ 19.0% 147Table of Contents PUBLIC ARTS (101-45204) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The public arts activity is a focused use of arts and culture as a catalyst for economic and community development. While art in and of itself can be valuable, the purpose is to harness the creative energy within the community and channel it into revitalizing downtown and creating connections between people and community. OBJECTIVES: 1.Enhance the community aesthetics and revitalize downtown. 2.Engage the community in creating public art. 3.Connect people to the community. ISSUES: 1.Perception of need. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Other services & charges include contracting with two creative consultants with increased participation of the community. Part time supplemental support increased Other services & charges in 2023 and 2024 with grant funding providing offsetting revenue. Anticipated projects funded through Central Minnesota Arts Board (CMAB) grants are difficult to predict, however other services & charges expenditures are budgeted similar to prior year actual costs. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Public Art Installations 32 10 20 20 City Events Participated In --6 6 6 MontiArts Events --10 26 26 MontiArts Attendees --716 2,585 2,800 Programming Events --261 249 260 Programming Attendees 242 5,234 7,084 7,600 *MontiArts data was further developed in 2023 and prior year information is not availa Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % PARK - PUBLIC ARTS Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 221$ 1,442$ -$ 1,658$ -$ --- Supplies 14,797 5,361 7,200 6,115 7,550 4.9% Other Services & Charges 131,264 147,464 167,703 146,744 141,578 -15.6% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 146,282$ 154,267$ 174,903$ 154,517$ 149,128$ -14.7% 148Table of Contents LIBRARY (101-45501) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: City Administrator ACTIVITY SCOPE: Library services are contracted through the Great River Regional Library System. The city owns and maintains the library building and provides programs through the library to residents. OBJECTIVES: 1.Administer quality programs and life-long learning opportunities for residents. 2.Provide access to global information resources. ISSUES: 1.Maintaining a relevant role in the community. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Great River Regional Library (GRRL) operates the Monticello Public Library while the city maintains and insures the library building. Upkeep may require some maintenance staff time, which is included in Other services & charges and paid for via the Facilities Maintenance internal service fund. Total 2025 estimated expenditures remain consistent with prior years; a re-carpeting project was included in the 2024 budget and a fire system replacement is included in the 2025 budget. By state statute, the city must annually expend at least $35,160 for the library. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Checked out items 138,428 134,747 123,337 130,000 Number of requests placed 4,754 4,992 4,998 5,000 Summer reading participants 829 891 748 850 Winter reading participants 237 80 160 175 Patrons using wireless 2,201 3,239 4,163 5,000 Internet sessions used 176 283 196 275 Programs offered 133 134 122 135 Program attendance 3,317 2,801 1,734 1,750 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % LIBRARY Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Supplies 295 1,552 1,500 284 1,500 0.0% Other Services & Charges 48,106 40,315 86,479 98,767 89,626 3.6% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 48,401$ 41,867$ 87,979$ 99,051$ 91,126$ 3.6% 149Table of Contents SHADE TREE (101-46102) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: Park Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: Shade Tree consists of planting and maintaining trees and shrubbery within the city limits. This activity provides for regulating, developing, planting, maintaining, and removing of trees in any street, park, right-of-way, or other public place. Shade trees aid the larger goal of soil conservation, climate moderation, air quality, and noise reduction. The budget provides the mechanisms for funding a uniform program for the purpose of beautifying the community as a whole and increasing property values. OBJECTIVES: 1.Offer trees for sale for spring tree planting and education for residents. 2.Replace dead and diseased trees throughout the city and parks as part of the Shade Tree Disease Control Program. 3.Create a boulevard tree planting program. ISSUES: 1.Funding availability. 2.Managing stress on trees caused by weather and Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) disease. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: A portion of the total time of park employees is allocated to the Shade Tree activity. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market wage increase. Supplies budgets decrease with EAB response contracted out to a third party. However, Other services & charges decrease with less state aid to combat EAB in 2025. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Trees planted 75 75 150 300 Trees removed 15 20 60 100 Students in programs 0 0 0 0 Trees with Emerald Ash Borer 25 45 400 600 Full-Time Equivalents 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 GENERAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % SHADE TREE Actual Actual Budget Thru 12/31 Budget Change Personnel Services 70,802$ 75,207$ 105,825$ 75,345$ 107,973$ 2.0% Supplies 20,802 10,251 33,000 21,186 7,000 -78.8% Other Services & Charges 2,613 42,414 127,897 15,607 110,963 -13.2% Capital Outlay - - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 94,217$ 127,872$ 266,722$ 112,138$ 225,936$ -15.3% 150Table of Contents Special Revenue Funds 2025 Adopted Budget SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION The city currently has three active special revenue funds. Special revenue funds are used to account for the proceeds of specific revenue sources that are restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditures for specific purposes other than debt service or capital projects. Unlike the General Fund, the budgets of special revenue funds do not always balance. Special revenue funds use the modified accrual basis of accounting for both financial reporting and budgeting purposes. In 2021, the Economic Development Authority (EDA) Fund was reclassified from a blended component unit (special revenue fund) to a discretely-presented component unit in the city’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report. It was reclassified as such for the first time in the 2024 budget. BUDGET SUMMARY TOTAL SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 485,000$ 515,000$ 525,000$ 525,000$ 535,000$ 1.9% Intergovernmental Revenues 385,718 415,396 - 1,500 - --- Charges for Services 1,075,628 1,298,941 1,441,100 1,318,214 1,450,800 0.7% Miscellaneous 9,574 103,894 41,900 92,531 60,200 43.7% Operating Transfers In - - 100,000 100,000 100,000 0.0% TOTAL REVENUES 1,955,920$ 2,333,231$ 2,108,000$ 2,037,245$ 2,146,000$ 1.8% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 1,025,452$ 1,204,984$ 1,313,235$ 1,290,318$ 1,195,454$ -9.0% Supplies 98,509 182,194 107,000 138,731 130,700 22.1% Other Services & Charges 667,008 752,315 668,765 668,150 756,846 13.2% Capital Outlay 94,019 27,843 - 96,760 20,000 --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,884,988$ 2,167,336$ 2,089,000$ 2,193,959$ 2,103,000$ 0.7% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 1,394,543$ 1,465,475$ 1,631,370$ 1,631,370$ 1,474,656$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 70,932 165,895 19,000 (156,714) 43,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 1,465,475$ 1,631,370$ 1,650,370$ 1,474,656$ 1,517,656$ 151Table of Contents CEMETERY FUND (215-49010) DEPARTMENT: Recreation and Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Cemetery Fund sustains itself with revenues from plot sales and from services, such as excavations, staking for monuments, memorial programs, and perpetual care. The city maintains two cemeteries: Riverside and Hillside. Staff assist customers/visitors with memorials and perpetual care for both. Hillside cemetery is no longer open to burial, and expenditures are recorded through park operations in the General Fund. An ossuary- columbarium was installed in Riverside Cemetery in 2019, which is, therefore, also accounted for in this fund. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide the public with a way to memorialize loved ones after passing away in a courteous, professional manner. 2.Maintain and beautiful and comforting environment on cemetery grounds and around grave markers. ISSUES: 1.Increasing maintenance costs. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Plots occupied 3,650 3,670 3,693 3,720 Plots reserved 645 663 661 650 Plots available for sale 1,093 1,086 1,069 1,049 Number of plots sold 32 18 17 20 Number of internments 25 19 27 25 Number of markers staked 17 18 18 20 Columbarium slots occupied 16 11 14 19 Columbarium slots reserved 8 20 28 33 Columbarium slots available 80 75 67 62 Columbarium slots sold 6 5 8 5 Ossuary slots occupied 3 4 4 5 Ossuary slots reserved 52 47 47 49 Ossuary slots available 267 272 272 270 Ossuary slots sold 2 0 0 2 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 152Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Sales of burial plots and ossuary-columbarium slot remain consistent with prior years but are budgeted conservatively. A rebound in the city’s investment portfolio created positive miscellaneous revenues, which are mostly comprised of interest earnings. While there are no city employees specifically dedicated to the Cemetery function, the parks department staff sometimes perform tasks which are allocated to this fund. CEMETERY 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 67,838$ 43,727$ 41,700$ 51,815$ 47,700$ 14.4% Miscellaneous (3,518) 10,644 300 7,999 4,300 1333.3% TOTAL REVENUES 64,320$ 54,371$ 42,000$ 59,814$ 52,000$ 23.8% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 385$ -$ 2,228$ -$ 2,228$ 0.0% Supplies 106 217 1,100 1,431 500 -54.5% Other Services & Charges 26,169 23,786 27,672 27,322 33,272 20.2% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 26,660$ 24,003$ 31,000$ 28,753$ 36,000$ 16.1% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 80,184$ 117,844$ 148,212$ 148,212$ 179,273$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 37,660 30,368 11,000 31,061 16,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 117,844$ 148,212$ 159,212$ 179,273$ 195,273$ 153Table of Contents SMALL CITIES DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM (SCDP) FUND (221-46500) DEPARTMENT: Small Cities Development Program Fund SUPERVISOR: Community Development Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: Following state and federal guidelines, the SCDP Fund administers loans to local businesses. OBJECTIVES: 1.Match available funds with qualifying businesses in Monticello. ISSUES: 1.Number of qualified businesses in Monticello. 2.Loan program and bank requirements. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Repayment of loans and interest earned on investments make up the anticipated activity in 2025. A rebound in the city’s investment portfolio created positive miscellaneous revenues in 2023 and 2024, which are comprised of interest earnings on investments and outstanding loans. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Loans outstanding 1 1 1 2 Loans originated 0 0 0 1 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SCDP FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Miscellaneous (26,413)$ 41,043$ 8,000$ 44,900$ 27,000$ 237.5% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 924,622$ 898,209$ 939,252$ 939,252$ 984,152$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (26,413) 41,043 8,000 44,900 27,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 898,209$ 939,252$ 947,252$ 984,152$ 1,011,152$ 154Table of Contents COMMUNITY CENTER FUND (226-4512x) DEPARTMENT: Community Center SUPERVISOR: Parks, Arts & Recreation Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Monticello Community Center (MCC) provides space for a variety of recreational, professional, and educational opportunities. Expenditures for the community center are divided into six activities: administration, rentals and events, aquatics, guest services and concessions, maintenance, and programming. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide a place to facilitate community connection and wellness. 2.Repurpose the area previously used as a wheel park (skateboard, bike, and rollerblade) including design, financing, construction, and marketing. 3.Develop an online registration system for program and membership sign up. 4.Invest in facility improvements to increase customers. 5.Improve financial controls and budget management. ISSUES: 1.Limitations to facility size and parking availability. 2.Competition from other fitness facilities. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Customer visits, number of 117,942 ---228,000 234,840 Gross program sales 62,485$ 51,181$ 61,504$ 85,000$ Facility rental revenue 183,114$ 214,357$ 219,607$ 237,500$ Annual memberships 416 349 376 387 Monthly memberships 1,166 1,366 1,677 1,727 Three-month memberships 186 203 247 254 Ratio of annual memberships to other memberships 0.31 0.22 0.20 0.20 Full-Time Equivalents 18.05 20.75 22.25 22.30 155Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The MCC’s largest revenue sources are charges for services (memberships and day passes) and property taxes, and an operating transfer in from the Deputy Registrar Fund. The city was awarded $1.5 million in American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funding in 2021 through 2023, which was all used in the Community Center Fund for wages and benefits in the aftermath of the COIVD-19 pandemic. With some uncertainty over how the economy will affect user and member levels, the 2025 budget is conservative in estimating revenues and liberal in estimating potential costs. Capital expenditures were halted when the pandemic began and were delayed to conserve resources. However, in thinking long-term, methodical investments in the facility to engage patrons began again in 2022. Beginning in 2024, the city began financing certain capital investments in the facility out of the Capital Projects Fund in the interest of consistency with other city facilities. COMMUNITY CENTER 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 485,000$ 515,000$ 525,000$ 525,000$ 535,000$ 1.9% Intergovernmental Revenues 385,718 415,396 - 1,500 - --- Charges for Services 1,007,790 1,255,214 1,399,400 1,266,399 1,403,100 0.3% Miscellaneous 39,505 52,207 33,600 39,632 28,900 -14.0% Operating Transfers In - - 100,000 100,000 100,000 0.0% TOTAL REVENUES 1,918,013$ 2,237,817$ 2,058,000$ 1,932,531$ 2,067,000$ 0.4% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 1,025,067$ 1,204,984$ 1,311,007$ 1,290,318$ 1,193,226$ -9.0% Supplies 98,403 181,977 105,900 137,300 130,200 22.9% Other Services & Charges 640,839 728,529 641,093 640,828 723,574 12.9% Capital Outlay 94,019 27,843 - 96,760 20,000 --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,858,328$ 2,143,333$ 2,058,000$ 2,165,206$ 2,067,000$ 0.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 389,737$ 449,422$ 543,906$ 543,906$ 311,231$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 59,685 94,484 - (232,675) - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 449,422$ 543,906$ 543,906$ 311,231$ 311,231$ 156Table of Contents Debt Service Fund 2025 Adopted Budget DEBT SERVICE FUNDS - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION Debt services funds are used to account for the accumulation of resources for the payment of general long-term debt, excluding debt issued by an enterprise or internal service fund. Debt service funds use the modified accrual basis of accounting for both financial reporting and budgeting purposes. The city has six active debt service (sub)funds that are combined into one debt service fund for financial reporting. The city's bond rating was downgraded from Aa3 to A2 by Moody's Investor Services in 2012. This rating was upgraded to A1 with the sale of the city’s 2019A debt issue in 2019 and further upgraded to Aa3 in 2023. Fund balances in some (sub)funds declined with planned use of fund balances built up over time due to items such as prepaid assessments. BUDGET SUMMARY TOTAL DEBT SERVICE FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 2,311,400$ 1,999,581$ 2,026,175$ 2,026,175$ 2,196,193$ 8.4% Special Assessments 317,269 300,188 244,579 277,733 231,769 -5.2% Miscellaneous (53,740) 60,046 9,246 43,774 21,038 127.5% Operating Transfers In 197,925 - - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 2,772,854$ 2,359,815$ 2,280,000$ 2,347,682$ 2,449,000$ 7.4% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 7,252$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 6,200$ 3,000$ 0.0% Debt Service 2,806,709 2,603,184 2,603,000 2,600,834 2,609,000 0.2% Operating Transfers Out 108,802 - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 2,922,763$ 2,606,184$ 2,606,000$ 2,607,034$ 2,612,000$ 0.2% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 1,124,209$ 974,300$ 727,931$ 727,931$ 468,579$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (149,909) (246,369) (326,000) (259,352) (163,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 974,300$ 727,931$ 401,931$ 468,579$ 305,579$ Original Interest Final Balance as of Bond Issue Issue Rate Maturity 12/31/2024 2015B G.O. Bonds $2,605,000 1.50 - 3.00%12/15/2030 $1,155,000 2016A G.O. Bonds 4,900,000 2.00 - 3.00%12/15/2030 1,255,000 2017A G.O. Bonds 5,000,000 2.00 - 3.00%12/15/2032 2,370,000 2018A G.O. Bonds 5,000,000 3.00 - 3.38%12/15/2032 3,120,000 2019A G.O. Bonds 8,000,000 2.00 - 2.30%12/15/2034 5,190,000 2020A G.O. Bonds 2,200,000 0.40 - 2.70%12/15/2032 1,340,000 157Table of Contents 2015B G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (319-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2015B G.O. Street Reconstruction and Improvement Bonds provided financing for School Boulevard, Fallon Avenue, and 85th Street improvements. This issue also provided financing for street and other infrastructure improvements in the area east of Highway 25 and north of Interstate 94. The city levies for the gap between annual debt service payments and annual assessment collections. The bonds have an average interest rate of 2.5856% and were redeemable in December of 2022. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Assessment balance $51,585 $34,390 $17,195 $0 Delinquent balance $10,403 $0 $0 $0 Prepaid assessments $0 $0 $0 $0 Assessment rolls 1 1 1 - Assessed parcels 1 1 1 - 2015B G.O. Bonds 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 192,650$ 164,435$ 165,223$ 165,223$ 160,879$ -2.6% Special Assessments 10,402 31,242 19,000 19,000 18,098 -4.7% Miscellaneous (6,508) 7,290 1,777 6,038 5,023 182.7% TOTAL REVENUES 196,544$ 202,967$ 186,000$ 190,261$ 184,000$ -1.1% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 417$ 500$ 500$ 450$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 210,300 212,000 213,500 212,750 213,500 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 210,717$ 212,500$ 214,000$ 213,200$ 214,000$ 0.0% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 135,876$ 121,703$ 112,170$ 112,170$ 89,231$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (14,173) (9,533) (28,000) (22,939) (30,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 121,703$ 112,170$ 84,170$ 89,231$ 59,231$ 158Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The $2,605,000 2015B G.O. bond issue has two components: $1,885,000 street reconstruction portion and $720,000 improvement portion. Property taxes support the reconstruction portion of the debt issue. The improvement portion is supported by a single assessment of $175,000 on school district property and property taxes. The tax levy covers the gap between assessment revenue and debt service payments. Developer fees were assessed to platted parcels in 2021 causing an increase in assessment rolls and assessed parcels related to the bond issue. REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 16,413$ 16,413$ 12/15/2025 180,000 16,413 2.50% 196,413 6/15/2026 -14,162 14,162 12/15/2026 185,000 14,162 2.50% 199,162 6/15/2027 -11,850 11,850 12/15/2027 185,000 11,850 3.00% 196,850 6/15/2028 -9,075 9,075 12/15/2028 195,000 9,075 3.00% 204,075 6/15/2029 -6,150 6,150 12/15/2029 200,000 6,150 3.00% 206,150 6/15/2030 -3,150 3,150 12/15/2030 210,000 3,150 3.00% 213,150 Total 1,155,000$ 121,600$ 1,276,600$ GO Bonds, Series 2015B 159Table of Contents 2016A G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (320-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2016A G.O. Street Reconstruction and Improvement Bonds financed improvements included in the 2016 core street project and at the intersection of Highway 25 and 7th Street. The city levies for the gap between annual debt service payments and annual assessment collections. The bonds have an average interest rate of 2.1034% and were redeemable in December of 2023. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Assessment balance $246,567 $182,753 $114,131 $58,129 Delinquent balance $77 $177 $2,058 $0 Prepaid assessments $7,209 $2,703 $8,412 $0 Assessment rolls 2 2 2 2 Assessed parcels 66 64 64 59 2016A G.O. Bonds 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 406,929$ 282,559$ 357,979$ 357,979$ 433,189$ 21.0% Special Assessments 83,116 73,894 68,528 69,293 65,110 -5.0% Miscellaneous (17,733) 16,277 1,493 9,822 3,701 147.9% TOTAL REVENUES 472,312$ 372,730$ 428,000$ 437,094$ 502,000$ 17.3% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 417$ 500$ 500$ 450$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 526,850 527,450 528,500 527,850 528,500 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 527,267$ 527,950$ 529,000$ 528,300$ 529,000$ 0.0% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 368,685$ 313,730$ 158,510$ 158,510$ 67,304$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (54,955) (155,220) (101,000) (91,206) (27,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 313,730$ 158,510$ 57,510$ 67,304$ 40,304$ 160Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The $4,900,000 2016A G.O. bond issue has two components: $770,000 street reconstruction portion and $4,130,000 improvement portion. Property taxes support the reconstruction portion of the debt issue. The improvement portion is supported by assessments of $1,143,000 in the core street reconstruction area. Property taxes are levied for the gap between assessment revenue and debt service payments. Future levies will be adjusted to reflect assessment prepayments, interest earned on the prepayments and interest foregone on the prepayments. REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 13,775$ 13,775$ 12/15/2025 500,000 13,775 2.00% 513,775 6/15/2026 -8,775 8,775 12/15/2026 510,000 8,775 2.00% 518,775 6/15/2027 -3,675 3,675 12/15/2027 60,000 3,675 3.00% 63,675 6/15/2028 -2,775 2,775 12/15/2028 60,000 2,775 3.00% 62,775 6/15/2029 -1,875 1,875 12/15/2029 60,000 1,875 3.00% 61,875 6/15/2030 -975 975 12/15/2030 65,000 975 3.00% 65,975 Total 1,255,000$ 63,700$ 1,318,700$ GO Bonds, Series 2016A 161Table of Contents 2017A G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (321-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2017A G.O. Improvement and Abatement Bonds financed improvements to rural outlying roads and various other city street projects. Additionally, the issue provided funding for Fallon Avenue overpass right-of-way acquisition, engineering, and construction. The bonds have an average interest rate of 2.443% and are redeemable in December of 2026. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Assessment balance $150,373 $118,456 $87,460 $58,609 Delinquent balance $51 $1,046 $314 $0 Prepaid assessments $9,211 $1,842 $1,382 $0 Assessment rolls 2 2 2 2 Assessed parcels 52 51 50 49 2017A G.O. Bonds 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 427,367$ 299,532$ 326,842$ 326,842$ 403,942$ 23.6% Special Assessments 49,837 37,823 35,488 37,280 33,612 -5.3% Miscellaneous (13,567) 13,880 1,670 8,331 3,446 106.3% TOTAL REVENUES 463,637$ 351,235$ 364,000$ 372,453$ 441,000$ 21.2% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 417$ 500$ 500$ 450$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 469,840 467,140 469,500 469,340 471,500 0.4% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 470,257$ 467,640$ 470,000$ 469,790$ 472,000$ 0.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 280,978$ 274,358$ 157,953$ 157,953$ 60,616$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (6,620) (116,405) (106,000) (97,337) (31,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 274,358$ 157,953$ 51,953$ 60,616$ 29,616$ 162Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: The $5,000,000 2017A G.O. bond issue has two components: $2,040,000 improvement portion and $2,960,000 abatement portion. Property taxes and assessments support the improvement portion of the debt issue. The abatement portion is supported by a tax abatement levy for bond principal and a debt service levy for bond interest. Property taxes will be levied for any gap between assessment revenue and debt service. REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 30,420$ 30,420$ 12/15/2025 410,000 30,420 2.00% 440,420 6/15/2026 -26,320 26,320 12/15/2026 420,000 26,320 2.50% 446,320 6/15/2027 -21,069 21,069 12/15/2027 430,000 21,069 2.50% 451,069 6/15/2028 -15,695 15,695 12/15/2028 210,000 15,695 2.50% 225,695 6/15/2029 -13,070 13,070 12/15/2029 215,000 13,070 2.60% 228,070 6/15/2030 -10,275 10,275 12/15/2030 220,000 10,275 3.00% 230,275 6/15/2031 -6,975 6,975 12/15/2031 230,000 6,975 3.00% 236,975 6/15/2032 -3,525 3,525 12/15/2032 235,000 3,525 3.00% 238,525 Total 2,370,000$ 254,698$ 2,624,698$ GO Bonds, Series 2017A 163Table of Contents 2018A G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (322-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2018A G.O. Abatement Bonds provided $5,000,000 of funding for Fallon Avenue overpass right-of-way acquisition, engineering, and construction. The bonds have an average interest rate of 3.151% and are redeemable in December of 2026. Abatement bonds were also issued in 2017 and 2019 for the remaining costs on the overpass project. All three abatement issues (2017, 2018, and 2019) have the same redemption date and term, with the last payment occurring in 2032. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The $5,000,000 2018A G.O. bond issue has only one component: Abatement. A debt service levy covers the annual bond interest payment, and a tax abatement levy covers the annual bond principal payment. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Not Applicable 2018A G.O. Bonds 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 451,812$ 444,232$ 439,337$ 439,337$ 419,127$ -4.6% Miscellaneous (5,361) 6,056 1,663 3,678 2,873 72.8% TOTAL REVENUES 446,451$ 450,288$ 441,000$ 443,015$ 422,000$ -4.3% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 417$ 500$ 500$ 450$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 447,038 447,438 447,500 447,538 447,500 0.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 447,455$ 447,938$ 448,000$ 447,988$ 448,000$ 0.0% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 80,502$ 79,498$ 81,848$ 81,848$ 76,875$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (1,004) 2,350 (7,000) (4,973) (26,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 79,498$ 81,848$ 74,848$ 76,875$ 50,875$ ϭϲϰTable of Contents REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 48,394$ 48,394$ 12/15/2025 350,000 48,394 3.00% 398,394 6/15/2026 -43,143 43,143 12/15/2026 360,000 43,143 3.00% 403,143 6/15/2027 -37,744 37,744 12/15/2027 370,000 37,744 3.00% 407,744 6/15/2028 -32,194 32,194 12/15/2028 385,000 32,194 3.00% 417,194 6/15/2029 -26,419 26,419 12/15/2029 395,000 26,419 3.00% 421,419 6/15/2030 -20,494 20,494 12/15/2030 405,000 20,494 3.13% 425,494 6/15/2031 -14,165 14,165 12/15/2031 420,000 14,165 3.25% 434,165 6/15/2032 -7,341 7,341 12/15/2032 435,000 7,341 3.38% 442,341 Total 3,120,000$ 459,788$ 3,579,788$ GO Bonds, Series 2018A Abatement Bonds 165Table of Contents 2019A G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (323-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2019A bonds financed the completion of the Fallon Avenue overpass (abatement bonds), purchase of a fire ladder truck, construction of a new fire hall, and street improvements. The bonds have an average interest rate of 2.0825% and are redeemable in December of 2027. All three abatement bond issues (2017, 2018, and 2019) have the same redemption date and term with the last payment occurring in 2032. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The 2019A G.O. Bonds are comprised of four components: $1,040,000 abatement, $1,290,000 equipment, $5,350,000 CIP, and $320,000 street improvement. The revenue sources include a combination of taxes and special assessments. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Assessment balance $61,380 $51,150 $40,920 $30,690 Delinquent balance $0 $0 $0 $0 Prepaid assessments $0 $0 $0 $0 Assessment rolls 1 1 1 1 Assessed parcels 9 9 9 9 2019A GO BONDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 709,446$ 697,133$ 711,964$ 711,964$ 680,836$ -4.4% Special Assessments 13,811 13,299 12,787 12,788 12,276 -4.0% Miscellaneous (5,948) 6,685 1,249 3,124 2,888 131.2% TOTAL REVENUES 717,309$ 717,117$ 726,000$ 727,876$ 696,000$ -4.1% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 417$ 500$ 500$ 3,950$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 717,938 711,438 710,500 709,838 713,500 0.4% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 718,355$ 711,938$ 711,000$ 713,788$ 714,000$ 0.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 49,780$ 48,734$ 53,913$ 53,913$ 68,001$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (1,046) 5,179 15,000 14,088 (18,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 48,734$ 53,913$ 68,913$ 68,001$ 50,001$ 166Table of Contents REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 53,744$ 53,744$ 12/15/2025 605,000 53,744 2.00% 658,744 6/15/2026 - 47,694 47,694 12/15/2026 615,000 47,694 2.00% 662,694 6/15/2027 - 41,544 41,544 12/15/2027 630,000 41,544 2.00% 671,544 6/15/2028 - 35,244 35,244 12/15/2028 645,000 35,244 2.00% 680,244 6/15/2029 - 28,793 28,793 12/15/2029 455,000 28,793 2.00% 483,793 6/15/2030 - 24,244 24,244 12/15/2030 465,000 24,244 2.00% 489,244 6/15/2031 - 19,593 19,593 12/15/2031 475,000 19,593 2.10% 494,593 6/15/2032 - 14,606 14,606 12/15/2032 485,000 14,606 2.20% 499,606 6/15/2033 - 9,271 9,271 12/15/2033 405,000 9,271 2.25% 414,271 6/15/2034 - 4,715 4,715 12/15/2034 410,000 4,715 2.30% 414,715 Total 5,190,000$ 558,896$ 5,748,896$ GO Bonds, Series 2019A 167Table of Contents 2020A G.O. BOND SUB-FUND (324-47000) DEPARTMENT: Debt Service SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The 2020A bonds financed the 2020 and 2022 Street Improvement projects. The revenue sources include property taxes and special assessments. The city levies for the gap between annual debt service payments and annual assessment collections. The bonds have an average interest rate of 1.5067% and are redeemable in December of 2028. OBJECTIVES: 1.Make scheduled debt payments in a timely manner. 2.Redeem or refund when feasible. ISSUES: 1.Balancing the property tax levy for this bond with the needs of other debt. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The city issued the $2,155,000 2020A G.O. Bonds to finance the 2020 and 2022 Street Improvement projects. Property taxes and special assessments also support debt service payments. Expenditures consist of principal and interest payments and fiscal agent fees. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Assessment balance $760,471 $649,901 $549,232 $470,953 Delinquent balance $930 $2,427 $4,362 $0 Prepaid assessments $96,838 $25,429 $36,300 $0 Assessment rolls 2 2 2 3 Assessed parcels 437 420 414 394 2020A GO BONDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 123,196$ 111,690$ 24,830$ 24,830$ 98,220$ 295.6% Special Assessments 160,103 143,930 108,776 139,372 102,673 -5.6% Miscellaneous (4,623) 9,858 1,394 12,781 3,107 122.9% TOTAL REVENUES 278,676$ 265,478$ 135,000$ 176,983$ 204,000$ 51.1% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 4,417$ 500$ 500$ 450$ 500$ 0.0% Debt Service 236,818 237,718 233,500 233,518 234,500 0.4% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 241,235$ 238,218$ 234,000$ 233,968$ 235,000$ 0.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 98,836$ 136,277$ 163,537$ 163,537$ 106,552$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 37,441 27,260 (99,000) (56,985) (31,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 136,277$ 163,537$ 64,537$ 106,552$ 75,552$ 168Table of Contents REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/15/2025 -$ 9,409$ 9,409$ 12/15/2025 215,000 9,409 0.45% 224,409 6/15/2026 - 8,925 8,925 12/15/2026 215,000 8,925 2.00% 223,925 6/15/2027 - 6,775 6,775 12/15/2027 220,000 6,775 2.00% 226,775 6/15/2028 - 4,575 4,575 12/15/2028 225,000 4,575 2.00% 229,575 6/15/2029 - 2,325 2,325 12/15/2029 230,000 2,325 1.00% 232,325 6/15/2030 - 1,175 1,175 12/15/2030 235,000 1,175 1.00% 236,175 Total 1,340,000$ 66,368$ 1,406,368$ GO Bonds, Series 2020A 169Table of Contents CLOSED DEBT SERVICE FUNDS CLOSED FUNDS PRESENTED: •2011A G.O. Refunding Bond Sub-Fund (312-47000) CLOSED FUNDS BUDGETS: 2011A G.O. BOND FUND (2005A)2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Operating Transfers In 197,925 - - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 197,925 -$ -$ -$ -$ --- EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 750 -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Debt Service 197,925 - - - - --- Operating Transfers Out 108,802 - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 307,477 -$ -$ -$ -$ --- FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 109,552$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (109,552) -$ - - - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ ϭϳϬTable of Contents Capital Project Funds 2025 Adopted Budget CAPITAL PROJECT FUNDS - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION Capital project funds are used to account for financial resources that are restricted, committed, or assigned to expenditure for capital outlays including the acquisition or construction of capital facilities and other capital assets—excluding capital assets financed by proprietary funds (enterprise or internal service). Capital project funds use the modified accrual basis of accounting for both financial reporting and budgeting purposes. The city has five active capital project funds. Financing capital asset additions or replacements has been an ongoing challenge, especially in a city with a growing population while also having its largest property taxpayer losing value in the past few years. This causes volatile fluctuations in taxes paid in relation to the city’s tax levy. BUDGET SUMMARY TOTAL CAPITAL PROJECTS FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 1,153,476$ 1,548,989$ 1,882,825$ 1,996,693$ 2,400,807$ 27.5% Franchise & Other Taxes 161,384 157,109 175,000 205,776 150,000 -14.3% Sales & Use Tax - - - - 1,000,000 --- Intergovernmental Revenues 746,684 641,606 3,766,513 481,288 1,185,000 -68.5% Charges for Services 171,697 50,247 - 1,443,826 - --- Special Assessments 401,086 885,287 106,419 893,257 101,809 -4.3% Miscellaneous (546,741) 677,599 85,243 607,745 400,384 369.7% Contributed Capital 7,088 2,421,894 - - - --- Operating Transfers In 108,801 4,750,000 1,000,000 1,700,000 1,282,000 28.2% Debt Proceeds - - 30,000,000 - - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 2,203,475$ 11,132,731$ 37,016,000$ 7,328,585$ 6,520,000$ -82.4% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 295,187$ 45,171$ 35,000$ 33,737$ -$ -100.0% Capital Outlay 2,616,780 12,246,515 43,267,000 8,010,130 6,918,000 -84.0% Operating Transfers Out - - - - 380,000 --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 2,911,967$ 12,291,686$ 43,302,000$ 8,043,867$ 7,298,000$ -83.1% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 14,143,439$ 13,434,947$ 12,275,992$ 12,275,992$ 11,560,710$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (708,492) (1,158,955) (6,286,000) (715,282) (778,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 13,434,947$ 12,275,992$ 5,989,992$ 11,560,710$ 10,782,710$ 171Table of Contents CAPITAL PROJECT FUND (400-4xxxx) DEPARTMENT: Capital Project Fund SUPERVISOR: City Engineer/Public Works Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Capital Project Fund is a generic fund of the same type used to account for capital asset construction and acquisitions. Capital assets accounted for in this fund include street improvements and other infrastructure and buildings. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain and perform upgrades or replacements to existing city infrastructure. 2.Extend city infrastructure to new developments. 3.Acquire large, non-proprietary fund, capital equipment (e.g., fire ladder truck) that the Central Equipment internal service fund cannot support. ISSUES: 1.Funding growth and replacement improvements in a stable debt and property tax levy environment. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Projects supported 9 7 8 6 Assessment balance $2,338,901 $2,761,039 $1,711,408 $1,505,515 Deferred assessments $1,808,419 $1,799,149 $907,083 $907,083 Deferred % of balance 77% 65% 53% 60% Delinquent balance $3,151 $438 $7,389 $0 Prepaid assessments $235,536 $681,695 $786,356 $0 Assessment rolls 23 21 21 20 Assessed parcels 71 52 41 38 172Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Lower required debt service levies created capacity for an increase of $517,982 in the capital portion of the city’s 2025 property tax levy. The 2025 levy allows smaller capital projects that are recurring in nature to be funded on a pay-as-you-go basis to preserve the city’s debt capacity for larger, one-time projects. This also stabilizes the overall levy to accommodate future debt. 2023 transfers were from the Liquor and Deputy Registrar funds for the improvement project in Monticello’s core downtown. Contributed capital in 2023 was the County’s portion of the costs for improvements to Broadway West as part of the Downtown Pedestrian & Roadways Improvements Project. While debt proceeds were budgeted in 2024, construction of a new Public Works Facility was paused to allow for additional financial planning; the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) shows construction anticipated in 2027. For 2025, notable projects include: School Boulevard Roundabouts & Improvements, Golf Course Road trail construction, roundabout construction near Fallon Avenue and 85th Street, planning for future Fallon Avenue improvements, and facility maintenance and upgrades at the Community Center. Some funding is budgeted to come from fund balance due to timing of grant funding receipt. CAPITAL PROJECT FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 1,153,476$ 1,548,989$ 1,882,825$ 1,996,693$ 2,400,807$ 27.5% Intergovernmental Revenues 596,684 641,606 3,766,513 481,288 1,185,000 -68.5% Charges for Services 26,865 - - 1,443,826 - --- Special Assessments 400,236 884,472 105,640 892,478 101,066 -4.3% Miscellaneous (459,245) 541,853 75,022 488,054 100,127 33.5% Contributed Capital 7,088 2,421,894 - - - --- Operating Transfers In 108,801 3,500,000 1,000,000 1,700,000 880,000 -12.0% Debt Proceeds - - 30,000,000 - - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 1,833,905$ 9,538,814$ 36,830,000$ 7,002,339$ 4,667,000$ -87.3% EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 294,687$ 37,501$ 35,000$ 33,737$ -$ -100.0% Capital Outlay 2,533,085 10,727,535 41,750,000 7,332,164 5,787,000 -86.1% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 2,827,772$ 10,765,036$ 41,785,000$ 7,365,901$ 5,787,000$ -86.2% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 11,862,618$ 10,868,751$ 9,642,529$ 9,642,529$ 9,278,967$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (993,867) (1,226,222) (4,955,000) (363,562) (1,120,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 10,868,751$ 9,642,529$ 4,687,529$ 9,278,967$ 8,158,967$ 173Table of Contents STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENT FUND (403-43162) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: City Engineer/Public Works Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Street Lighting Improvement Fund provides resources for improvements to the street lighting system. Electric franchise fees are the fund’s primary revenue sources. OBJECTIVES: 1.Upgrade traditional lights to colonial style lights. 2.Collaborate with MNDOT to add battery back-up to signals on TH25. 3.Replace and modify lighting system in the downtown area. 4.Add lighting for pathways and other high use areas. ISSUES: 1.Project scope and timing. 2.Develop a light replacement program with Wright Hennepin Electric and Xcel Energy. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Franchise and other taxes come from an electric franchise fee imposed on ratepayers in the city. The capital outlay activity in 2024 was related to the Downtown Pedestrian & Roadways Improvements project. 2025 operating transfers out is for the costs of street lighting upgrades as part of the School Boulevard Roundabouts and Improvements project, which will be paid for out of the Capital Project Fund. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Projects supported 1 1 2 1 STREET LIGHT IMPROVEMENTS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Franchise & Other Taxes 161,384$ 157,109$ 175,000$ 205,776$ 150,000$ -14.3% Miscellaneous (45,716) 71,449 10,000 70,747 10,000 0.0% Operating Transfers In - 250,000 - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 115,668$ 478,558$ 185,000$ 276,523$ 160,000$ -13.5% EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay 37,993$ 38,563$ 1,430,000$ 596,882$ -$ -100.0% Operating Transfers Out - - - - 380,000 --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 37,993$ 38,563$ 1,430,000$ 596,882$ 380,000$ -73.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 1,180,208$ 1,257,883$ 1,697,878$ 1,697,878$ 1,377,519$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 77,675 439,995 (1,245,000) (320,359) (220,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 1,257,883$ 1,697,878$ 452,878$ 1,377,519$ 1,157,519$ 174Table of Contents PARK & PATHWAY IMPROVEMENT FUND (404-45202) DEPARTMENT: Recreation & Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks, Arts & Recreation Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: Activities of the Park & Pathway Improvement Fund include updating and maintaining the city's pathway system. OBJECTIVES: 1.Improve pathways and parks systems. 2.Development of Bertram Chain of Lakes Park. ISSUES: 1.Time and budget constraints of other projects. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Transfers from other funds typically surpass all other revenue sources. However, 2025 revenues include a $250,000 donation to be used for new playground equipment at West Bridge Park. 2023 transfers are came from the Liquor Fund, which provided funding for the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Pedestrian and Safety Improvements project. Installation of two playgrounds (one replacement and one new) and trail improvements near Fallon Avenue and 85th Street make up the 2025 capital outlay budget. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Projects supported 1 1 1 3 PARK & PATHWAY IMPROVEMENT 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Intergovernmental Revenues 150,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- Miscellaneous (42,464) 57,919 - 41,389 285,000 --- Operating Transfers In - 1,000,000 - -402,000 --- TOTAL REVENUES 107,536$ 1,057,919$ -$ 41,389$ 687,000$ --- EXPENDITURES Other Services & Charges 500$ 7,670$ -$ -$ -$ --- Capital Outlay - 1,480,417 87,000 81,084 916,000 952.9% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 500$ 1,488,087$ 87,000$ 81,084$ 916,000$ 952.9% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 1,100,571$ 1,207,607$ 777,439$ 777,439$ 737,744$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 107,036 (430,168) (87,000) (39,695) (229,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 1,207,607$ 777,439$ 690,439$ 737,744$ 508,744$ 175Table of Contents PARK DEDICATION FUND (405-45202) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Community Development Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Park Dedication Fund is used to account for funds charged to developers for future city park areas. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide quality park area within walkable distance to all residential parcels in the City. ISSUES: 1.Economic impact on new development and home construction. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Park Dedication Fund was separated out from the Park & Pathway Improvement Fund in 2021 to properly account for restricted park dedication fees received from developers for the construction of park areas within new developments. Park dedication fees are an irregular source of revenue because of unpredictable economic conditions and sporadic new development. Capital outlay in 2022 consisted of credits to developers for park area improvements in excess of minimum requirements. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Acres deeded to city 1.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 Fees collected*144,832$ 50,247$ -$ -$ *Land may be donated by developer in lieu of paying a park dedication fee. PARK DEDICATION 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 144,832$ 50,247$ -$ -$ -$ --- Special Assessments 850 815 779 779 743 -4.6% Miscellaneous 684 6,378 221 7,555 5,257 2278.7% TOTAL REVENUES 146,366$ 57,440$ 1,000$ 8,334$ 6,000$ 500.0% EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay 45,702$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 45,702$ -$ -$ -$ -$ --- FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 42$ 100,706$ 158,146$ 158,146$ 166,480$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 100,664 57,440 1,000 8,334 6,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 100,706$ 158,146$ 159,146$ 166,480$ 172,480$ 176Table of Contents BERTRAM CHAIN OF LAKES SALES TAX FUND (406-45202) DEPARTMENT: Recreation & Culture SUPERVISOR: Parks, Arts & Recreation Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: New construction and rehabilitation of the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Athletic Park. OBJECTIVES: 1.Utilize restricted sales and use tax funds for the development of Bertram Chain of Lakes Park. ISSUES: 1.Prioritization of park buildout with the cost of all proposed improvements, which exceeds the amount of sales and use tax authorized. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The BCOL Sales Tax Fund was created for 2025 to account for the city’s 0.50% sales and use tax that takes effect April 1, 2025. Current projections show roughly $1.4 million of revenue will be raised by the tax annually. Voters approved use of this new tax for the new construction and rehabilitation of the Bertram Chain of Lakes (BCOL) Regional Athletic Park. Funds can be used to pay for project costs on a pay-as-you-go basis or funds can be pledged to pay bonds issued to build the project. The capital outlay budget in 2025 consists of planning and design costs for projects to occur in 2026 for pickleball courts and a shared maintenance facility with Wright County. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Data under development BCOL SALES TAX 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Sales & Use Tax -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ --- TOTAL REVENUES -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ --- EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay -$ -$ -$ -$ 215,000$ --- FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures - - - - 785,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 -$ -$ -$ -$ 785,000$ 177Table of Contents This page intentionally left blank. 178Table of Contents Enterprise Funds 2025 Adopted Budget ENTERPRISE FUNDS - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION Enterprise funds are used to report an activity for which a fee is charged to external users for goods or services. Unlike governmental funds, enterprise funds focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net position (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows. Enterprise funds use an accrual basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes. A modified accrual basis will be used for budgeting purposes in this report. Consequently, the bottom line for each enterprise fund is labeled fund balance rather than net position, which includes capital assets, long-term debt, and other noncurrent items. Fund balance in enterprise funds is roughly the same as working capital. The city currently has six active enterprise funds: Water, Sewer, Stormwater, Liquor (Hi-Way Liquors), Deputy Registrar (DMV), and Fiber Optics (FiberNet). BUDGET SUMMARY TOTAL ENTERPRISE FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Franchise & Other Taxes 53,000$ 20,587$ -$ -$ -$ --- Sale of Goods 7,168,374 7,042,543 7,504,849 6,481,607 7,366,428 -1.8% Licenses & Permits 2,170 2,865 2,000 4,625 2,000 0.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 297,608 365,850 1,330,000 60,750 2,485,000 86.8% Charges for Services 8,902,046 10,370,931 8,458,899 9,769,487 8,853,209 4.7% Special Assessments 61,712 53,730 10,000 357,110 30,000 200.0% Miscellaneous (552,513) 1,468,842 134,252 1,633,390 668,363 397.8% Contributed Capital 612,608 1,373,731 75,000 308,346 - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 16,545,005$ 20,699,079$ 17,515,000$ 18,615,315$ 19,405,000$ 10.8% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 2,535,187$ 2,339,750$ 2,556,843$ 2,435,738$ 2,726,632$ 6.6% Supplies 5,659,038 5,707,491 6,133,540 5,291,930 6,008,500 -2.0% Other Services & Charges 3,631,821 3,569,636 4,651,094 3,560,899 4,706,268 1.2% Capital Outlay - 22,284 4,175,000 - 10,079,000 141.4% Debt Service 45,451 55,170 367,523 49,211 366,600 -0.3% Operating Transfers Out - 4,000,000 1,100,000 1,100,000 1,002,000 -8.9% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 11,871,497$ 15,694,331$ 18,984,000$ 12,437,778$ 24,889,000$ 31.1% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 23,838,937$ 28,512,445$ 33,517,193$ 33,517,193$ 39,694,730$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 4,673,508 5,004,748 (1,469,000) 6,177,537 (5,484,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 28,512,445$ 33,517,193$ 32,048,193$ 39,694,730$ 34,210,730$ 179Table of Contents WATER FUND (601-4944x) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Utilities Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Water Fund is a self-sustaining city utility fund with two divisions: water administration and water operations. The water department manages the water utility, providing a continuous supply of high-quality water to customers at a reasonable cost. The water system is maintained at proper pressure levels and is bacteria-free. Further, metering equipment is maintained to account for accurate usage and billing. OBJECTIVES: 1.Supply clean, safe drinking water to the residents and businesses of Monticello. 2.Maintain a complete system inventory by adding all GPS data points to GIS system. 3.Improve well head protection program. 4.Advance installation of radio reading devices on water meters. ISSUES: 1.Demands on staff including additional state and federal regulations and other projects. 2.Elevated manganese levels. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Water customers 4,621 4,645 4,762 4,700 Meters read 56,402 55,924 57,940 59,000 Meters replaced 75 83 59 75 New meters installed 92 48 117 100 Water locates 1,820 1,619 1,341 1,600 Gallons pumped (MG)627 651 581 650 Valves maintained 479 475 173 475 Hydrants maintained 225 468 154 225 Number of fire hydrants 700 1,019 1,027 1,050 Times mains flushed 2 2 2 2 Mains/wells rebuilt 0 3 0 2 Water towers inspections 2 2 2 2 Reservoir inspections 1 1 0 1 Water samples sent 190 185 183 190 Radio units installed 167 113 519 200 Service shut-offs 26 22 5 25 Full-Time Equivalents 3.60 3.80 3.80 3.90 180Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Water Fund’s main source of revenue is user charges. Rates increase 10% for the base charge and usage charges in 2025 in anticipation of the need to fund a future water treatment plant. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage adjustment. Other services & charges decrease with fewer anticipated repairs and maintenance needed. Capital outlays in 2025 are for design work for construction of a future water treatment plant, trunk extensions/improvements on West County Road 39 and Fallon Avenue, purchase of a replacement truck, and well pump house repairs. WATER FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Licenses & Permits 2,170$ 2,865$ 2,000$ 4,625$ 2,000$ 0.0% Intergovernmental Revenues 76,233 101,700 - - - --- Charges for Services 1,787,688 2,623,776 1,801,955 2,273,806 1,862,750 3.4% Special Assessments 25,593 26,497 10,000 265,400 9,000 -10.0% Miscellaneous (204,171) 423,607 56,045 527,925 210,250 275.1% Contributed Capital 184,921 317,493 15,000 63,429 - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 1,872,434$ 3,495,938$ 1,885,000$ 3,135,185$ 2,084,000$ 10.6% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 345,780$ 381,293$ 418,295$ 412,908$ 454,477$ 8.6% Supplies 163,865 214,276 281,000 176,146 291,000 3.6% Other Services & Charges 335,080 361,835 554,705 367,159 524,523 -5.4% Capital Outlay - - 1,150,000 - 2,102,000 82.8% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 844,725$ 957,404$ 2,404,000$ 956,213$ 3,372,000$ 40.3% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 6,511,005$ 7,538,714$ 10,077,248$ 10,077,248$ 12,256,220$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 1,027,709 2,538,534 (519,000) 2,178,972 (1,288,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 7,538,714$ 10,077,248$ 9,558,248$ 12,256,220$ 10,968,220$ 181Table of Contents SEWER FUND (602-49480 & 602-4949x) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Utilities Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Sewer Fund is a self-sustaining city utility fund. The Sewer Fund has three divisions: sanitary sewer administration, sanitary sewer collection operations and treatment plant operations. The water department manages the sanitary sewer system, and a private vendor provides treatment plant services. OBJECTIVES: 1.Collect and treat wastewater used by city residents and businesses. 2.Maintain a complete system inventory by adding all GPS data points to GIS system. 3.Advance long-range planning regarding plant capacity and expansion. 4.Monitor infiltration of ground water into the sanitary sewer system. ISSUES: 1.The treatment plant is nearing capacity and alternatives are costly. 2.Ground water infiltration. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Collection Sewer mains maintained (miles)16 26 12 20 Liftstations 7 7 7 7 Sewer main locates 1,820 1,619 1,341 2,000 Manholes maintained*389 828 225 390 New service hookups 85 43 47 100 Treatment Screw press influent flow (gals)5,848,200 5,348,525 6,946,390 6,000,000 Thickened sludge (wet tons)2,231 2,132 2,308 2,300 Thickened sludge (dry tons)317 303 328 325 Dry ton % of wet ton 14.2% 14.2% 14.2% 14.1% Raw influent flow (million gals)425 433 459 450 * Manholes are maintained by quadrants. Fewer manholes in one quadrant allows more time for cleaning longer main sewer lines. Full-Time Equivalents 3.75 3.55 3.55 3.45 182Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Sewer Fund’s main source of revenue is user charges. Rates increase 2.5% for the base charge and usage charges in 2025. 2022 experienced an unfavorable market value adjustment in the city’s investment portfolio, resulting in negative miscellaneous revenues. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage adjustment. The city renewed its contract with a third-party provider of wastewater treatment plant management services for five years for 2023 - 2027. Capital outlays in 2025 include trunk extensions/improvements on West County Road 39 and Fallon Avenue, and wastewater facility roof repairs. REMAINING DEBT SERVICE: SEWER FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Intergovernmental Revenues 166,458$ 203,400$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ --- Charges for Services 3,729,466 4,267,431 3,173,344 3,737,657 3,329,143 4.9% Special Assessments 28,298 20,866 - 71,171 16,000 --- Miscellaneous (333,056) 602,672 29,656 675,343 249,857 742.5% Contributed Capital 249,385 442,406 - 87,228 - --- TOTAL REVENUES 3,840,551$ 5,536,775$ 3,203,000$ 4,571,399$ 4,595,000$ 43.5% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 492,098$ 402,942$ 383,645$ 386,682$ 399,842$ 4.2% Supplies 151,579 203,865 198,000 169,213 248,000 25.3% Other Services & Charges 1,336,409 1,358,965 1,706,832 1,299,130 1,745,558 2.3% Capital Outlay - - 700,000 - 5,142,000 634.6% Debt Service 45,451 55,170 367,523 49,211 366,600 -0.3% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 2,025,537$ 2,020,942$ 3,356,000$ 1,904,236$ 7,902,000$ 135.5% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 9,601,117$ 11,416,131$ 14,931,964$ 14,931,964$ 17,599,127$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 1,815,014 3,515,833 (153,000) 2,667,163 (3,307,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 11,416,131$ 14,931,964$ 14,778,964$ 17,599,127$ 14,292,127$ Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 6/1/2025 -$ 14,300$ 14,300$ 12/1/2025 215,000 14,300 3.00% 229,300 6/1/2026 - 11,075 11,075 12/1/2026 225,000 11,075 3.00% 236,075 6/1/2027 - 7,700 7,700 12/1/2027 230,000 7,700 3.20% 237,700 6/1/2028 - 4,020 4,020 12/1/2028 240,000 4,020 3.35% 244,020 Total 910,000$ 74,190$ 984,190$ GO Wastewater Treatment Bonds, Series 2013B 183Table of Contents Payable Principal Interest Rate Total 2/20/2025 -$ 6,750$ 6,750$ 8/20/2025 109,000 6,750 1.06% 115,750 2/20/2026 - 6,171 6,171 8/20/2026 111,000 6,171 1.06% 117,171 2/20/2027 - 5,581 5,581 8/20/2027 112,000 5,581 1.06% 117,581 2/20/2028 - 4,985 4,985 8/20/2028 113,000 4,985 1.06% 117,985 2/20/2029 - 4,385 4,385 8/20/2029 114,000 4,385 1.06% 118,385 2/20/2030 - 3,779 3,779 8/20/2030 115,000 3,779 1.06% 118,779 2/20/2031 - 3,168 3,168 8/20/2031 117,000 3,168 1.06% 120,168 2/20/2032 - 2,546 2,546 8/20/2032 118,000 2,546 1.06% 120,546 2/20/2033 - 1,919 1,919 8/20/2033 119,000 1,919 1.06% 120,919 2/20/2034 - 1,286 1,286 8/20/2034 120,000 1,286 1.06% 121,286 2/20/2035 - 648 648 8/20/2035 122,000 648 1.06% 122,648 Total 1,270,000$ 82,436$ 1,352,436$ MPFA-15-0004-R-FY16 184Table of Contents CONTRACTED WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SERVICES: The city started directly paying for chemicals (polymer) outside of the contract payments in 2018. Electricity and gas charges were assumed by the city in 2016 and are not reported above as a contract cost. Year Service Change $ Change % 2016 582,360$ -$ 0.0% 2017 593,196$ 10,836$ 1.9% 2018 563,394$ (29,802)$ -5.0% 2019 577,476$ 14,082$ 2.5% 2020 591,913$ 14,437$ 2.5% 2021 606,714$ 14,801$ 2.5% 2022 621,714$ 15,000$ 2.5% 2023 643,648$ 21,934$ 3.5% 2024 666,176$ 22,528$ 3.5% 2025 689,496$ 23,320$ 3.5% Schedule of Non-Reimbursables (O&M Services) $- $200 $400 $600 $800 20 1 6 20 1 7 20 1 8 20 1 9 20 2 0 20 2 1 20 2 2 20 2 3 20 2 4 20 2 5 Th o u s a n d s O&M Services Costs Year R&M Polymer Hauling Landfill Total 2016 52,872$ 32,396$ 20,876$ 30,784$ 136,928$ 2017 54,705 33,019 23,145 51,057 161,926 2018 61,020 - 39,249 67,654 167,923 2019 43,570 - 34,073 70,871 148,514 2020 56,583 - 28,842 67,993 153,418 2021 71,362 - 32,571 74,783 178,716 2022 62,704 - 35,966 79,681 178,351 2023 56,394 - 29,640 84,253 170,287 2024* 55,000 - 25,000 100,000 180,000 2025* 55,000 - 25,000 100,000 180,000 *Budgeted Schedule of Reimbursable Costs $- $50,000 $100,000 $150,000 $200,000 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024*2025* Reimbursable Costs R&M Polymer Hauling Landfill 185Table of Contents STORMWATER FUND (652-4948x) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Utilities Superintendent ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Stormwater Fund is a self-sustaining city utility fund with three divisions: stormwater administration, stormwater operations and street sweeping. The streets and engineering department manages the stormwater, which includes street sweeping, MS4 management, storm sewer televising and cleaning, pond maintenance, and system enhancements. OBJECTIVES: 1.Protect the city’s natural resources by minimizing the impacts of users on the environment. 2.Monitor, repair, and clean stormwater trunk lines, laterals, structures, ditches, holding ponds, and structural pollution control devices. ISSUES: 1.Continued deterioration of storm water system, without proper funding for repairs, replacement, or improvements. 2.Educating the public on storm water operations. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Stormwater main miles 73.8 74.5 76.5 77.0 Number of manholes 1,632 1,640 1,649 1,655 Number of ponds 112 112 112 112 Number of outfalls 29 29 29 29 Number of stormwater BMPs*50 52 53 53 *BMPs = structural best management practices (ie. Sumped manhole, infiltration basin) Full-Time Equivalents 1.40 1.55 1.55 1.55 186Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Stormwater Fund’s main source of revenue is user charges in the form of a stormwater fee, which is based on 1 drainage unit per residence and 7 drainage units per impervious acre for non-residential properties. 2022 experienced an unfavorable market value adjustment in the city’s investment portfolio, resulting in negative miscellaneous revenues. Contributed capital is from development access and trunk charges. Due to the unknown nature of development, these revenues are budgeted conservatively. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage adjustment. Other services & charges include engineering fees and licenses & permits. Capital outlays consist of improvements to Ditch 33 to the east of the city, expansion of the stormwater pond near Otter Creek business park, and trunk line oversizing along Fallon Avenue and 85th Street. STORMWATER FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Intergovernmental Revenues 54,917$ 60,750$ 1,330,000$ 60,750$ 1,485,000$ 11.7% Charges for Services 522,851 605,240 595,000 663,057 662,791 11.4% Special Assessments 7,821 6,367 - 20,539 5,000 --- Miscellaneous (53,720) 114,598 7,000 128,631 50,209 617.3% Contributed Capital 178,302 228,143 60,000 157,689 - -100.0% TOTAL REVENUES 710,171$ 1,015,098$ 1,992,000$ 1,030,666$ 2,203,000$ 10.6% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 253,931$ 181,220$ 167,950$ 176,278$ 172,183$ 2.5% Supplies 2,089 15,198 21,000 22,495 19,000 -9.5% Other Services & Charges 74,633 7,284 395,050 13,762 379,817 -3.9% Capital Outlay - - 2,015,000 - 2,585,000 28.3% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 330,653$ 203,702$ 2,599,000$ 212,535$ 3,156,000$ 21.4% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 2,800,863$ 3,180,381$ 3,991,777$ 3,991,777$ 4,809,908$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 379,518 811,396 (607,000) 818,131 (953,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 3,180,381$ 3,991,777$ 3,384,777$ 4,809,908$ 3,856,908$ 187Table of Contents LIQUOR FUND (609-4975x) DEPARTMENT: Liquor Fund SUPERVISOR: Liquor Store Manager ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Liquor Fund provides customers a place to purchase alcohol and other related products safely and responsibly. Profits from store operations are used to support other city funds and activities. OBJECTIVES: 1.Promote and control the safe and responsible sale of alcohol. 2.Match product selection to changes in demand. 3.Enhance alcohol training program for all liquor store employees. 4.Elevate store attractiveness through customer focused improvements. 5.Boost sales to existing customers. 6.Increase sales per transaction. 7.Improve gross profit margin [1 – (cost/price)]. 8.Grow customer base and sales by aggressively marketing the store. ISSUES: 1.Staff turnover. 2.Proposed legislative action to allow liquor sales in retail stores, thereby causing more competition. 3.Limited physical space of the store. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Gross profit 1,912,345$ 1,868,567$ 1,682,824$ 2,036,428$ Gross profit % of sales 27% 27% 26% 27% Sales per square foot $815 $800 $737 $837 Total number of sales 249,604 240,982 221,133 240,000 Staff hours worked 21,571 21,334 21,829 21,750 Sales per hour worked 11.6 11.3 10.1 11.0 Average sale (including tax)$31.58 $32.15 $32.22 $32.96 Full-Time Equivalents 10.37 10.26 10.49 10.46 188Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Hi-Way Liquors is a profitable city enterprise fund, with excess cash directed toward capital projects or other needs. Revenues are generated by the sale of alcoholic beverages and liquor- industry related merchandise. 2022 experienced an unfavorable market value adjustment in the city’s investment portfolio, resulting in negative miscellaneous revenues. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage adjustment. The 2023-2025 actual and budgeted operating transfers out are to capital projects funds, most notably for the Downtown Pedestrian & Roadways Improvements Project in 2023 and 2024. Sales fell 8% in 2024 which can be attributed to construction in the downtown impacting foot traffic as well as changing trends in the liquor industry. LIQUOR FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Sale of Goods 7,168,374$ 7,042,543$ 7,504,849$ 6,481,607$ 7,366,428$ -1.8% Miscellaneous (76,557) 81,973 12,151 74,422 74,572 513.7% TOTAL REVENUES 7,091,817$ 7,124,516$ 7,517,000$ 6,556,029$ 7,441,000$ -1.0% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 777,314$ 832,330$ 890,834$ 873,053$ 983,503$ 10.4% Supplies 5,246,183 5,179,601 5,522,540 4,797,888 5,342,000 -3.3% Other Services & Charges 269,636 296,594 333,626 269,076 340,497 2.1% Operating Transfers Out - 2,250,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 500,000 -50.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 6,293,133$ 8,558,525$ 7,747,000$ 6,940,017$ 7,166,000$ -7.5% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 2,032,400$ 2,831,084$ 1,397,075$ 1,397,075$ 1,013,087$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 798,684 (1,434,009) (230,000) (383,988) 275,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 2,831,084$ 1,397,075$ 1,167,075$ 1,013,087$ 1,288,087$ 189Table of Contents DEPUTY REGISTRAR FUND (653-41990) DEPARTMENT: Deputy Registrar (DMV) SUPERVISOR: DMV Manager ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Deputy Registrar (Department of Motor Vehicles, or DMV) is a city-based service entity, which assists customers with the purchase of vehicle license plates/tabs, DNR licenses, and other licenses as required by Minnesota state agencies. The Monticello DMV is one of four limited driver’s license agents in Wright County. A limited agent can process change-of-address and lost license applications for driver’s licenses but cannot process routine license renewals. Furthermore, the DMV facility leases space to FiberNet operations, the Community Center, and the Monticello Chamber of Commerce. OBJECTIVES: 1.Perform DMV services to the public and dealerships with excellent customer service in a convenient location. 2.Update employee training and certifications. ISSUES: 1.Frequent and uncontrollable changes to state licensing regulations. 2.Competition with other customer options: other DMVs, on-line, and mail-in. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: License Revenue $882,432 $944,931 $1,149,199 $1,100,000 Revenue per staff hour $58.46 $64.55 $77.56 $70.06 Net revenue per staff hour $16.28 $20.91 $31.26 $24.84 Efficiency: Transactions per hour 6.0 6.2 6.2 5.9 Work Load: Total transactions 91,078 90,410 92,050 92,300 77,515 77,870 79,759 80,000 DNR transactions 9,984 8,950 8,058 8,000 Game & Fish transactions 245 264 209 250 Driver's license transactions 3,334 3,326 4,024 4,050 Staff hours 15,094 14,639 14,816 15,700 Dealerships served 47 74 77 78 Full-Time Equivalents 7.26 7.04 7.12 7.55 Motor vehicle transactions* 190Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The main revenue source for the DMV is the fees charged for the issuance of various licenses. 2022 experienced an unfavorable market value adjustment in the city’s investment portfolio, resulting in negative miscellaneous revenues. Contributed capital in 2023 reflects the formal recording of the transition from the old DMV building to the new one. The 2025 personnel services budget includes a full step increase and a 3.5% market rate wage adjustment. The 2023 operating transfers out was to the Capital Projects funds for the Downtown Pedestrian & Roadways Improvements project. The 2024 and budgeted 2025 transfer out is to the Community Center Fund to support its operations. DEPUTY REGISTRAR FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 883,451$ 945,987$ 900,000$ 1,151,908$ 1,100,750$ 22.3% Miscellaneous (64,511) 168,655 18,000 62,383 33,250 84.7% Contributed Capital - 385,689 - - - --- TOTAL REVENUES 818,940$ 1,500,331$ 918,000$ 1,214,291$ 1,134,000$ 23.5% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 666,064$ 541,965$ 689,844$ 586,817$ 710,352$ 3.0% Supplies 7,807 8,004 11,000 9,865 8,500 -22.7% Other Services & Charges 82,390 84,567 84,156 89,358 91,148 8.3% Capital Outlay - 22,284 110,000 - - -100.0% Operating Transfers Out - 1,750,000 100,000 100,000 502,000 402.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 756,261$ 2,406,820$ 995,000$ 786,040$ 1,312,000$ 31.9% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 2,195,481$ 2,258,160$ 1,351,671$ 1,351,671$ 1,779,922$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 62,679 (906,489) (77,000) 428,251 (178,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 2,258,160$ 1,351,671$ 1,274,671$ 1,779,922$ 1,601,922$ 191Table of Contents FIBER OPTICS FUND (656-4987x) DEPARTMENT: Fiber Optics Fund SUPERVISOR: City Administrator/Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Fiber Optics Fund is a self-sustaining enterprise fund. Fiber Optics delivers internet, phone, and cable television services to customers within the city. Residential and commercial customers can subscribe to individual or bundled services. OBJECTIVES: 1.Offer a variety of internet speeds and cable packages to customers. 2.Increase subscribers and subscriptions. ISSUES: 1.Industry trends (cord cutting, etc.) and competition from other service providers. 2.Various legal aspects of operating a telecommunication business. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Internet subscibers 1,752 1,701 1,697 1,700 Phone subscribers 275 248 229 225 Cable TV subscribers 256 233 218 215 Full-Time Equivalents 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 FIBER OPTICS FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Franchise & Other Taxes 53,000$ 20,587$ -$ -$ -$ --- Charges for Services 1,978,590 1,928,497 1,988,600 1,943,059 1,897,775 -4.6% Miscellaneous 179,502 77,337 11,400 164,686 50,225 340.6% TOTAL REVENUES 2,211,092$ 2,026,421$ 2,000,000$ 2,107,745$ 1,948,000$ -2.6% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services -$ -$ 6,275$ -$ 6,275$ 0.0% Supplies 87,515 86,547 100,000 116,323 100,000 0.0% Other Services & Charges 1,533,673 1,460,391 1,576,725 1,522,414 1,624,725 3.0% Capital Outlay - - 200,000 - 250,000 25.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,621,188$ 1,546,938$ 1,883,000$ 1,638,737$ 1,981,000$ 5.2% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 698,071$ 1,287,975$ 1,767,458$ 1,767,458$ 2,236,466$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 589,904 479,483 117,000 469,008 (33,000) FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 1,287,975$ 1,767,458$ 1,884,458$ 2,236,466$ 2,203,466$ 192Table of Contents BUDGET COMMENTARY: Revenues in the Fiber Optics Fund come from charges to subscribers, and expenditures are incurred in operating the system, which is outsources operations to a third party. The 2025 budget includes $250,000 in capital outlay for system extensions to new service areas associated with new developments within city limits. 193Table of Contents This page intentionally left blank. 194Table of Contents Internal Service Funds 2025 Adopted Budget INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION Internal service funds are a proprietary fund type that may be used to report any activity that provides goods or services to other funds, departments, or agencies of the primary government and its component units, or to other governments, on a cost-reimbursement basis. Internal service funds use an accrual basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes. A modified accrual basis is used for budgeting purposes in this report. Consequently, the bottom line for each fund is labeled fund balance rather than net position, which includes capital assets, long- term debt, and other noncurrent items. Fund balance in an internal service fund is roughly the same as working capital. The city currently has four active internal service funds: Facilities Maintenance, IT Services, Central Equipment, and Benefit Accrual. BUDGET SUMMARY TOTAL INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 1,428,552$ 1,612,358$ 1,514,494$ 1,540,669$ 1,893,900$ 25.1% Miscellaneous (14,227) 257,255 70,006 85,614 70,000 0.0% Contributed Capital 33,529 117,466 10,500 60,810 10,100 -3.8% Operating Transfers In 150,000 - - 500,000 - --- TOTAL REVENUES 1,597,854$ 1,987,079$ 1,595,000$ 2,187,093$ 1,974,000$ 23.8% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 237,256$ 267,205$ 267,681$ 370,096$ 399,330$ 49.2% Supplies 106,065 81,530 79,365 104,207 76,166 -4.0% Other Services & Charges 658,293 673,735 635,174 943,101 811,224 27.7% Capital Outlay - 18 316,780 36 667,280 110.6% Debt Service 5,151 4,047 63,000 2,854 - -100.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,006,765$ 1,026,535$ 1,362,000$ 1,420,294$ 1,954,000$ 43.5% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 3,750,039$ 4,341,128$ 5,301,672$ 5,301,672$ 6,068,471$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 591,089 960,544 233,000 766,799 20,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 4,341,128$ 5,301,672$ 5,534,672$ 6,068,471$ 6,088,471$ 195Table of Contents FACILITIES MAINTENANCE FUND (701-00000) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Facilities Maintenance Manager ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Facilities Maintenance Fund is a self-sustaining internal service fund. The Public Works Director oversees a Facilities Maintenance Manager who manages the city’s various facilities. The fund’s revenues are derived from service charges to the budget unit of each facility that receives services. Service charges are adjusted annually to cover all operating maintenance costs. OBJECTIVES: 1.Centralize and standardize management of city facilities. 2.Provide cost savings by coordinating similar costs across city buildings. 3.Provide financial management stability to each budget unit. ISSUES: 1.Appropriate costs distribution. 2.Coordination of service delivery to multiple departments and budget units. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Buildings maintained 21 21 31 31 R&M orders 799 509 809 800 R&M order hours 474 117 152 150 Hours per R&M service order 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.2 Total R&M service order costs $307,638 $286,374 $437,327 $350,000 R&M service cost per order $385.03 $562.62 $540.58 $437.50 Note: The Facilities Maintenance department was created in 3rd quarter 2021. Full-Time Equivalents 1.10 1.10 1.10 2.00 196Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Facilities Maintenance Fund’s main source of revenue is internal user charges, and the fund accounts for all activity supporting the city’s facilities, including the Community Center/City Hall, Public Works facility, Fire station, Hi-Way Liquors store, the DMV, Facilities maintenance office, animal control facility, library, and others. Transfers in from the General Fund in 2022 and 2024 helped the fund stabilize its fund balance. Revenues and expenditures were both over budget in 2023 due to repair costs for a vehicle crashing into a community center entrance, which was offset by insurance proceeds. Expenditures were over budget in 2024 due repairs to the Walnut Street entrance of the Community Center as well as the transition of various items that operated differently from how the budget was created. For example, only 10% of a second staff member was allocated to the Facilities Maintenance Fund in the 2024 budget; however, during the year the Maintenance Supervisor at the Community Center facility (previously accounted for in the Community Center special revenue fund) was transitioned to the Facilities Maintenance department so almost 2 FTE were actually recorded in personnel services. As the balance of work between the Facilities Maintenance Manager and the staff at each city facility is determined, the fund will see more stable year-to-year budgets and actual amounts. FACILITIES MAINTENANCE 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 419,827$ 423,592$ 385,000$ 385,000$ 650,000$ 68.8% Miscellaneous 53,656 165,966 50,000 14,011 50,000 0.0% Operating Transfers In 150,000 - - 500,000 - --- TOTAL REVENUES 623,483$ 589,558$ 435,000$ 899,011$ 700,000$ 60.9% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 131,377$ 135,968$ 144,267$ 221,015$ 264,077$ 83.0% Supplies 65,188 53,117 52,000 70,566 49,000 -5.8% Other Services & Charges 357,157 340,103 238,733 584,010 386,923 62.1% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 553,722$ 529,188$ 435,000$ 875,591$ 700,000$ 60.9% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 (33,854)$ 35,907$ 96,277$ 96,277$ 119,697$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 69,761 60,370 - 23,420 - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 35,907$ 96,277$ 96,277$ 119,697$ 119,697$ 197Table of Contents IT SERVICES FUND (702-00000) DEPARTMENT: Information Technology SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The IT (Information Technology) Services Fund is a self-sustaining internal service fund. The IT Technician manages the network of servers and peripheral equipment to provide continuity and accountability for IT related services. The fund’s revenues are derived from service charges to each budget unit receiving IT services. Service charges are adjusted annually to cover all current costs plus a portion of capital outlays. OBJECTIVES: 1.Centralize management of IT services and resources into one department. 2.Provide financial management stability to each budget unit by distributing capital costs over multiple periods. ISSUES: 1.Appropriate costs distribution. 2.Coordination of service delivery to multiple departments and budget units. 3.Increasing threats to cyber security. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Work Load: Number of users 109 109 140 141 Number of computers & phones 207 207 209 210 Number of back-end support network devices 62 62 64 64 Network availability (estimate)99% 99% 99% 99% Full-Time Equivalents 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 198Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The IT Services Fund’s main source of revenue is internal user charges. The IT Services Fund accounts for all activity supporting the city’s information technology infrastructure, including servers, routers, personal computers (PCs), printers, copiers, phones, and professional services. A desire to account for all departments’ IT-related purchases, managed by the IT Technician, through this internal service fund led to an increased budget over the past few years. IT SERVICES 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 421,000$ 529,009$ 549,994$ 550,263$ 584,000$ 6.2% Miscellaneous (4,529) 14,536 10,006 11,834 10,000 -0.1% TOTAL REVENUES 416,471$ 543,545$ 560,000$ 562,097$ 594,000$ 6.1% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 96,554$ 104,480$ 111,414$ 111,175$ 120,253$ 7.9% Supplies 40,877 28,413 27,365 33,641 27,166 -0.7% Other Services & Charges 301,136 333,632 396,441 359,091 424,301 7.0% Capital Outlay - 18 24,780 36 22,280 -10.1% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 438,567$ 466,543$ 560,000$ 503,943$ 594,000$ 6.1% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 260,444$ 238,348$ 315,350$ 315,350$ 373,504$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (22,096) 77,002 - 58,154 - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 238,348$ 315,350$ 315,350$ 373,504$ 373,504$ 199Table of Contents CENTRAL EQUIPMENT FUND (703-00000) DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Central Equipment Fund is a self-sustaining internal service fund. The finance department participates along with various department directors and division leaders in the acquisition of capital assets. The acquired capital asset is charged back against the benefitting budget unit through rental charges over a set number of years. The rental charge reflects depreciation plus inflation. Service charges for each asset are fixed for the duration of rental payments. OBJECTIVES: 1.Maintain a reliable inventory of equipment for staff use in providing city services. 2.Provide financial management stability to each budget unit by distributing capital costs over multiple annual reporting periods ISSUES: 1.Appropriate cost distribution over multiple accounting periods. 2.Efficient coordination of asset replacement activities between departments. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiveness: Annual cost recovery 578,400$ 633,000$ 567,500$ 644,900$ Total costs of assets acquired 521,962$ 1,080,599$ 718,317$ 645,000$ Efficiency: Cost recovery as % of acquired assets 111% 59% 79% 100% Work Load: Number of fund assets 60 74 83 89 200Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Central Equipment Fund’s main source of revenue is internal rental charges. The city issued $515,000 in G.O. bonds in 2014 to finance the acquisition of a fire tender and a plow truck; these bonds were fully paid off in 2024. The 2025 budgeted equipment acquisitions: [public works equipment] hydraulic snow blower - $80,000; front loader - $190,000; paver trailer - $45,000; [recreation equipment] line painter - $65,000; truck replacements (2) - $165,000; [public safety equipment] utility 11 & ATV - $100,000. CENTRAL EQUIPMENT FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 578,400$ 633,000$ 567,500$ 567,500$ 644,900$ 13.6% Miscellaneous (51,468) 62,023 10,000 42,470 10,000 0.0% Contributed Capital 33,529 117,466 10,500 60,810 10,100 -3.8% TOTAL REVENUES 560,461$ 812,489$ 588,000$ 670,780$ 665,000$ 13.1% EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay -$ -$ 292,000$ -$ 645,000$ 120.9% Debt Service 5,151 4,047 63,000 2,854 - -100.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 5,151$ 4,047$ 355,000$ 2,854$ 645,000$ 81.7% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 3,170,333$ 3,725,643$ 4,534,085$ 4,534,085$ 5,202,011$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures 555,310 808,442 233,000 667,926 20,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 3,725,643$ 4,534,085$ 4,767,085$ 5,202,011$ 5,222,011$ 201Table of Contents BENEFIT ACCRUAL FUND (704-00000) DEPARTMENT: Finance SUPERVISOR: Finance Director ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Benefit Accrual Fund is a self-sustaining internal service fund. The finance department, supervisors and the human resources manager oversee vacation, sick leave, and paid-time-off (PTO) benefits. The non-enterprise fund liability for this benefit is recorded in the Benefit Accrual Fund. Enterprise funds maintain the liability for employees involved in enterprise operations. Expenditures in each governmental fund budget unit are adjusted annually to reflect changes to the liability caused by the employees of that budget unit. OBJECTIVES: 1.Provide mechanism for recording and funding governmental fund liabilities for paid leaves. 2.Provide financial management stability to each budget unit. ISSUES: 1.Increasing cost of paid leave benefits. MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Outcome/Effectiv eness: Annual hours accrued: PTO 10,373 11,057 11,929 12,000 Comp Time 1,246 810 674 750 Vacation & Sick Leave 272 272 - - Emergency Sick & Safe Time - - 2,311 2,500 Balance of accrued hours: PTO 9,320 10,033 9,364 9,500 Comp Time 768 434 200 200 Vacation & Sick Leave 689 378 - - Emergency Sick & Safe Time - - 1,798 3,500 Efficiency: Annual hours accrued per employee: PTO 176 191 196 194 Comp Time 34 23 18 20 Vacation & Sick Leave 272 272 - - Emergency Sick & Safe Time - - 8 9 202Table of Contents BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: The Benefit Accrual Fund’s main source of revenue is internal charges to personnel services in the General Fund, Monticello Community Center Fund, and Economic Development Authority Fund. Personnel services expenditures in each governmental fund budget unit will be adjusted up or down based on the change in liability caused by each unit. The liability is based on the number of hours accrued multiplied by the hourly compensation for each employee. In 2024, the city’s personnel policy was updated to transition one final employee from the vacation and sick leave benefits to the paid time off (PTO) benefit. Also changing in 2024 is the payout of accrued compensatory (comp) time with the final paycheck of the year. However, the union’s bargaining agreement is not up for renewal until 2026, so union employees can continue to rollover unused compensatory time. All employees can carry over up to 320 hours of accrued PTO. Finally, the State of Minnesota implemented mandatory Emergency Sick & Safe Time, including part-time and seasonal staff, which is now included in the balance of hours reflected in the accrued liability. Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Work Load: Employees accruing hours: PTO employees 59 58 61 62 Full-time hourly employees 37 35 37 38 Vacation & Sick Leave employees (pre-1990)1 1 - - Emergency Sick & Safe Time - - 275 275 Starting in 2024: 1. Unused Comp Time will be paid out before year end for non-union employees. 2. The State of Minnesota implemented Emergency Sick & Safe Time for all employees working more than 80 hours per year. 3. The employee previously on the vacation & sick leave plan was transtioned to PTO. BENEFIT ACCRUAL FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Charges for Services 9,325$ 26,757$ 12,000$ 37,906$ 15,000$ 25.0% Miscellaneous (11,886) 14,730 - 17,299 - --- TOTAL REVENUES (2,561)$ 41,487$ 12,000$ 55,205$ 15,000$ 25.0% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 9,325$ 26,757$ 12,000$ 37,906$ 15,000$ 25.0% TOTAL EXPENDITURES 9,325$ 26,757$ 12,000$ 37,906$ 15,000$ 25.0% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 353,116$ 341,230$ 355,960$ 355,960$ 373,259$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (11,886) 14,730 - 17,299 - FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 341,230$ 355,960$ 355,960$ 373,259$ 373,259$ 203Table of Contents This page intentionally left blank. 204Table of Contents Discrete Component Unit Fund 2025 Adopted Budget DISCRETELY PRESENTED COMPONENT UNIT FUND - SUMMARY DESCRIPTION The city currently has one discretely presented component unit fund. Component units are legally separate entities for which the city (primary government) is financially accountable, or for which the exclusion of the component unit would render the financial statements of the primary government misleading. Criteria used to determine if the primary government is financially accountable for a component unit includes whether or not the primary government: •appoints the voting majority of the potential component unit’s governing body •is able to impose its will on the potential component unit •is in a relationship of financial benefit or burden with the potential component unit, or •is fiscally depended upon by the potential component unit The Monticello Economic Development Authority (EDA) is a legally separate entity created pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 469.090 through § 469.108 to carry out economic and industrial development and redevelopment within the city in accordance with policies established by the City Council. The seven-member board consists of two councilmembers and five members from the community appointed by the City Council. Management of the city has complete operational responsibility of the EDA’s activities, and the City Council reviews and approves the tax levy and all expenditures for the EDA. Because the council does not make up a majority of the EDA board and there is no financial burden or benefit relationship between the city and EDA, the EDA is reported as a discretely presented component unit of the city. The EDA discretely presented component unit fund uses the modified accrual basis of accounting for both financial reporting and budgeting purposes. 205Table of Contents ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY FUND (213-46301) DEPARTMENT: Economic Development SUPERVISOR: Economic Development Manager ACTIVITY SCOPE: The Monticello Economic Development Authority (EDA) is responsible for the on-going redevelopment efforts within the city. This consists of housing and businesses, including all related public improvements and land acquisitions. These programs are administered, based on direction of the EDA board, by the Economic Development Manager. In addition, all tax increment financing (TIF) districts are initiated and administered by the EDA. There are currently 6 active TIF districts and 5 decertified, active districts. 3 additional TIF districts have been authorized by the EDA Board and certified to the Office of the State Auditor (OSA) but have not started receiving increment. The EDA also administers loans to city businesses, based on local, state, and federal criteria. Businesses who will generate higher paying jobs in the community are prime candidates for these loans. OBJECTIVES: 1.Attract new businesses to Monticello, including medical manufacturing, food-related, and data center facilities. 2.Support existing businesses through training/education programs or assisting with expansion or relocation efforts within the city. 3.Implement short, intermediate, and long-term objectives outlined in the TIF Analysis and Management Plan and the Embracing Downtown Plan. 4.Acquire land that makes sense for redevelopment purposes. 5.Utilize JobZ Bill to initiate private development/redevelopment. 6.Work with community development department and developers to create upper-end housing in Monticello. 7.Explore options to generate additional electrical supply to industrial areas. 8.Explore options to relocate electrical substation from Cargill's downtown site to create expansion opportunities. 9.Implement recommendations from consultants regarding uses of funds available, especially in TIF District 1-22. 10.Implement monitoring/tracking methods for EDA programs. ISSUES: 1.Consistent administration of city and EDA policies, plans, ordinances, guidelines, statutes, etc. 2.Need for higher wage jobs in the community. 3.Need for a variety of housing throughout the community. 4.Patience for plans to come to fruition. 206Table of Contents MEASURABLE WORKLOAD DATA: BUDGET: BUDGET COMMENTARY: Under Section 469.033, subd. 6, of the HRA Act, the HRA’s special benefit tax is levied annually and is limited to 0.0185% of the taxable market value. The main revenue sources are property taxes and tax increments from the various TIF districts. One district decertified in 2022 and two more decertified in 2023. Intergovernmental revenues reflect Minnesota Investment Measurement 2022 2023 2024 2025 Properties acquired 1 3 1 0 Properties sold 11 0 0 5 GMEF loans outstanding 3 3 4 4 GMEF loans originated 0 0 2 1 Façade loans originated 2 0 2 2 Façade loans outstanding 0 0 2 2 Misc. other ED subsidy loans/grant originated 3 0 3 3 Misc. other ED subsidy loans/grant outstanding 2 0 5 5 TIF Districts newly created 5 0 0 1 Active TIF districts 8 11 9 10 Full-Time Equivalents 1.50 1.60 1.60 2.00 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY FUND 2022 2023 2024 2024 2025 % REVENUES ACTUAL ACTUAL BUDGET THRU 12/31 BUDGET CHANGE Property Taxes 387,486$ 401,739$ 451,000$ 459,556$ 499,000$ 10.6% Tax Increments 720,301 550,598 258,000 266,105 361,000 39.9% Franchise & Other Taxes 805 68 - 787 - --- Intergovernmental Revenues 375,547 344,993 - 294,248 - --- Charges for Services 139,673 1,281 - 19,246 - --- Miscellaneous 718,442 244,166 50,000 206,497 30,000 -40.0% Operating Transfers In 4,900 3,950 6,000 5,114 6,000 0.0% TOTAL REVENUES 2,347,154$ 1,546,795$ 765,000$ 1,251,553$ 896,000$ 17.1% EXPENDITURES Personnel Services 171,262$ 186,788$ 197,158$ 220,169$ 228,462$ 15.9% Supplies 374 35 400 - 500 25.0% Other Services & Charges 1,825,852 994,617 329,451 1,327,546 178,436 -45.8% Capital Outlay 273,769 98,775 268,991 99,779 349,602 30.0% Operating Transfers Out 197,925 - - - - --- TOTAL EXPENDITURES 2,469,182$ 1,280,215$ 796,000$ 1,647,494$ 757,000$ -4.9% FUND BALANCE - JANUARY 1 7,008,092$ 6,886,064$ 7,152,644$ 7,152,644$ 6,756,703$ Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (122,028) 266,580 (31,000) (395,941) 139,000 FUND BALANCE - DECEMBER 31 6,886,064$ 7,152,644$ 7,121,644$ 6,756,703$ 6,895,703$ 207Table of Contents Fund (MIF) grants passed through from the state to private developers. The increase in miscellaneous revenues in 2022 is related to a land sale. Expenditures include administrative costs, pay-as-you-go payments to various development projects, and a transfer to debt service funds for 2011A bond payment, which was paid off in 2022. Other services & charges in 2022 reflect use of pooled TIF for a land sale to a private developer associated with one of the new TIF districts that was certified in 2023, which will start generating increment in 2025. 208Table of Contents Appendix 2025 Adopted Budget COMMUNITY, DEMOGRAPHIC, AND STATISTICAL INFORMATION Classified as a 501(a) entity under the Internal Revenue Code, the city of Monticello was organized as a municipality in 1856. Monticello is located approximately 45 miles northwest of the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area along the I-94 corridor in Wright County. The 2020 U. S. Census estimated Monticello's population at 14,455, and the city encompasses an area of 8.87 square miles. The city operates under a statutory form of government. The mayor and four councilmembers (together known as "City Council") govern the city. The councilmembers are each elected to staggered, four-year terms and the mayor a two-year term. The mayor presides over and is a voting member of the City Council. The mayor is the chief authority for administering city government and appoints department heads, various board members and commission members. The City Council is the legislative body and meets twice per month. The City Council's main responsibilities are guiding the growth and development of the City using the Monticello 2040: Vision + Comprehensive Plan, appropriating funds, setting salaries, adopting ordinances and resolutions, and approving the budget. Monticello has a varied business community with a healthy mix of retail and manufacturing. City unemployment rates are similar to, or below, that of the state. Home to one of the two nuclear electric generation plants in Minnesota, Monticello’s second largest employer is Xcel Energy, not far behind the Monticello School District. Regional medical provider CentraCare and Agri-giant Cargill also maintain a strong presence in the city. Average Employment Year Wright County Wright County State of Minnesota 2015 38,855 3.8%3.6% 2016 69,254 4.3%4.0% 2017 71,796 3.5%3.1% 2018 72,455 3.4%3.2% 2019 73,088 3.8%3.5% 2020 69,972 4.4%4.4% 2021 72,474 2.7%3.0% 2022 75,573 3.2%2.5% 2023 74,438 2.8%2.6% 2024 74,406 2.9%2.7% HISTORICAL EMPLOYMENT/UNEMPLOYMENT DATA (Rates are not compiled for individual communities within counties) Average Unemployment Employer Employees ISD No. 882 (Monticello)684 Xcel Energy (Northern States)650 CentraCare Health - Monticello 577 Cargill Kitchen Sol. (Sunny Fresh)425 Target 307 Walmart Supercenter 225 Ultra Machining Corporation 215 City of Monticello 176 Home Depot 157 WSI Industries 120 TOP TEN CITY EMPLOYERS 209Table of Contents Monticello’s population and households are roughly 0.25% of the state’s total for both measures. With Target, Walmart, Home Depot, Runnings, and Mills Fleet Farm, it is no surprise that retail sales per person are higher than the state average. The following table contains selected facts about the city: The nuclear plant accounts for approximately 37% of the city’s net tax capacity for taxes payable in 2025. Xcel’s tax capacity and the council’s conservative tax levy philosophy are the main reasons the city tax capacity rate is the fourth lowest in Wright County. An increase in the residential market value homestead credit (reducing taxable market value of residential properties) and a decrease to Xcel’s electric generating plant offset by new growth and significant increases in commercial and apartment properties contributed to a projected 1.4% tax base increase. With an 8.0% levy increase, the 2025 tax rate is projected to increase. The overall tax base is about one-third residential and two-thirds commercial (including the electric generating plant). People QuickFacts Monticello Minnesota Population, 2024 estimate July 1 14,840 5,793,151 Population, Census, April 1, 2020 14,455 5,706,494 Population, percent change, April 1, 2020 to July 1, 2024 2.7% 1.5% Persons under 5 years, percent 6.9% 5.7% Persons under 18 years, percent 26.5% 22.7% Persons 65 years and over, percent 9.8% 17.8% Female persons, percent 51.2% 49.9% White persons, percent 85.6% 82.3% Hispanic or Latino, percent 6.9% 6.5% Homeownership rate, 2019-2023 64.9% 72.4% Median value of owner-occupied housing units, 2019-2023 $298,400 $305,500 Households, 2019-2023 5,477 2,282,967 Persons per household, 2019-2023 2.64 2.44 Retail sales per capita, 2022 $49,852 $23,565 Median household income, 2019-2023 $81,563 $87,556 Population per square mile, 2020 1,629.8 71.7 Land area in square miles, 2020 8.87 79,626.68 2022 2023 2024 2025 2024-25 2024-25 City Tax Rate Tax Rate Tax Rate Tax Rate Change Change % City of Otsego 34.545 29.572 23.109 25.190 2.081 8.3% City of St. Michael 33.909 27.132 25.715 26.768 1.053 3.9% City of Dayton 47.733 35.109 35.653 37.266 1.613 4.3% City of Monticello 36.536 34.991 34.547 37.684 3.137 8.3% City of Hanover 43.569 38.223 38.015 38.223 0.208 0.5% City of Rockford 43.836 41.278 36.599 42.018 5.419 12.9% City of Albertville 46.355 41.794 41.954 42.812 0.858 2.0% City of Annandale 54.606 47.741 42.945 43.250 0.305 0.7% City of Waverly 57.262 44.630 41.147 44.241 3.094 7.0% City of Delano 49.061 42.657 41.419 44.360 2.941 6.6% City of Buffalo 55.034 50.562 47.867 51.942 4.075 7.8% City of Clearwater 69.978 63.657 52.292 54.653 2.361 4.3% City of Maple Lake 62.164 59.182 52.694 59.315 6.621 11.2% City of Montrose 51.719 47.934 44.208 62.034 17.826 28.7% City of Cokato 68.079 60.436 55.238 64.100 8.862 13.8% City of Howard Lake 67.661 62.009 57.926 67.288 9.362 13.9% City of South Haven 90.696 81.173 74.141 76.154 2.013 2.6% CITY TAX RATES IN WRIGHT COUNTY, MINNESOTA 210Table of Contents Monticello’s population grew by approximately 14% in the last ten years. The city has undeveloped commercial and residential real estate and is positioned well to benefit from more urban flight from the Twin Cities. Access to major transportation corridors makes the city an ideal location for future growth. The following table includes population statistics over the last ten years: As shown in these statistics, Monticello is unique with a very different set of circumstances from many other communities of 15,000 in population. Operating a municipal liquor store, deputy registrar, telecommunications network, and community center create additional work from a staffing perspective and demand more management and oversight. Its location on an interstate brings commuters from outside the city, which is beneficial to business that operate in the city but creates additional wear and tear on city streets and demand for public safety and recreational services. For this reason, the city pursued a Local Option Sales Tax from the voters on the 2024 ballot, which was passed and goes into effect on April 1, 2025. The city is also growing with new development, providing some growth to the tax base. However, the city is not in control of the timing of development, which in many instances requires public investment in addition to private investment. Additionally, the city having one major taxpayer with complex regulations creates risk and uncertainty. Xcel’s plant is valued using complicated information and with considerations by the State of Minnesota’s Department of Revenue. Long-term planning is especially challenging because while the plant’s license for operation was recently extended to 2050, changes in the energy and technology industries create additional unknowns. Though Xcel is licensed to operate until 2050, the State of Minnesota’s current Certificate of Need (CN) for Xcel, which allows the plant to store spent fuel, is only valid through 2040. Xcel intends to request an extension to 2050 as part of its next Integrated Resource Plan (IRP) when it files with the MN Public Utilities Commission (PUC). Having one large and unique taxpayer causes differences in per capita figures, which makes it difficult to find comparison city data. Additionally, it creates uncertainty in future impacts to other taxpayers whether the levy is raised annually or not. Year Population Change 2015 13,125 132 2016 13,311 186 2017 13,409 98 2018 13,553 144 2019 13,782 229 2020 13,886 104 2021 14,455 569 2022 14,619 164 2023 14,764 145 2024 14,840 76 211Table of Contents PROPERTY TAX BASICS Assessment and Classification The property tax system is a continuous cycle, but it effectively begins with the estimation of property market values by local assessors. Assessors attempt to determine the approximate selling price of each parcel of property based on the current market conditions. Along with the market value determination, a property class is assigned to each parcel of property based on the use of the property. For example, property that is owner-occupied as a personal residence is classified as a residential homestead. The “use class” is important because the Minnesota system, in effect, assigns a weight to each class of property. Generally, properties that are associated with income production (e.g., commercial, and industrial properties) have a higher classification weight than other properties. The property classification system defines the tax capacity of each parcel as a percentage of each parcel’s market value. For example, a $250,000 home which is classified as a residential homestead has a class rate of 1.0 percent and therefore has a tax capacity of $250,000 x .01 or $2,500. (A sample of the class rates is included in the table on the next page.) [parcel market value] * [class rate] = [parcel tax capacity] The next step in calculating the tax burden for a parcel involves the determination of each local unit of government’s property tax levy. The city, county, school district, and any special property taxing authorities must establish their levy by December 28 of the year preceding the year in which taxpayers will pay the levy. The property tax levy is set after the consideration of all other revenues including state aids such as LGA. [city budget] - [all non-property tax revenues] = [city levy] Local Tax Rates Local governments do not directly set a tax rate. Instead, the tax rate is a product of the levy and the total tax base. To compute the local tax rate, a county must determine the total tax capacity to be used for spreading the levies. The total tax capacity is computed by first aggregating the tax capacities of all parcels within the city. Several adjustments to this total must be made because not all tax capacity is available for general tax purposes. The result of this calculation produces taxable tax capacity. Taxable tax capacity is used to determine the local tax rates. [city levy] / [taxable tax capacity] = [city tax rate] Parcel Tax Calculations The property tax bill for each parcel of property is determined by multiplying the parcel’s tax capacity by the total local tax rate. The tax statement for each individual parcel itemizes the taxes for the county, municipality, school district, and any special taxing authorities. [parcel tax capacity] * [total local tax rate] = [parcel property tax bill] 212Table of Contents 213Table of Contents Terms Defined Class rates - The percent of market value set by state law that establishes the property’s tax capacity subject to the property tax. See table below for a sample list of class rates. Local tax rate - The rate used to compute taxes for each parcel of property. Local tax rate is computed by dividing the certified levy (after reduction for fiscal disparities distribution levy and disparity reduction) by the taxable tax capacity. Homestead Market Value Exclusion (HMVE) – Starting with taxes payable in 2012, eligible homesteads will pay property taxes on only a portion of the value of their homes. The maximum exclusion was increased in 2025 so that 40% of value is excluded at a home value of $95,000 and phases out as home value grows, up to a value of $517,200. Property class - The classification assigned to each parcel of property based on the use of the property. For example, owner-occupied residential property is classified as homestead. Tax capacity - The valuation of property based on market value and statutory class rates. The property tax for each parcel is based on its tax capacity. Truth-in-Taxation - The “taxation and notification law” which requires local governments to set estimated levies, inform taxpayers about the impacts, and announce which of their regularly scheduled council meetings will include a discussion of the budget and levy. Taxpayer input is taken at that meeting. Property Class Local Taxes Payable 2024 State Tax Payable 2024 Residential Homestead: No state tax 1st $500,000 1.00% >$500,000 1.25% Non-homestead Residential: No state tax Single unit: 1st $500,000 1.00% >$500,000 1.25% 2–3-unit buildings 1.25% Market-rate Apartments: 1.25% No state tax Commercial/Industrial: 1st $150,000 1.50% Subject to state levy >$150,000 Electric generation machinery 2.00% 2.00% (Commercial-industrial rate) Seasonal Recreational Residential: 1st $500,000 1.00% Subject to state levy >$500,000 1.25% (Commercial-industrial rate) 214Table of Contents TRUTH-IN-TAXATION (TNT) Summary Chart for Taxes Payable 2025 Date Action On or Before Sept. 30 All cities and special taxing districts (EDAs, HRAs, port authorities, etc.) must adopt any proposed property tax levy and certify the proposed levy to the county auditor. (September 23, 2024) On or Before Sept. 30 At one meeting, the city council adopts the proposed property tax levy and announces the time and place of a future city council meeting at which the budget and levy will be discussed, and public input allowed, prior to final budget and levy determination. (September 23, 2024) On or before Sept. 30 Cities must provide the county auditor with the following information: •The time and place of the meeting at which the budget and levy will be discussed, and public input allowed. (This public input meeting must occur after Nov. 24 and must start at or after 6 p.m. The time and place of the public input meeting must be included in the minutes.) •A phone number that city taxpayers may call if they have questions related to the auditor’s property tax notice; this does not require listing a private phone number. •An address where comments will be received by mail; this does not require listing a private address. (September 24, 2024) Nov. 11 - Nov. 24 County auditor prepares and sends parcels specific notices. Nov. 25 - Dec. 28 City council holds meeting to discuss the budget and property tax levy and, before a final determination, allows public input. (December 9, 2024) On or before Dec. 28 Cities must certify final property tax levy to the county auditor. Cities must also file the certificate of compliance (Form TNT) with the Department of Revenue by December 28th. (December 10, 2024) **The date an activity occurred is highlighted. 215Table of Contents DEBT GUIDE Equipment Certificates/Capital Notes A statutory city may issue certificates of indebtedness or capital notes (Section 412.301) to purchase:  Public safety equipment, ambulance, and other medical equipment; road construction and maintenance equipment; and other capital equipment.  Computer hardware and software, whether bundled with machinery or equipment or un- bundled, together with application development services and training related to the use of the computer hardware or software. The statute does not define “other capital equipment.” Cities seeking to borrow for equipment not specifically listed should work with bond counsel to determine eligibility. The term of the Certificates/Notes cannot exceed 10 years from the dated date of the obligations. This limitation may affect the timing of principal and interest payments. This debt is subject to the debt limit. A reverse referendum provision applies if the amount of the borrowing exceeds 0.25% of the estimated market value of taxable property within the city. An election is required if a petition signed by voters equal to 10% of the voters in the last regular municipal election is submitted to the city clerk within 10 days after publication of the resolution authorizing the issuance of the Certificates/Notes. Different statutory authority exists for home rule charter cities (Section 410.32). Capital Notes issued by charter cities are subject to the same statutory requirements as statutory cities with the following exceptions:  The total principal amount of the capital notes issued in a fiscal year shall not exceed 0.03% of the estimated market value of taxable property in the city.  No reverse referendum provision applies, but issuance must be approved by a two-thirds vote of the city council.  Unless prohibited by the charter, these cities may also issue Capital Notes under the authority granted to statutory cities. Tax Abatement Bonds Tax Abatement Bonds (Section 469.1814) may be used to finance a variety of development activities and public improvements. The statute allows proceeds of Tax Abatement Bonds be used to (1) pay for public improvements that benefit the property, (2) to acquire and convey land or other property, as provided under this section, (3) to reimburse the property owner for the cost of improvements made to the property, or (4) to pay the costs of issuance of the bonds. Tax Abatement Bonds are often used to facilitate economic development in ways not allowed by tax increment financing. They have also evolved into a tool for financing community recreation and cultural facilities. The statutory authority creates an abatement levy based on the property value of parcels subject to the abatement. The authority to use tax abatement applies separately 216Table of Contents to each taxing jurisdiction. If other jurisdictions (county and school district) approve an abatement, this revenue may be pledged to bonds issued by the city. The principal amount of the bonds may not exceed the sum of the authorized abatements. A debt service levy may be used to pay interest on the bonds. The annual amount of all abatements cannot exceed the greater of 10% net tax capacity value of the jurisdiction or $200,000. The parameters of the abatement and authorization for the bonds are set by resolution. The resolution cannot be approved until after a public hearing is held. Street Reconstruction Bonds Street Reconstruction Bonds are an example of debt issuing authority found in unusual places. The statutory provisions for Street Reconstruction Bonds appear in the portion of Chapter 475 dealing with election requirements for debt issuance (Section 475.58, Subd. 3b). Street Reconstruction Bonds can be used to finance the reconstruction and bituminous overlay of existing city streets. Eligible improvements may include turn lanes and other improvements having a substantial public safety function, realignments, other modifications to intersect with state and county roads, and the local share of state and county road projects. Except in the case of turn lanes, safety improvements, realignments, intersection modifications, and the local share of state and county road projects, street reconstruction and bituminous overlays does not include the portion of project cost allocable to widening a street or adding curbs and gutters where none previously existed. The enabling statute sets forth specific requirements for the issuance of Street Reconstruction Bonds: The projects financed under this authority must be described in a street reconstruction plan. The plan must describe the street reconstruction or overlay to be financed, the estimated costs, and any planned reconstruction or overlay of other streets in the municipality over the next five years The city must hold a public hearing on the proposed plan and the related issuance of bonds. The plan and the issuance of bonds must be approved by the city council by a vote of all the members of the governing body present at the meeting. The issuance of bonds is subject to a reverse referendum. An election is required if voters equal to 5% of the votes cast in the last municipal general election file a petition with the city clerk within 30 days of the public hearing. If the city decides not to undertake an election, it may not propose the issuance of Street Reconstruction Bonds for the same purpose and in the same amount for a period of 365 days from the date of receipt of the petition. If the question of issuing the bonds is submitted and not approved by the voters, the provisions of section 475.58, subdivision 1a, shall apply (no resubmission for same purpose/ amount for 180 days). Street Reconstruction Bonds are subject to the debt limit. 217Table of Contents Revenue Bonds One exception to the previous statement is the issuance of Revenue Bonds. Chapter 475 authorizes borrowing for “any utility or other public convenience from which a revenue is or may be derived”. This authority is sufficient when the sole security is the pledge of revenue from a public enterprise. Although this debt is most frequently associated with municipal utilities, any “public convenience” with a pledge-able source of revenue may use this authority. Minnesota cities do not frequently issue Revenue Bonds. Most borrowing needs have separate statutory authority that allows a general obligation pledge. The most common Revenue Bonds are for electric utilities, sales taxes, and liquor stores. Improvement Bonds One of the most used tools is General Obligation (G.O.) Improvement Bonds issued pursuant to Chapter 429. Improvement Bonds can be issued for a wide range of public improvements. Eligible Improvements The types of improvements specifically authorized in Chapter 429 can be found in Section 429.021. It is important to read and understand the specific statutory provisions. Some provisions are broader than the basic improvement. For example, a “street improvement” may also include streetscape (beautification), storm sewers and utility connection lines. Other provisions may contain important expansions or limitations on the authority. Sanitary and storm sewer improvements may be made outside of the city limits. The public improvements currently authorized in Chapter 429 include the following: 1.Acquire, open, and widen any street, and improve the same by constructing, reconstructing, and maintaining sidewalks, pavement, gutters, curbs, and vehicle parking strips of any material, or by grading, graveling, oiling, or otherwise improving the same, including the beautification thereof and including storm sewers or other street drainage and connections from sewer, water, or similar mains to curb lines. 2.Acquire, develop, construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain storm and sanitary sewers and systems, including outlets, holding areas and ponds, treatment plants, pumps, lift stations, service connections, and other appurtenances of a sewer system, within and without the corporate limits. 3.Construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain steam heating mains. 4.Install, replace, extend, and maintain streetlights and street lighting systems and special lighting systems. 5.Acquire, improve, construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain water works systems, including mains, valves, hydrants, service connections, wells, pumps, reservoirs, tanks, treatment plants, and other appurtenances of a water works system, within and without the corporate limits. 6.Acquire, improve, and equip parks, open space areas, playgrounds, and recreational facilities within or without the corporate limits. 218Table of Contents 7.Plant trees on streets and provide for their trimming, care, and removal. 8.Abate nuisances and drain swamps, marshes, and ponds on public or private property, and fill the same. 9.Construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain dikes and other flood control works. 10.Construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain retaining walls and area walls. 11.Acquire, construct, reconstruct, improve, alter, extend, operate, maintain, and promote a pedestrian skyway system. Such improvement may be made upon a petition pursuant to section 429.031, subdivision 3. 12.Acquire, construct, reconstruct, extend, operate, maintain, and promote underground pedestrian concourses. 13.Acquire, construct, improve, alter, extend, operate, maintain, and promote public malls, plazas, or courtyards. 14.Construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain district heating systems. 15.Construct, reconstruct, alter, extend, operate, maintain, and promote fire protection systems in existing buildings, but only upon a petition pursuant to section 429.031, subdivision 3. 16.Acquire, construct, reconstruct, improve, alter, extend, and maintain highway sound barriers. 17.Improve, construct, reconstruct, extend, and maintain gas and electric distribution facilities owned by a municipal gas or electric utility. 18.Purchase, install, and maintain signs, posts, and other markers for addressing related to the operation of enhanced 911 telephone service. 19.Improve, construct, extend, and maintain facilities for Internet access and other communications purposes, if the council finds that: (i) the facilities are necessary to make available Internet access or other communications services that are not and will not be available through other providers or the private market in the reasonably foreseeable future; and (ii) the service to be provided by the facilities will not compete with service provided by private entities. 20.Assess affected property owners for all or a portion of the costs agreed to with an electric utility, telecommunications carrier, or cable system operator to bury or alter a new or existing distribution system within the public right-of-way that exceeds the utility’s design and construction standards, or those set by law, tariff, or franchise, but only upon petition under section 429.031, subdivision 3. 21.Assess affected property owners for repayment of voluntary energy improvement financings under section 216C.436, subdivision 7. Other statutes may also authorize the use of special assessments to pay for improvements. For example, authorized improvements within a Housing Improvement Area may be paid with special assessments. 219Table of Contents Minimum Assessment General Obligation Improvement Bonds require a minimum 20% assessment. It is important to understand the method for determining the minimum assessment. A common assumption is that assessments must equal or exceed 20% of the amount to be borrowed. While this calculation works for Tax Increment Bonds, the 20% calculation for Improvement Bonds is different: 1.The assessment calculation is based on the cost of the improvement to the city. This cost may or may not equal the amount of the Improvement Bonds. 2.The cost of the improvement does not include activities that will not be assessed to benefitted property owners and not financed with G.O. Improvement Bonds. These improvements can be made without following the procedures of Chapter 429. This exclusion typically applies to utility (sanitary sewer, watermain, and storm sewer) im- provements paid from reserves or bonds issued under Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 444. 3.The cost to the city excludes all monies contributed by other units of government to pay for the improvement. 4.The up-front use of city non-utility reserves (both General Fund and capital improvement) does not reduce the cost to the city. One exception to this 20% requirement is improvements for automobile parking facilities (Section 459.14). Bonds issued to finance the construction or maintenance of automobile parking facilities require special assessments in an amount not less than 50% of the amount of the bonds. Assessment Considerations State Law does not prescribe assessment methodology. Some cities have formal assessment policies. Other cities deal with assessments on a project-by-project basis. A guiding factor in setting assessments is the market value test. The amount assessed to a property cannot exceed the increase in market value of the property because of the improvement. There is no requirement to make this finding as part of the improvement process. The issue comes into play primarily in projects with larger assessments and greater risk of appeal. Assessments are also constrained by the notice of hearing for the improvement. The total amount assessed cannot exceed the amount stated in the notice. The area assessed cannot be larger, but can be smaller, than the area receiving notice of the Hearing. The special assessment calculation is based on the “improvement.” An improvement may be more than a single project. There are two ways to manage multiple projects into a single improvement for the purposes of Chapter 429. Section 429.021, Subd. 2 allows for an improvement on two or more streets, or two or more types of improvements, in or on the same street or streets or different streets may be included in one proceeding and conducted as one improvement. This combining of improvements is typically spelled out in the engineering feasibility report and considered at the improvement hearing. Projects that are instituted separately may be subsequently combined under the authority of Section 435.56. Revenues to pay debt service on the portion that is not assessed may come from any legally available source including a property tax levy. 220Table of Contents Bond Issues Planning for the issuance of Improvement Bonds requires a clear understanding of the special assessments. In addition to the total amount assessed, several other factors are important: What is the term of repayment? First levy year payable? Total number of years payable? Will the assessments be repaid with level annual installments of principal or level annual payments of principal and interest? What interest rate will be charged on the unpaid balance? Is it tied to the interest rate on the bonds? Will any of the assessments be deferred? If so, when will they be paid? When is the assessment hearing and when will the assessments be certified to the County? What are the expectations for the initial prepayment of assessments? The timing of the improvement process is another important consideration. Improvement Bonds can be issued any time after the city council conducts the improvement hearing and authorizes the improvements. No improvement hearing is needed if the parties that petition for the improvement will be assessed 100% of the cost. Each point in time has different implications for issuing bonds: Bonds issued soon after the improvement hearing will be based on estimated construction costs and assumptions about special assessments. Bonds may be issued immediately after the receipt of bids to provide construction financing. The finance plan will rely on assumptions about special assessments. Bonds may be issued after completion of the assessment process. This allows the finance plan to be based on final construction costs and actual assessments. This approach can also consider the number of initial prepayments. Delaying financing until after the assessment process requires city funds to pay for construction and a reimbursement resolution to allow the repayment of these funds with the proceeds of tax-exempt bonds. For controversial projects with a higher risk of assessment appeals, cities will conduct the assessment process during the period between the receipt and award of construction bids. This approach allows the city to know the appeal risk before committing to undertake the improvement. Improvement Bonds are not subject to the statutory debt limit. Utility Revenue Bonds Minnesota cities rarely issue pure Revenue Bonds to finance sanitary sewer, water, and storm sewer utility improvements. State Law allows cities to add its general obligation to the pledge of net utility revenues for these improvements (Section 444.075). G.O. Utility Revenue Bonds may be issued to build, construct, reconstruct, repair, enlarge, improve, or in any other manner obtain sanitary sewer, water, and storm sewer facilities, and maintain and operate the facilities inside or outside its corporate limits. These bonds are sometimes called “double barreled.” They are secured by both utility revenues and the city’s general obligation. The bonds may be secured by a single utility or by combined 221Table of Contents utility funds. Debt service on Utility Revenue Bonds is paid from the net revenues of the utilities pledged to secure the bonds. Special assessments may also be levied and pledged to the bonds. Unlike Improvement Bonds, property taxes cannot be a permanent and ongoing source of revenue to pay debt service. Property taxes should only be used on a temporary basis when the other revenues are insufficient to meet the obligations. It is important to understand the nature of the revenues that will be used to support the bonds. How much of the revenue comes from connection charges and other fees associated with growth? Are rate increases needed? If so, are there any procedural issues (such as a public hearing or approval by the utilities commission)? Are there any large users that constitute a significant portion of the revenue base? Are there special agreements with large users? There are no special procedural requirements for the issuance of Utility Revenue Bonds. Capital Improvement Plan Bonds Cities may issue Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Bonds to finance the construction and maintenance of city hall, town hall, library, public safety facility, and public works facility (Section 475.521). These bonds may not be used to finance any other type of facility or improvement. Expenditures for eligible capital improvements incurred before adoption of the capital improvement plan are allowed if included in a plan approved at or prior to the public hearing on the issuance of bonds. The projects to be financed must be included in a capital improvements plan (CIP) that meets the criteria of the statute. The plan must cover at least a five-year period beginning with the date of its adoption. The plan must set forth the estimated schedule, timing, and details of specific capital improvements by year, together with the estimated cost, the need for the improvement, and sources of revenue to pay for the improvement. The CIP should also include information about the factors required by the statute to be considered by the city council. These factors are: Condition of the municipality’s existing infrastructure, including the projected need for repair or replacement; Likely demand for the improvement; Estimated cost of the improvement; Available public resources; Level of overlapping debt in the municipality; Relative benefits and costs of alternative uses of the funds; Operating costs of the proposed improvements; and Alternatives for providing services most efficiently through shared facilities with other municipalities or local government units. 222Table of Contents The required CIP may be a document prepared specifically for authorizing the issuance of bonds or it may be incorporated into other capital improvement planning by the city. The maximum amount of CIP Bonds is limited. The maximum principal and interest payable in any year for all outstanding CIP Bonds cannot exceed 0.16% of the estimated market value of taxable property in the city. This calculation is made using the estimated market value for the taxes payable year in which the bonds are issued and sold. The bonds are subject to the debt limit for cities with a population of 2,500 or more. Both approval of the CIP and the issuance of bonds require a public hearing. A single public hearing may be held to meet these requirements. The bonds must be authorized by a three-fifths vote of a five-member city council. If the city council has more than five members, two-thirds approval is needed. Issuance of the bonds is subject to reverse referendum. An election is required for the issuance of the bonds if a petition signed by voters equal to 5% of the votes cast in the city in the last municipal general election is filed with the city clerk within 30 days after the public hearing. If the city does not submit the question to the voters, it may not propose the issuance of bonds under this section for the same purpose and in the same amount for a period of 365 days from the date of receipt of the petition. If the question of issuing the bonds is submitted and not approved by the voters, the city must wait 180 days before voting on the same question again. Lease Revenue Bonds Lease Revenue Bonds are used by cities to finance public facilities. There is no specific statutory authority for Lease Revenue Bonds. This form of financing combines two statutory powers. Economic development authorities (EDA) and housing and redevelopment authorities (HRA) have the authority to issue Revenue Bonds for their corporate purposes, including the construction of public facilities. The security for the bonds and the revenue to pay debt service comes from a lease purchase with the city. Not all public facilities are equally suited for the use of Lease Revenue Bonds. As a general rule, the more essential the facility, the better the application of this tool. This is due to the perception of investors that the city is less likely to not appropriate and walk away from an essential facility. A similar form of financing is Certificates of Participation. The investor receives a certificate secured by a share of the lease payments. The underlying security is the same as Lease Revenue Bonds. The status of the tax levy to make lease payments is another consideration in the use of Lease Revenue Bonds. Under the most recent version of levy limits, the levy for Lease Revenue Bonds can be made of a special levy and outside of levy limits. The special levy authority is to pay debt service of another political subdivision, and the EDA is a political subdivision. Levies to make lease payments do not currently qualify as a special levy and, therefore, are subject to levy limits. The taxing power of the EDA may also be pledged to Lease Revenue Bonds. 223Table of Contents Other Debt Terms Bank Qualified Issuers that reasonably expect to issue $10,000,000 or less in tax-exempt bonds during a calendar year may designate bonds as “bank qualified”. The name refers to the fact that banks may deduct a portion of the interest cost on the carry purchased for its portfolio. This preferential tax treatment usually results in lower interest rates than bonds that are not bank qualified. The difference between bank qualified and not bank qualified rates varies over time and is typically higher for longer maturities. Both the direct debt of the issuer and any conduit debt count against the issuer’s $10,000,000 annual cap. Arbitrage Arbitrage regulations govern the ability to invest the proceeds of tax-exempt bonds. The basic rule of arbitrage is that the gross proceeds of a bond issue may not be invested at a rate “materially higher” than the yield on the bonds. The complexities of arbitrage calculation and compliance are not discussed in this guide. Instead, this guide focuses on the three basic arbitrage considerations for most Minnesota cities: construction fund, debt service fund, and arbitrage rebate. Arbitrage Rebate Issuers must pay (rebate) to the federal government income earned in excess of the bond yield unless subject to the small issuer or the spenddown exceptions. The small issuer exception applies when the total principal amount of tax exempt, non-private activity bonds does not exceed $5,000,000 in any calendar year. Current refunding bonds up to the amount of the outstanding principal refunded do not count against this limit. There are three options for meeting the spenddown exception: 1.6-month exception - gross proceeds and interest earnings are allocated to expenditures for governmental or qualified purposes that are incurred within 6 months after the date of issuance. 2.18-month exception - gross proceeds and interest earnings are spent within the following schedule from date of issuance: (1) 15% within 6 months; (2) 60% within 12 months; and (3) 100% within 18 months (with a 5% reasonable retainage carryover amount for an additional 12 month period). 3.2-year spending exception – issue is a “construction issue” (75% of issue is actually spent on construction) and gross proceeds and interest earnings are spent within the following schedule from date of issuance: (1) 10% within 6 months; (2) 45% within 12 months; (3) 75% within 18 months; and 4) 100% within 24 months. 224Table of Contents MINNESOTA STATUTES DEBT LIMIT 475.53 LIMIT ON NET DEBT Subdivision 1. Terms. For the purposes of this chapter, the terms defined in this section shall have the meanings given them. Subd. 2. Municipality. "Municipality" means a city of any class, county, town, or school district. Subd. 3. Obligation. "Obligation" means any promise to pay a stated amount of money at a fixed future date or upon demand of the obligee, regardless of the source of funds to be used for its payment, made for the purpose of incurring debt, including the purchase of property through an installment purchase contract or any other deferred payment agreement, for which funds are not appropriated in the current year's budget. Subd. 4. Net debt. "Net debt" means the amount remaining after deducting from its gross debt the amount of current revenues which are applicable within the current fiscal year to the payment of any debt and the aggregate of the principal of the following: (1) Obligations issued for improvements which are payable wholly or partly from the proceeds of special assessments levied upon property specially benefited thereby, including those which are general obligations of the municipality issuing them, if the municipality is entitled to reimbursement in whole or in part from the proceeds of the special assessments. (2) Warrants or orders having no definite or fixed maturity. (3) Obligations payable wholly from the income from revenue producing conveniences. (4) Obligations issued to create or maintain a permanent improvement revolving fund. (5) Obligations issued for the acquisition, and betterment of public waterworks systems, and public lighting, heating, or power systems, and of any combination thereof or for any other public convenience from which a revenue is or may be derived. (6) Debt service loans and capital loans made to a school district under the provisions of sections 126C.68 and 126C.69. (7) Amount of all money and the face value of all securities held as a debt service fund for the extinguishment of obligations other than those deductible under this subdivision. (8) Obligations to repay loans made under section 216C.37. (9) Obligations to repay loans made from money received from litigation or settlement of alleged violations of federal petroleum pricing regulations. 225Table of Contents (10) Obligations issued to pay pension fund or other postemployment benefit liabilities under section 475.52, subdivision 6, or any charter authority. (11) Obligations issued to pay judgments against the municipality under section 475.52, subdivision 6, or any charter authority. (12) All other obligations which under the provisions of law authorizing their issuance are not to be included in computing the net debt of the municipality. PROPERTY TAX LEVY 275.08 AUDITOR TO FIX RATE. Subdivision 1. Generally. The rate percent of all taxes, except the state tax and taxes the rate of which may be fixed by law, shall be calculated and fixed by the county auditor according to the limitations in this chapter hereinafter prescribed; provided, that if any county, city, town, or school district shall return a greater amount than the prescribed rates will raise, the auditor shall extend only such amount of tax as the limited rate will produce. Subd. 1a. Computation of tax capacity. The county auditor shall compute the net tax capacity for each parcel according to the classification rates specified in section 273.13. The net tax capacity will be the appropriate classification rate multiplied by the parcel's market value. Subd. 1b. Computation of tax rates. (a) The amounts certified to be levied against net tax capacity under section 275.07 by an individual local government unit shall be divided by the total net tax capacity of all taxable properties within the local government unit's taxing jurisdiction. The resulting ratio, the local government's local tax rate, multiplied by each property's net tax capacity shall be each property's net tax capacity tax for that local government unit before reduction by any credits. 273.032 MARKET VALUE DEFINITION. For the purpose of determining any property tax levy limitation based on market value or any limit on net debt, the issuance of bonds, certificates of indebtedness, or capital notes based on market value, any qualification to receive state aid based on market value, or any state aid amount based on market value, the terms "market value," "estimated market value," and "market valuation," whether equalized or unequalized, mean the estimated market value of taxable property within the local unit of government before any adjustments for tax increment, fiscal disparity, or powerline credit, but after the limited market adjustments under section 273.11, subdivision 1a, and after the market value exclusions of certain improvements to homestead property under section 273.11, subdivision 16. Unless otherwise provided, "market value," "estimated market value," and "market valuation" for purposes of this paragraph, refer to the taxable market value for the previous assessment year. 226Table of Contents 273.13 CLASSIFICATION OF PROPERTY. Subdivision 1. How classified. All real and personal property subject to a general property tax and not subject to any gross earnings or other in-lieu tax is hereby classified for purposes of taxation as provided by this section. Subd. 21b. Tax capacity. "Net tax capacity" means the product of the appropriate classification rates in this section and taxable market values. Subd. 22. Class 1. (a)Except as provided in subdivision 23 and in paragraphs (b) and (c), real estate which is residential and used for homestead purposes is class 1a. In the case of a duplex or triplex in which one of the units is used for homestead purposes, the entire property is deemed to be used for homestead purposes. The market value of class 1a property must be determined based upon the value of the house, garage, and land. The first $500,000 of market value of class 1a property has a net classification rate of one percent of its market value; and the market value of class 1a property that exceeds $500,000 has a classification rate of 1.25 percent of its market value. (b) Class 1b property includes homestead real estate or homestead manufactured homes used for the purposes of a homestead by: (1) any person who is blind as defined in section 256D.35, or the person who is blind and the spouse of the person who is blind; (2) any person who is permanently and totally disabled or by the person with a disability and the spouse of the person with a disability; or (3) the surviving spouse of a veteran who was permanently and totally disabled homesteading a property classified under this paragraph for taxes payable in 2008. HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY TAX LEVY 469.033 PUBLIC REDEVELOPMENT COST; PROCEEDS; FINANCING. Subd. 6. Operation area as taxing district, special tax. All of the territory included within the area of operation of any authority shall constitute a taxing district for the purpose of levying and collecting special benefit taxes as provided in this subdivision. All of the taxable property, both real and personal, within that taxing district shall be deemed to be benefited by projects to the extent of the special taxes levied under this subdivision. Subject to the consent by resolution of the governing body of the city in and for which it was created, an authority may levy a tax upon all taxable property within that taxing district. The tax shall be extended, spread, and included with and as a part of the general taxes for state, county, and municipal purposes by the county auditor, to be collected and enforced therewith, together with the penalty, interest, and costs. As the tax, including any penalties, interest, and costs, is collected by the county treasurer it shall be accumulated and kept in a 227Table of Contents separate fund to be known as the "housing and redevelopment project fund." The money in the fund shall be turned over to the authority at the same time and in the same manner that the tax collections for the city are turned over to the city, and shall be expended only for the purposes of sections 469.001 to 469.047. It shall be paid out upon vouchers signed by the chair of the authority or an authorized representative. The amount of the levy shall be an amount approved by the governing body of the city, but shall not exceed 0.0185 percent of estimated market value. The authority shall each year formulate and file a budget in accordance with the budget procedure of the city in the same manner as required of executive departments of the city or, if no budgets are required to be filed, by August 1. The amount of the tax levy for the following year shall be based on that budget. The requirements of section 275.067 apply to a housing and redevelopment authority that has not previously certified a levy. 469.001 PURPOSES. The purposes of sections 469.001 to 469.047 are: (1)to provide a sufficient supply of adequate, safe, and sanitary dwellings in order to protect the health, safety, morals, and welfare of the citizens of this state; (2) to clear and redevelop blighted areas; (3) to perform those duties according to comprehensive plans; (4)to remedy the shortage of housing for low and moderate income residents, and to redevelop blighted areas, in situations in which private enterprise would not act without government participation or subsidies; and (5) in cities of the first class, to provide housing for persons of all incomes. Public participation in activities intended to meet the purposes of sections 469.001 to 469.047 and the exercise of powers confined by sections 469.001 to 469.047 are public uses and purposes for which private property may be acquired and public money spent. 228Table of Contents UTILITY RATES FOR 2025 Residential Water & Sprinklers: 10, 12, 16, 17, 30 0 - 1,000 gallons $10.31 1,001 - 6,500 gallons (5,500 gallons)$2.41/1,000 gallons 6,501 - 11,500 gallons (5,000 gallons)$2.79/1,000 gallons 11,501 - 16,500 gallons (5,000 gallons)$3.07/1,000 gallons 16,501 - 33,000 gallons (16,500 gallons)$3.32/1,000 gallons 33,001 gallons and over $3.56/1,000 gallons Commercial Water & Sprinklers: 11, 13, 90, 31, 32, 90, 91, 92, 93 0 - 1,000 gallons $10.31 1,001 - 6,500 gallons (5,500 gallons)$2.41/1,000 gallons 6,501 - 33,000 gallons (26,500 gallons)$2.79/1,000 gallons 33,001 gallons and over $3.07/1,000 gallons Industrial Water: 14 (effective 7/1/24) All Water Usage $2.93/1,000 gallons State Water Service Connection Fee: 18 Per Connection $0.81/mo. Sewer Rates - Residential & Commercial: 20, 25, 26 0 - 1,000 gallons $11.20 1,001 gallons and over $6.88/1,000 gallons Sewer Special Cases: SW21, SW22 Has own well $10 per person Industrial Sewer Rates: 24 (effective 7/1/24) All Sewer Usage $4.26/1,000 gallons BOD5 (Biochemical Oxygen Demand)$0.460/lb. TSS (Total Suspended Solids)$0.632/lb. Testing Actual cost + 10% Stormwater Rates: Residential: 40 $4.75 Non-Residential (7 drainage units per impervious acre): 41 $4.75 Residential Garbage Charges - Taxable (effective 2/1/24) 1st Individual Residential Cart $10.90 2nd Individual Residential Cart $13.00 Residential Recycling Charges (effective 2/1/24) Per Cart $5.78 Other: Water On/Off Charge $25/each Water Availability Charge: 15 $43/year Final Bill Processing Fee $25.00 Obsolete or Refusal of Equipment (manual read) Charge $50.00 229Table of Contents CAPITALIZATION THRESHOLDS & USEFUL LIVES Class of Asset Details Useful Life (Yrs) Threshold Land N/A $1 Land improvements 10-20 $50,000 Building/building improvements: 12-40 $20,000 Construction Interior & Roof Cover Heating Ventilation AC & Lighting Electrical Elevators, Fire, Piping & Plumbing Site Preparation Floor Structure & Cover, Foundation, Roof Structure, Steel Frame, Walls Exterior Primary Infrastructure and Utility 10-40 $75,000 Paving Systems Water, Sanitary & Stormwater Secondary Infrastructure 10-40 $25,000 Sidewalk, Boardwalk, Pathways Streetlights, Signage Equipment 5-20 $10,000 Vehicles Machinery Software and non-tangible 5-20 $10,000 Purchased and internally developed Construction Work in Progress Upon completion, per above class Equipment expenditures for items between $500 and $10,000 are recorded as small tools and equipment, which is a supply account. Building and improvement expenditures below the thresholds are recorded as repairs and maintenance. Current revenues finance expenditures for supplies, repairs, and maintenance. 230Table of Contents TAX CAPACITY, TAX LEVY, & TAX RATE HISTORY Tax Capacity City Tax HRA Tax Total Tax City Tax Year Value Levy Levy Levy Capacity Rate 2016 25,891,898$ 8,925,000$ 280,000$ 9,205,000$ 34.470 2017 27,583,160$ 9,150,000$ 280,000$ 9,430,000$ 33.172 2018 29,528,145$ 9,547,000$ 323,000$ 9,870,000$ 32.332 2019 29,076,227$ 9,962,000$ 348,000$ 10,310,000$ 34.262 2020 29,870,392$ 10,445,000$ 355,000$ 10,800,000$ 34.968 2021 31,026,583$ 11,063,700$ 366,300$ 11,430,000$ 35.659 2022 31,073,603$ 11,353,000$ 388,000$ 11,741,000$ 36.536 2023 34,393,769$ 12,050,000$ 402,000$ 12,452,000$ 35.035 2024 37,843,681$ 13,074,000$ 451,000$ 13,525,000$ 34.547 2025 37,461,713$ 14,117,000$ 499,000$ 14,616,000$ 37.684 $- $5 $10 $15 $20 $25 $30 $35 $40 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Mi l l i o n s Tax Levies and Tax Capacity History City Tax Levy HRA Tax Levy Tax Capacity Value 231Table of Contents USEFUL TERMS (GLOSSARY) ACCOUNT: An organizational or budgetary breakdown found within city funds. A term used to identify an individual asset, liability, expenditure (and other uses), revenue (and other sources), or fund balance. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE: Amounts owed to others for goods or services received. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE: Amounts due from others for goods furnished or services rendered. ACCOUNTING SYSTEM: The total set of records and procedures which are used to record, classify, and report information on financial status and operations of an entity. ACCRUAL BASIS OF ACCOUNTING: The method of accounting under which revenues are recorded when they are earned, and expenditures are recorded when goods and services are received. ACTIVITY: A specific and distinguishable line of work performed by one or more organizational components of a governmental unit for the purpose of accomplishing a function for which the governmental unit is responsible. For example, "Ice & Snow Removal” is an activity performed as part of the "Public Works" function. AD VALOREM: In proportion to value. The basis for levying taxes on property. AGENCY FUND: A fiduciary fund used to account for situations where the government’s role is purely custodial. AMERICAN RESCUE PLAN ACT (ARPA): Signed into law on March 11, 2021, this $1.9 trillion funding program provided resources for a wide variety of recipients and for an extensive list of uses. $350 billion of the funds were provided to state and local governments for emergency funding in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. AMORTIZATION: The action or process of gradually writing off the initial cost of an asset. ANNUAL COMPREHENSIVE FINANCIAL REPORT (ACFR): A set of financial statements for a governmental entity that comply with the accounting requirements established by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) and are audited by an independent auditor using generally accepted government auditing standards. APPROPRIATION: An authorization granted by a legislative body to make expenditures and to incur obligations for specific purposes. An appropriation is limited in amount to the time it may be expended. ARBITRAGE: The simultaneous purchase and sale of the same asset in different markets in order to profit from tiny differences in the asset's listed price. In governments, this typically refers to the investment of funds received as proceeds from bond issuances. ASSESSED VALUATION: Value placed upon real estate or other property as a basis for levying taxes. ASSESSMENTS: Charges made upon parties for actual services or benefits received. ASSETS: Property owned by a governmental unit, which has a monetary value. 232Table of Contents ASSIGNED FUND BALANCE: Resources the government intends to use for specific purposes but are neither restricted nor committed. AUDIT: The examination of documents, records, reports, systems of internal control, accounting and financial procedures, and other evidence for one or more of the following purposes: a) To attest to whether the statements prepared from the accounts present fairly the financial position and the results of financial operations of the constituent funds and balanced account groups of the city in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to city and on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year; b) To determine the propriety, legality, and mathematical accuracy of a governmental unit's financial transactions; c) To ascertain whether all financial transactions have been properly recorded; d) To evaluate the stewardship of public officials who handle and are responsible for the financial resources of a governmental unit. BALANCED BUDGET: A budget in which estimated revenues and other sources equals estimated expenditures and other uses. A balanced budget does not use reserves or retained earnings to fund expenditures. BERTRAM CHAIN OF LAKES REGIONAL PARK (BCOL): One of Monticello’s “Big 6” projects which is a regional park with 4 lakes, acres of undisturbed shoreline, natural habitat, and oak forest, blending passive natural recreation with active athletic and recreational play areas. BOND: A written promise, generally under seal, to pay a specified sum of money, called the face value or principal amount, at a fixed time in the future, called the date of maturity, and carrying interest at a fixed rate, usually payable periodically. BONDED INDEBTEDNESS: Outstanding debt by issues of bonds, which are repaid by ad valorem taxes or other revenue. BUDGET: A plan of financial operation embodying an estimate of proposed expenditures for a given period and the proposed means of financing them. BUDGET MESSAGE: A general discussion of the proposed budget presented in writing as a part of the budget document. The budget message explains principal budget issues against the background of financial experience in recent years and presents recommendations made by city staff. BUDGET CALENDAR: The schedule of key dates, which a government follows in the preparation and adoption of the budget. BUDGETARY CONTROL: The control or management of a governmental unit or enterprise in accordance with an approved budget for the purpose of keeping expenditures within the limitation of available appropriations and available revenues. CAPITAL ASSETS: Assets used in operations and have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period. These assets must also meet capitalization thresholds, which vary by asset classification and typically costs more than $10,000. Land, improvements to land, vehicles, machinery, equipment, infrastructure, and other tangible and intangible assets used in operations are examples of capital assets. 233Table of Contents CAPITAL EXPENDITURES: A capital expenditure occurs when a capital asset is purchased. Expenditures that do not benefit more than one reporting period or meet the capitalization thresholds are classified as current expenditures. CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET: A plan of proposed capital expenditures and a means of financing them. The capital improvement budget is enacted as part of the complete annual budget. CAPITAL INPROVEMENT PLAN (CIP): A plan for capital expenditures to be incurred each year over a fixed period of years to meet capital needs arising from the long-term work program or otherwise. It sets forth each project or other contemplated expenditure in which the government is to have a part and specifies the full resources estimated to be available to finance the projected expenditures. CAPITAL PROJECTS FUNDS: A governmental fund type used to account for financial resources to be expended for the acquisition or construction of major capital assets. CAPITALIZATION THRESHOLD: The level at which an item is considered either a current expenditure or a capital expenditure. The threshold for equipment is $10,000. CASH BASIS: The method of accounting under which revenues are recorded when received in cash and expenditures are recorded when paid. CHART OF ACCOUNTS: The classification system used by a government entity to organize the accounting for various funds and departments. COMMITTED FUND BALANCE: Resources used for specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the government’s highest level of decision-making authority (i.e., City Council). CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (CPI): A statistical description of price levels provided by the U.S. Department of Labor. The index is used as a measure of the increase in the cost of living (i.e., economic inflation). CONTINGENCY: Budget for expenditures which cannot be placed in departmental budgets, primarily due to uncertainty about the level or timing of expenditures when the budget is adopted. The contingency also serves as a hedge against shortfalls in revenues or unexpected expenditures. CURRENT: A term applied to budgeting and accounting, designating the operations of the present fiscal period as opposed to past or future periods including expenditures that do not benefit more than one reporting period or meet the capitalization thresholds. DEBT: An obligation resulting from borrowing money or purchasing goods and services. DEBT LIMIT: The maximum amount of gross or net debt, which is legally permitted. DEBT MARGIN: The amount of available debt, which may be issued by a governmental unit before reaching its debt limit. DEBT SERVICE FUND: A governmental fund type used to account for the accumulation of resources for the payment of general long-term debt principal and interest. Proprietary fund 234Table of Contents type debt is accounted for in the enterprise fund or internal service fund receiving the debt issue proceeds. DEFICIT: An excess of expenditure or liabilities over income or assets in a given period. DEPARTMENT: Basic organizational unit of government, responsible for carrying out related functions. Each department serves a specific function as a distinct organizational unit of government within the given fund. Its primary purpose is to facilitate organizational and budgetary accountability. DEPRECIATION: Expiration in the service life of capital assets attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy, or obsolescence. DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES (DMV): Also known as Deputy Registrar. City service of processing state-issued licenses for motor vehicles and equipment, such as license plates and tabs for cars, trucks, trailers, and recreational vehicles. DISTINGUISHED BUDGET PRESENTATION AWARDS PROGRAM: A voluntary awards program administered by the Government Finance Officers Association to encourage governments to prepare effective budget documents. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (EDA): A board responsible for the on-going Development and redevelopment efforts within the city. This consists of housing and businesses, including all related public improvements and land acquisitions. ENTERPRISE FUND: A proprietary fund type used to report an activity for which a fee is charged to external users for goods or services. In theory, these funds operate in a manner similar to private business enterprises, where the intent of the governing body is to recover the cost of delivering services through user fees or charges (Water, Sewer, Liquor, Deputy Registrar, and Fiber Optic funds). ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE (EMV): Represents the selling price of a property if it were on the market. Estimated market value is converted to tax capacity before property taxes are levied. EXPENDITURE: For accounts kept on the accrual or modified accrual basis of accounting, the cost of goods received, or services rendered whether cash payment have been made or not. Where accounts are kept on a cash basis, expenditures are recognized only when the cash payments for the above purposes are made. FIBERNET MONTICELLO (FNM): The name of the city-owned fiber optic network, which provides internet, phone, and cable television to residents and businesses of Monticello. FIDUCIARY FUND: A fund classification used to report assets held in a trustee or agency capacity for others and therefore cannot be used in the government’s own programs. FINES: Revenues from penalties imposed for violation of laws or regulations. FISCAL POLICY: A government’s policies with respect to revenues, spending, and debt management as these relate to government services, programs, and capital investment. Fiscal Policy provides an agreed-upon set of principles for the planning and programming of budgets and their funding. 235Table of Contents FISCAL YEAR: The budget and accounting year that begins on the first day of January and ends on the last day of December of each year. FULL TIME EQUIVALENT (FTE): The number of employee hours (2,080) needed to be equal to one full time employee. Several part time employees may be combined to make one FTE. FUNCTION: A group of related activities aimed at accomplishing a major service or regulatory program for which the government unit is responsible. FUND: A fiscally independent accounting entity with a self-balancing set of accounts recording cash and/or other resources together with all related liabilities, obligations, and reserves, which are segregated for the purpose of carrying on specific activities or attaining certain objectives. Funds in the government model are classified into three broad categories: governmental, proprietary, and fiduciary. The most common reason for establishing a fund is to separately account for restricted-use revenue or to comply with state or federal law. FUND BALANCE: Governmental fund assets and deferred outflows of resources minus liabilities and deferred inflows of resources. GENERAL FUND: Accounts for the general operation of the city and all financial resources except those to be accounted for in another fund. GENERAL GOVERNMENT: A set of accounts, to which the expenditures for operating the city are charged. GENERAL OBLIGATION (GO) BONDS: Bonds for which the government pledges its full faith and credit to the repayment of the bond’s principal, including interest. GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (GAAP): A set of accounting rules, standards, and procedures. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATIONS SYSTEMS (GIS): A system that creates, manages, analyzes & maps all types of data. GOVERNMENT FINANCE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION (GFOA): A professional association of state, provincial, and local government finance officers in the United States and Canada. GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING: The composite of analyzing, recording, summarizing, reporting, and interpreting the financial transactions of governmental units and agencies. GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD (GASB): A private organization creating generally accepted accounting principles for state and local governments. GOVERNMENTAL FUND TYPES: Funds generally used for tax-supported activities. Under current GAAP, there are five governmental fund types in this: general, special revenue, debt service, capital projects, and permanent funds. The city has no permanent funds. GRANT: A contribution of assets by one governmental unit or other organization to another. HOMESTEAD AND AGRICULTURAL CREDIT (HACA): A form of state-paid property tax relief for farm property and owner-occupied homes. HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENT ACT – SPECIAL BENEFIT LEVY: Property tax levied against the 236Table of Contents city’s taxable market value. The HRA levy limit is .0185% of the taxable market value and must be used solely for redevelopment purposes. HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (HRA): A legally distinct public entity which undertakes housing, commercial and business redevelopment activities. IMPROVEMENT BONDS: Bonds payable from the proceeds of special assessments from properties benefiting from an improvement. IMPROVEMENTS: Buildings, structures, and other attachments or annexations to land which are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drains, and sewers. INDUSTIAL & ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE (IEDC): A volunteer organization appointed by the Monticello City Council which advocates for industrial and economic growth within the city of Monticello by promoting awareness and communication efforts on behalf of the business community. INFRASTRUCTURE: The basic physical and organizational structures and facilities (e.g., buildings, roads, bridges) needed for the operation of the city. Infrastructure thus consists of improvements with significant cost to develop or install that return an important value over time to the city. INTERFUND OPERATING TRANSFERS: Amounts transferred from one fund to another, shown as an expenditure in the originating fund and a revenue in the receiving fund. INTERGOVERNMENTAL REVENUES: Revenues from other governments in the form of grants, entitlement, or shared revenues. INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS: A proprietary fund type used to report activity that provides goods or services to other funds, departments, or agencies of the primary government and its component units, or to other governments, on a cost-reimbursement basis. LEVY: (Verb) To impose taxes, special assessments, or service charges for the support of governmental activities. (Noun) Taxes, special assessments, or service charges imposed by a governmental unit. LEVY LIMIT: The city’s maximum property tax levy without special authorization as defined by Minnesota State Statue. LINE ITEM: A specific item or group of related items defined by detail in a unique account in the financial records. LOCAL GOVERNMENT AID (LGA): Intergovernmental revenue from the state to municipalities to help fund general expenditures. LONG-TERM DEBT: Debt with a maturity of more than one year after the date of issuance. MAINTENANCE: The upkeep (repairs and maintenance) of physical properties in condition for use or occupancy. MAJOR FUND: For budgetary purposes, a fund whose revenues or expenditures, excluding other financing sources and uses, constitute more than 10% of the revenues or expenditures of the appropriated budget. 237Table of Contents MARKET VALUE: An assessor’s estimate of what property would be worth on the open market if sold. The market value is set on January 2 of the year before taxes are payable. MARKET VALUE EXCLUSION (MVE): Provision in the state property tax system which exempts or removes a portion of a property’s market value from property taxes. MISCELLANEOUS: Revenues or expenditures not classified in any other revenue or expenditure category. MODIFIED ACCRUAL BASIS: The basis of accounting under which expenditures other than accrued interest on general long-term debt are recorded at the time liabilities are incurred and revenues are recorded when received in cash except for material and/or available revenues, which should be accrued to reflect properly the tax levied, and revenue earned. MONTICELLO COMMUNITY CENTER (MCC): A beautiful, full-service facility with activities, programs, and events including a pool & waterslide, fitness center, gymnasium, fitness classes, climbing wall, indoor play area, and meeting rooms. NON-MAJOR FUND: For budgetary purposes, a fund whose revenues and expenditures, excluding other financing sources and uses, are less than 10% of the revenues and expenditures of the appropriated budget. NONSPENDABLE FUND BALANCE: Amounts that cannot be spent because they are either (a) not in spendable form or (b) legally or contractually required to be maintained intact. Nonspendable fund balances typically include inventory, prepaid items, and land held for resale. OBJECT OF EXPENDITURE: Expenditure classifications based upon the types of items purchased or services obtained. Examples of objects of expenditure include salaries, supplies, contracted service, etc. OBJECTIVE: Desired output-oriented accomplishments, which can be measured and achieved within a given period. OPERATING BUDGET: A financial plan that estimates revenues and expenditures for a specified period. OPERATING EXPENSE: The cost for personnel, materials, and equipment required for a department to function. OPERATING REVENUE: Monies received from ongoing operations. Operating revenues are used to pay for day-to-day services. ORDINANCE: A formal legislative enactment by the City Council. PAID TIME OFF (PTO): Compensated time away from work, provided by an employer to employees for them to use as they see fit. PAY-AS-YOU-GO BASIS: A term used to describe a financial policy by which capital outlays are financed from current revenues rather than through borrowing. PERSONNEL SERVICES: Expenditures for salaries, wages, and fringe benefits of employees. 238Table of Contents PROGRAM: A group of related activities performed by one or more organizational units for the purpose of accomplishing a function for which the governmental unit is responsible. PROJECT: A plan of work, job assignment, or task. PROPERTY TAX LEVY: The total amount to be raised by general property taxes for the purpose stated in the resolution certified to the county auditor by December 28th. Also see levy. PROPRIETARY FUNDS: Funds focusing on the determination of operating income, changes in net position (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows. There are two types of proprietary funds: enterprise funds and internal service funds. For this report, these funds have the same budgetary basis as governmental funds. PUBLIC SAFETY: Expenditures related to the protection of persons and property. PUBLIC WORKS: Expenditures for the maintenance of city property and infrastructure. REFUNDING BONDS: Bonds issued to redeem outstanding (unpaid) debt. REIMBURSEMENT: Cash or other assets received as a repayment of the cost of work or services performed or of other expenditures made for or on behalf of another governmental unit or department or for an individual, firm, or corporation. RESERVE: An account which records a portion of the fund balance which must be segregated for some future use, and which is, therefore, not available for further appropriation or expenditure. RESOLUTION: A special or temporary order of a legislative body; an order of a legislative body requiring less legal formality than an ordinance or statute. RESOURCES: The actual assets of a governmental unit, such as cash, plus contingent assets such as estimated revenues applying to the current fiscal year not accrued or collected, and bonds authorized and not issued. RESTRICTED FUND BALANCE: Fund balance should be reported as restricted when constraints placed on the use of resources are either: a) externally imposed by creditors (such as through debt covenants), grantors, contributors, or laws or regulations of other governments; or b) imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation. REVENUE: The term designates an increase to a fund's assets which: 1) does not increase a liability; 2) does not represent a repayment of an expenditure already made; 3) does not represent a cancellation of certain liabilities; and 4) does not represent an increase in contributed capital. REVENUE BOND: A bond that is backed by a particular revenue source such as water user fees, typically accounted for in proprietary fund types. SMALL CITIES DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM (SCDP): A program run by the State of Minnesota which helps cities and counties with funding for housing, public infrastructure and commercial rehabilitation projects. Monticello operates a special revenue fund to administer funds from this program. SPECIAL ASSESSMENT: A compulsory levy made by a local government against certain 239Table of Contents properties to defray part or all the cost of a specific improvement or service which is presumed to be of general benefit to the public and of special benefit to such properties. SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA): System used for controlling, monitoring, and analyzing industrial devices and processes, including for water and sewer systems. SPECIAL REVENUE FUND: A governmental fund type used to account for revenue derived from specific revenue sources that are legally restricted or committed for specific purposes. TAX CAPACITY: The valuation of property based on market value and statutory class rates. The property tax for each parcel is based on its tax capacity. The total tax capacity of all individual parcels is the basis for determining the tax capacity rate. TAX CAPACITY RATE: Tax rate applied to tax capacity to generate property tax revenue. The rate is obtained by dividing the property tax levy by the available tax capacity. TAX INCREMENT FINANCING (TIF): Financing tool originally intended to combat severe blight in areas, which would not be redeveloped without government subsidies derived from locally generated property tax revenues. TAXABLE MARKET VALUE: The market value of a property less the market value exclusion. This is the value used to calculate property taxes on a property. TAXES: Compulsory charges levied by a governmental unit for the purpose of financing services performed for the common benefit. TOTAL TAX CAPACITY: The amount computed by first totaling the tax capacities of all parcels of property within a city. Adjustments for fiscal disparities, tax increment, and a portion of the powerline value are made to this total since not all tax capacity is available for general tax purposes. TRUST FUND: A fund consisting of resources received and held by the governmental unit as trustee, which is to be expended or invested in accordance with the conditions of the trust. UNASSIGNED FUND BALANCE: This is the residual classification for the General Fund. This is fund balance that has not been reported in any other classification. The General Fund is the only fund that can report a positive unassigned fund balance. Other governmental funds would report deficit fund balances as unassigned. UNBALANCED BUDGET: A budget in which undesignated fund balance or reserves are used or increased, to balance estimated revenues to estimated expenditures or expenses. UNRESTRICTED FUND BALANCE: The portion of a fund’s balance that is not restricted for a specific purpose and is available for general appropriation. WORKING CAPITAL: Current assets less current liabilities. The modified accrual balance of resources in enterprise funds after factoring out long-term assets and liabilities that do not impact current, near-term operations. 240Table of Contents ACRONYMS ACFR Annual Comprehensive Financial Report ARPA American Rescue Plan Act BCOL Bertram Chain of Lakes CIP Capital Improvement Plan CPI Consumer Price Index CSAH County State Aid Highway DMV Department of Motor Vehicles EDA Economic Development Authority EMV Estimated Market Value FNM FiberNet Monticello FTE Full Time Equivalent GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles GASB Governmental Accounting Standards Board GFOA Government Finance Officers Association GIS Geographic Information System GO General Obligation (Bonds) HACA Homestead and Agricultural Credit Aid HRA Housing and Redevelopment Authority IEDC Industrial & Economic Development Committee LGA Local Government Aid MCC Monticello Community Center MVE Market Value Exclusion PTO Paid Time Off SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCDP Small Cities Development Program TIF Tax Increment Financing 241Table of Contents 2025 Budget